lili

Wr 'msmm

%■

1

I

i

i

I

/

a

O^e ‘iJoumal

OF THE

East Africa and Uganda
Natural History Society

Oct., 1933--Jan., 1934. Vol XU. Nos. 1 & 2

CONTENTS.

PAGE

The Birds of Kenya and Uganda (illustrated), Part 4, Vol. II.
CliamdriidcE . By V. G. L. van Someeen, m.r.o.u., c.p.a.o.u.

F.L.S., etc. ... 1

Notes on the Birds of Turkana Province. By D. G. Mac Innes 24

Holacanthus semicirculatus (Cuv.). By H. Copley 51

Botanical Notes. By E. E. Napier 52

Letter to Editor ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 57

Editor :

V. G. L. van Someren.

Additional copies to members, 7/50; non-members, 15/-.
Date of Publication : February, 1935.

PRINTED 3Y THE EAST AFRICAN STANDARD, LTD.

All Eights Ee served.

East Africa and Uganda Natural History Society

PATRONS;

HIS EXCELLENCY SIE JOSEPH BYENE.
Sir EDWAED NOETHEY, g.c.m.o.

president:

H. M. GAEDNEE, Esq., b.a., For. Dipl.

vice-presidents:

A. B. PEECIVAIj, Esq., f.z.s., m.b.o.u
H. J. ALLEN TUENEE, Esq.

ex. committees

A. F. J. GEDYE, Esq., f.r.e.s.

H. L. SIKES, Esq., b.a., b.e.,

F.Ct.S., m.inst.c.e.
R. DAUBNEY, Esq., m.sc.,

M.R.C.V.S.

C. B. SYMES, Esq., f.r.e.s.

R. F. MAYER, Esq., o.b.e. f.z.s.

A. S. HOWARD, Esq.

CAPT. V. WARD.

R. MURRAY HUGHES, Esq., f.g.s.
J. MacDONALD, Esq., d.f.c..

b.sc., f.l.s.

H. 0. WELLER, Esq., b.sc., m.i.c.e.

J. R. HUDSON, Esq., b.sc.,

M.R.C.V.S.

R. H. le PELLEY, Esq., ph.d.,

b.sc., A.R.C.S., F.R^E.S.
M. H. FOX, Esq., b.sc., a.i.c.
CANON ST. A. ROGERS, m.a.,

F.R.E.S.

R. E. DENT, Esq., f.z.s.

C. J. T. BARTON, Esq., o.b.e., m.a.
A. V. BECKLEY, Esq., m.c., m.a.,

A.I.C.

MRS. E. B. SHAW.

H. COPLEY, Esq.

HON. TREASURER:

HUMPHREY SLADE, Esq.

HON. SECRETARY AND CURATOR:

V. G, L. VAN SOMEREN, l.r.c.p.&s. Ed., l.r.f.p.&s., l.d.s.,

R.C.S. Ed., F.I.C.D., F.L.S. , F.R.E.S., M.B.O.U., C.F.A.O.U., C.M.Z.S., &C.

BOTANIST:

E. NAPIER.

LIBRARIAN :

H. KOTTKE.

O^e 3oumal

OF THE

East Africa and Uganda
Natural History Society

Oct., 1933— Jan., 1934. Vol. XII. Nos. 1 & 2

CONTENTS.

PAGE

The Birds of Kenya and Uganda (illustrated), Part 4, Vol. II.
CharadriidiB. By V. G. L. van Someren, m.b.o.u., c.f.a.o-u.

F.L.S., etc. ... ... ... 1

Notes on the Birds of Turkana Province. By D. G. Mac Innes 24

Holacanthus semicirculatus (Cuv.). By H. Copley ... ... 51

Botanical Notes. By E. E. Napier 52

Letter to Editor ... 57,

Editor :

V. G. L. VAN Someren.

Additional copies to members, 7/50; non-members, 15/-.

Date of Publication : February, 1935.

PRINTED BY THE EAST AFRICAN STANDARD, LTD.

All Eights Eeservbd.

THE BIRDS OF KENYA AND UGANDA.

VoL. II. Part 4.

BY

V. G. L. VAN SoMEREN, M.B.O.U., C.F.A.O.U., P.L,S., etc,

CHARADRIIDAE. Continued.

CHARADRIU8 (EUPODELLA) ASIATICU8, PaUas. CASPIAN or

ASIATIC DOTTEREL.

Ref.: Pallas, Reise Russ. Reichs. 11, p. 715, 1773.

Type locality : S. Tartary.

Distribution :

A migrant from S.E. Russia and the Altai. Wintering in Eastern
Africa (Uganda and Kenya). Most plentiful on the open plains where
the grass is short, but also occurs along the sea coast.

Description: Male, summer.

Forehead, lores, cheeks, throat, and superciliary stripe, white;
a blackish spot at anterior angle of the eye shading to ashy-grey below
the eye and extending to the upper ear-coverts. Crown, ashy-olive-
grey, darker in front and lighter at nape; back of neck, mantle,
scapulars, lesser and median coverts and long secondaries, and rump,
olive- ashy-grey with pale buffy margins. A broad light-chestnut breast
band sharply defined from the white of the throat, and merging into
the ashy on the sides of the chest is separated from the white of the
rest of the underside by a black bar. Upper tail coverts olive-ashy, buff
edged; tail feathers ashy-grey, darker toward ends and tipped with
buffy and white. Primaries and secondaries blackish-brown with white
shafts. Legs and toes olive-brown; bill brownish at base, black at tip;
eyes brown to hazel. Length of wing 145-155 mm.

Winter :

Very similar to the above but with the chestnut breast-band paler,
and hardly any black border; and the pale margins of the mantle
feathers more pronounced.

1

Female :

Very similar to the male but the ear-coverts darker, and the throat
less pure white, the superciliaries tinged huffy, while the breast-band
is ashy-grey pale edged and only slightly washed with pale chestnut.
Wing, 139-145 mm.

Winter :

Very similar to the summer, but the pale edging to the back
feathers more pronounced : the breast-band darker more ashy, and
without a trace of the chestnut wash.

Immature : first winter.

Somewhat like the female but the whole of the upper side rather
darker in ground colour though the margins of the feathers are broader
and more buffy to sandy giving the whole a strongly mottled
appearance. The forehead, cheeks and supercilium are washed with
buffy, while the breast-band is strongly ashy with pronounced buffy
tips which wear off early.

Juvenile :

As the species does not breed here, we need not consider this.
Habits :

This is entirely a migratory species which breeds in S.E. Russia
and spends the winter in Eastern and Southern Africa. The first
arrivals have been noted as early as August 29th, but they usually
arrive during the third week of September. By the first week of
October large flocks, sometimes up to one hundred individuals or more,
may be seen on the plains around Nairobi, and in fact anywhere where
there are open plains with short grass. They are extremely partial to
areas which have been burnt off. Their colour is extremely cryptic;
so much so, that one may frequently be unaware of their presence
until one has walked or driven almost on top of them when they will
get up with a whirr, and after circling around for a while alight at
or near the spot from which they were disturbed.

The white primary shafts are a conspicuous feature when these
birds are in flight. When they settle they usually take up their
position near some stone or hummock of grass and their colour so
blends with their surroundings as to make them inconspicuous. The
Asiatic Dotterel is by no means a shy bird, in fact quite the contrary.
They seldom fly far even when flushed several times. During the
heat of the day they are particularly loath to move; it is at evening
time that they become more restless. These birds are often referred
to locally as “ Veldt Snipe,’’ and himdreds are shot for the pot. After
a month or two in this country they become extremely fat and are
quite good eating.

2

Juv. Adult male Adult female

ASIATIC DOTTEREL (Charadrius (Eupodella) asiaticus Pallas.)

\

r

Female Male (summer)

EUROPEAN GREY PLOVER (Squatarola squatarola squatarola Lin.)

They flight at night time, and it is then that one hears their rather
shrill whistling call. On several occasions I have made a critical survey
of all the individuals of a flock and have noted that all individuals
arriving early are immature birds with one or two adult females. It is
only towards the middle of October that one begins to see adult males,
but by March most of the males have assumed full plumage and are
then quite easy to pick out. In spite of their pronounced breast-band
the general plumage harmonises well with the surroundings. As these
birds rest at ease, they ruffle their body feathers out and become plump
and rounded. They feed almost entirely on insects, but crop examina-
tion reveals a certain quantity of fine grass seed also.

The northward movement takes place towards the end of March,
some few flocks remain till April and a few stragglers niay even be
met with in May. One exceptionally late bird was obtained on the
22nd June.

SQUATAROLA SQUATAROLA SQUATAROLA, L. EUROPEAN

GREY PLOVER.

Ref. : Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. 10th Ed., 1758.

Type locality : Sweden.

Distkibution :

Along the coast of Eastern Africa but occasionally on the larger
inland waters.

Description : Adult, winter.

The whole of the underside from chin to vent, white; some slight
dark streaking on the sides of the throat, greyish ashy mottling on the
breast, centre of each feather dark streaked. Lores and cheeks white,
dark streaked; forehead and supercilium white; crown of head, back
of neck and mantle, back and rump ashy-grey to sepia with white tips
and marginal spots. Lesser and median wing coverts similar but white
more conspicuous. Secondaries ashy-grey-brown with white edges to
outer webs, paler on inner; primaries dark sepia, with large white area on
inner webs, shafts partly white; sixth primary with white on outer web.
Upper tail-coverts white with sparse sepia bars; tail feathers white
with sepia bars. Axillaries black. Legs and toes greyish-green; bill
blackish, paler at base; eyes brown. Length of wing 190-195 mm.

Female :

Very similar.

Male : summer.

Many specimens arrive with partial summer dress which is quickly
shed. By the time they are ready to move north the males have again

3

assumed almost full plumage which is as follows : Forehead white ;
cheeks, sides of neck and most of underparts, black. Crown, nape,
mantle, scapulars, back and rump dark sepia with white tips and white
notches on margins. Supercilium white, which colour continues down
the neck thus separating the black of the fore-neck from the speckled
sepia and white hind-neck.

Female: summee.

Somewhat like the male, but the white tips on the upper surface
not so conspicuous; the blackish of the underside rather brownish
tinged and not uniform, being heavily mottled with white. Under
tail-coverts white with brown-black bars. Wings 180-190 mm. Legs
and feet as in the male.

Immature :

Very similar to the adults, but upper plumage not so clearly
marked, white rather tinged with creamy to buff most conspicuous on
the median coverts.

As the birds do not breed here we need not consider the juvenile
plumage.

Habits :

The Grey Plovers found along the coast of Eastern Africa can at
once be distinguished by the black axillaries. It is possible that those
found toward the mouth of the Juba Kiver belong to the eastern race
hypomelwna. These Plover are almost entirely confined to the
maritime littoral though some few have been noted on the larger inland
waters.

They occur in flocks of half a dozen up to a hundred and do most
of their feeding at low tide or when the tide is on the ebb. Their food
consists of various aquatic insects, mollusca, Crustacea, also worms
and occasionally seeds. When feeding they straggle out but when at
rest they bunch into groups. There is a certain amount of local move-
ment along the coast but this is nearly always relative to the tides and
resting places. Evening flights are sometimes observed more parti-
cularly towards the time of the northward migration. These flights
are usually accompanied to the low plaintive call note, somewhat I’ke
tlui tlui ” oft repeated.

The southward movement is usually observed in October and these
birds remain in suitable localities until the end of April when the north
migration takes place.

4

LESSER GREY-BREASTED PLOVER (Stephanibyx lugubris lugubris Less.)

Genus STEPHANIBYX.

STEPHA^IBYX LUOUBRlSy Less. LESSEE GEEY-BEEASTED

PLOVER.

Eef. : Lesson. Diet. Sci. Nat. xlii, 1826.

Type locality : Senegal. (Apud Grant.)

Disteibution :

From the coastal belt inland through Kenya at altitudes under
9,000 ft. to Uganda.

Desceiption : Male, female, adult.

Circular patch on forehead white ; top of crown to nape dark ashy-
grey; lores, cheeks, supercilium, ear-coverts and side of neck and
chest dark grey, paling towards the middle of upper chest, turning
white on throat and chin to black on lower edge of chest band. Rest
of the underside pure white. Mantle, back, scapulars, lesser coverts,
and long inner secondaries ashy-olive, slightly more brownish on the
median coverts and greater coverts, the latter white-tipped. Primaries
blue-black, less blue on inner webs, inner ones increasingly white-
tipped; secondaries mostly white, with an increasing area of blackish
basally, from in to outer. Axillaries white; base of rump dark ashy,
rest white; upper tail-coverts white, tail feathers mostly white, the
centre pair black for terminal inch, next three pairs with decreasing
black at ends from within-out, but white-tipped.

The female has a less conspicuous white frontal patch and not so
marked black chest-band.

Legs and feet dark-brown to blackish; black bill; eyes yellow to
straw colour. Length of wing : 158-187 mm.

Immatuee :

Di:ffers from the adult in having the breast less pure grey, rather
tinged with dirty-ochreous, and there is no blackish breast-band
The throat is not so white. The forehead lacks the frontal patch, this
area being only slightly paler than the rest of the crown which is
similar in colour to the remainder of the upperside, viz., olive-ashy
each feather with paler tips. The coverts of the wing are strongly
tipped with ashy-brown giving this area a somewhat barred appearance.
The upper tail-coverts are whitish with buffy tips; the dark bar on
the tail is more brownish than black; the primaries lack the strong
blue-black colour of the adults — they are brown-black with paler tips.
The legs and feet ar-^^ more brownish. Eyes brown or ochreous.

Juvenile :

The downy plumage is very similar to that of melanofterus, and
in fact to several of the larger plovers. The whole of the upper surface

5

is a mottled ochreous and black-brown, the ochreous colour predomi-
nating; there is of course the usual white neck band which, though
conspicuous when the youngster stands up, is completely hidden when
it is squatting. The whole of the underside is white with a greyish
wash, slightly spotted on the breast; the back of the thighs are coloured
like the back. Legs and bill brownish; eyes very dark brown.

Habits :

The Lesser Grey-breasted Plover has a w;ide distribution over
Kenya and Uganda, but it is not resident in any one locality through-
out the year. Kecorded localities include Lamu and the mainland
opposite, places along the coast from the mouth of the Juba Eiver to
Bar es Salaam, Ukambani, Athi Plains, Nairobi, Naivasha, Nakuru,
Sotik and Kericho, Uasin Gishu Plateau and the Gherangani, Turkana,
Lake Victoria on the eastern side, and various localities in Uganda.
One comes upon these birds in the more open grass country and plains,
in small parties of four to a dozen or so, more often far from water.
They are not shy when approached in a car, but dislike the too near
inspection on foot. They avoid detection by remaining still, but if
one comes upon them suddenly they scatter and run and only take
flight if disturbed several times. They flight for a short distance in
a circle and soon return to ground. Their flight is typically plover-like
and rather slow. There is only one species with which these birds
can be confused, namely the Greater Grey-breasted Plover,
Stephanihyx melanopterus minor. The lesser species is olive above
without the distinct purply sheen, so pronounced a feature of the larger
bird; furthermore it is less blue-blackish on the breast and has less
white on the wing.

In Kenya, the nesting season more or less corresponds with the
rains; in Uganda eggs have been taken in January and September. The
area selected for the nest is one where the grass is always short or sparse
or devoid of herbage. The nest is a shallow scrape on a slight mound
or stunted tuft of grass, with little or no material added. Two to four
eggs are laid; typical plover shape — large at one end and tapering
abruptly at the other. They are very similar to those of the Common
Lapwing, but smaller. The ground-colour is olive-brown or putty
colour with submerged umber-brown marks and blackish surface
blotches. Size varies: average measurements 44x30 mm.

Incubation lasts 18 — ^20 days. The young leave the nest almost
as soon as dry. The parents are assiduous in their care and adopt
the usual plover habit of feigning injury to a wing and fluttering along
the ground, so as to distract attention from the young birds who in the
meantime have squatted and thus become invisible. If search for the
young is maintained, the parents become restless and will then fly
around, making downward swoops towards the, intruder. The food

6

'WM

Adult Juv.

ARGER GREY-BREASTED PLOVER (Stephanibyx meianopterus minor Zedlitz.)

consists almost entirely of insects and their larvae, but some grass
seeds are also taken.

The young feather very quickly, but a considerable period elapses
before they fly. They remain with their parents for over two months
and when strong on the wing several families will unite and frequent
the feeding grounds in an area, after which they migrate. There is
not the slightest doubt that local migration taJkes place, but times and
directions are very imperfectly known.

‘ A small flock frequented a certain area in the south Game Keserve
for a period of a month in March-April; they showed no signs of wish-
ing to nest. On the other hand, very large herds of game were present
and as usual had their regular resting places which soon became
covered with droppings; it was on these places that one always found
the plover. The attraction, of course, was the immense number of
beetle larvae, mostly Scarab, present in the dung. One is led to
wonder whether there is not some coqnection between the presence of
plover and game in a given area, the migrations of the two being inter-
related ?

STEPHANIBYX MELANOPTERUS MINOR, Zedlitz. LAEGER

GREY-BREASTED PLOVER.

Ref. : Zedlitz, Orn. Monatsb. xvi, 1908.

Type locality : South Africa.

Distribution :

Kenya, occupying the highland plateau; not recorded from the
coast.

Description : Male and female, adult.

Frontal band white; crown and nape lead grey; cheeks, super-
cilium and side of neck paler grey; lores dirty whitish with a darker
.gape streak; chin and upper throat whitish shading into lead-grey and
then into blue-black over the chest-band. Rest of underside white.
Mantle, scapulars, long inner secondaries and lesser coverts olive-ashy
with a pronounced purply sheen; back ashy-olive. Median wing-coverts
like the mantle ending in a black sub-terminal bar followed by a white
tip; secondary coverts similar but white end very broad; primary
coverts blue-black. Primaries blue-black with bases white; secondaries
white with broad terminal oblique black ends widest externally and
diminishing in width toward the long secondaries. Upper tail-coverts
white; tail feathers mostly white with black terminal band, widest at
mid-pair and diminishing toward outer-pair, each with a narrow white
tip. Legs and toes dull carmine, brightest at thighs; bill brown at
base shading to black distally; eyes yellow, straw or orange, with eye-
lids carmine. Length of wing 211-218 mm.

7

The female is very similar to the male but lacks any well marked
white frontal band; the crown of the head is less blue-grey while the
cheeks and ear-coverts are less pure grey, more ashy-ochreous-grey;
the breast is less grey and the black shading not so strong.

Immature: 1st feathered stage.

The first feathered plumage is as follows : Forehead only slightly
paler than the rest of the face; crown dark ashy, each feather with
ochreous-sandy tip; lores and cheeks ashy washed with ochreous-sandy,
rather greyer below the eyes; throat whitish, gradually shading into
the ashy-grey of the breast, each feather with huffy tips; the ashy of
the breast sharply defined from the white of the rest of the underside
but no black breast bar. The absence of the breast bar and dark nape
line differentiates this bird from the young of 8. coronatus, of a
similar age.

The mantle is dark olive-ashy with sandy tips to the feathers;,
scapulars and wing-coverts similar but sandy-ochreous tips and ver-
miculations wider and more pronounced. Legs ochreous-pink.

Immature :

The second stage is very similar to the female but crown and neck
only slightly more grey-tinged than the rest of the upper-side which
is ashy-olive without any purply sheen. Wing-coverts more ochreous
ashy with pale ends to each feather; white of secondary coverts tinged
with ochreous at tips. Bump feathers tipped ochreous. Primaries,
black with little blue-gloss. Legs, and feet brownish, with a little dull
carmine at thighs.

Juvenile :

The downy chick is very similar to that of lugubris but can be
distinguished by the presence of a central dark line on the dorsum and
a dark patch on either side of the pelvic region.

Habits :

The Larger Grey-breasted Plover is an inhabitant of the open high-
land plains and grass lands. It is particularly plentiful on the Athi
Plains and Ukambani, and again on the Kinangop-Laikipia plateau.
They are usually seen in flocks of half a dozen up to fifty birds, buk
this of course is during the non-breeding season. They are associated
with the presence of game as has been noted in the case of the previous
species. The association is connected with the food supply. One
observes these birds feeding on the places where the game lie up. They
turn up the dung with a rapid side movement of the bill and amongst
it they find the larvae of various beetles and flies and worms. They
also hunt for this type of food on the edges of swampy ground where

8

decaying vegetation harbours the grubs. As the nesting season
approaches, usually with the onset of the rains, these birds split up
into pairs. The nest is an open scrape with little lining usually on a
slight rise. Three to four eggs may be laid, but not infrequently only
two form the clutch. They are putty-coloured with numerous black
blotches and marks. Both parents will incubate the eggs but most
of this task is left to the female. Incubation lasts about 20 days. They
adopt the usual Plover tactics in an attempt to distract one’s attention
from eggs or young. They do not utter their alarm note unless unduly
excited. The call is a harsh “ che-che-che-cherek ” uttered when on
the wing or on the ground.

There is undoubtedly some local migration, but relative to what
is unknown. In one locality outside Nairobi these birds appeared in
March. They remained in the vicinity up to September 5th and dis-
appeared, though hunted for over the plains for fifty miles. They had
not bred during their sojourn, though their near relatives the Crowned
Plover had brought off two broods ! Much remains to be learnt about
these birds.

Nests and young have been noted in May — July and in November
— December on the Nairobi Commonage.

STEPHANIBYX CORONATUS CORONATUS, Bod. CEOWNED

PLOVEE.

Eef. : Boddaert, Tabl. PI. Enlum, 1783.

Type locality : Cape of Good Hope.

Disteibution :

Kenya, from the open plains country of Jubaland west through
Ukambani and the Athi Plains, the Highland Plateau, Northern
Frontier, and westward through northern Uganda to Ankoli. (In this
distribution, are included birds which are recognised as a geographical
form by Friedman, Cf. U.S.N.M. Bui. 153, pp. 161-166, 1930.) For
remarks vide post.

Desceiption : male akd female.

Forehead, lores and gape black continuous with a pronounced black
supercilium which extends back to the nape in a V and encloses a
white coronal patch in the centre of which is a black area; ear-coverts,
cheeks and side of neck ashy-grey with ochreous wash paler on the
chin and throat and gradually shading to a deeper colour on the breast
then to black, thus sharply defining the breast from the pure white of
the rest of the underside. Hind-neck, mantle, scapulars, long inner
secondaries, lesser wing-coverts ashy-grey with an ochreous-olive wash
more particularly on the mantle. Eump similarly coloured. Median
and secondary coverts like the mantle but with white ends, and primary

9

coverts mostly white thus forming a white band across the wing.
Primaries mostly blue-black with increasing basal white from without
inward; secondaries mostly white with black ends, the black increasing
from within outward, but inner secondaries white with ashy-ochreous
grey. Upper tail-coverts white. Tail feathers white with a broad
subterminal black bar. Legs and feet madder; eyes yellow, orange or
orange red; bill madder at base, tip black.

Immature :

Coronal markings of the adult plumage indicated by a black-brown
circlet tipped with buff; whitish area tinged with buff, median dark
area heavily tipped buffy. Breast and whole of back light-ashy with
ochreous wash transversely vermiculated with darker ashy and sandy-
buff. Dark breast-band indicated by blackish feathers buff tipped.
Primaries dull black; secondaries dull black tipped. White areas very
much as in the adult. The downy buff and black tips are retained for
a long time on the tail feathers. This plumage is retained for quite a
month after the young is capable of strong flight. It is then gradually
moulted; the head markings, black and white become purer, the breast
more uniform, as also the mantle, but the vermiculations of the wing-
coverts and the long inner secondaries are retained until the bird is
about four months old when they are gradually shed. The complete
moult into full plumage does not take place until after the first six
months.

Juvenile:

The downy plumage is typical of the plover tribe. Top of head
dull blackish each downy tuft with broad sandy to ochreous tips; the
coronal circlet is indicated by paler tipped down mixed with white;
the black nape line is indicated by black down; throat, sides of head
and hind-neck white; down on breast sandy-buff shading to ashy on the
breast band; the whole of the upper-side mottled sandy-buff and dark
ashy, with a median dorsal line of blackish down. Belly white. The
wing feathers soon sprout; the white secondary coverts become con-
spicuous. Legs and feet pinkish. (Of. note on Jubaland race.)

Habits :

The Crowned Plover is widely distributed over the highland
plateau and grass-lands frequenting those areas where the grass is short
or sparse or even wanting. The species is commonest on the Athi
Plains, Northern Frontier and Ukambani, extending through the Rift
Valley, on to the high plateau of the Mau, Eldoret, and suitable locali-
ties in Uganda and become plentiful in the western province from Lake
Albert to Ankole. It may be advantageous at this point to discuss the
various geographical races which which been cited though not generally

10

Adult Juv.

CROWNED PLOVER (Stephanibyx coronatus coronatus Bod.)

recognised. I refer in particular to the opinions expressed by Friedman,
United Sta,tes Nat. BuL, 153, in which two races other than the nomin-
ate form are recognised. According to this writer, the nominate race
extends from the south (Natal) through Tanganyika to the highland
plateau excluding the Mau, to Uganda. Is darker more grey -brown on
the upper parts. The birds from the Mau, he unites with a large north-
eastern race of Abyssinia which he names suspicax. It is of interest
to note then, that the Mau birds are separated from the Abyssinian
form by miles of low country inhabited by the nominate form. It is
suggested that altitude and environment have produced a form similar
to the Abyssinian one. Such is possible, but I am very much dis-
inclined to accept the validity of the statement.

The third race demissas, inhabits the lowlands of Somaliland.
It is said to be more sandy-rufous above. It is also suggested that
birds from Barsaloi, Northern Frontier, Kenya are intermediate between
this and the nominate race, further that the form may range across
Jubaland. The limited adult material at my disposal from Jubaland
supports the pale colouration assigned to the race. However, young
in down from Wagedud, Jubaland, collected in June, are very different
to young of the same age from the Athi Plains. They are very much
more rufescent-sandy. I incline therefore, to support the suggestion
that Juba birds do belong to the Somali form. Birds from the Northern
Guasso area to the Lorian are intermediate. The general habits of all
the races are similar. They are most in evidence during the non-nesting
seasons, for then they assemble in large flocks, sometimes numbering
over 100 individuals. These flocks are made up of adult and sub-adult
birds. The latter may always be recognised by the less conspicuously
marked coronal colouration and the presence of pale tips to the mantle
and wings which give these areas a slightly barred appearance. .

These birds are vociferous when disturbed but when left alone
hardly utter a sound. Nevertheless, one is always stumbling upon
them, more often at some crucial moment when one is stalking a buck
or other prey. They then get up and give utterance to their piercing
harsh call likened to the syllables ere — ere — ere — cree-ip . . . cree-ip,
and every head of game in the area is on the “ qui vive.’- Fortunately,
unless they have eggs or young, their flight is not long sustained;
circling round once or twice they alight, and uttering a plaintive whistle
cree-ip, they soon settle down. If, on the other hand, they are ap-
proached when brooding eggs or young, they get up and after running
a few paces they start calling when one is still some distance away and
as one gets nearer they take wing and will then swoop down towards
the intruder, in much the same way as does the European Lapwing.
They are quite fearless in their attacks on dogs and more than once
I have seen a dog cowering before the vicious onslaught. Jackals and
Bat-eared Foxes are chivvied in the same way. They draw attention

11

from their young by feigning a broken wing or leg and as they flutter
away they call persistently. The nesting season varies somewhat. We
have observed eggs or young in down during March, April, to July and
also September; and again in October to December. The rather pro-
longed nesting period is partly accounted for by the fact that more often
than not, the first clutch of eggs are destroyed; ground vermin such as
mungoose, foxes and jackal are particularly destructive, to both eggs
and chicks.

The food supply for young and adults is plentiful throughout the
year, for here again, much of it consists of various larvae obtainable
from the accumulated droppings of the numerous game.

The nest is a shallow scrape either on bare pebbly ground or
amongst tufty grass, more usually the former. The clutch varies : the
commonest number is two, occasionally three and less often four. They
are typically plover in shape, stone, putty or olive-tinged in ground
colour covered with small blotches and marks of umber and blackish.
There is some variation in size but average clutches measure 38x28
mm.

Young in down are cryptically coloured, and were it not for the
fact that one sees them move, one could not detect them. Should they
be feeding with their parents, when first observed, one notices the
white underside and white neck ring, but almost at the first alarm note
they squat with head tucked into the body, thus obliterating the greater
part of the neck ring, and they are difficult to detect. The way to pick
out the youngster is to disregard the adult birds and when the alarm is
given to note some particular object near where the chick has squatted.
One can then walk straight up to it and it will be found crouching,
almost motionless. It will allow one to pick it up and replace it without
running off. There is not the slightest difficulty in recognising these
birds; the conspicuous coronal marks and the red legs distinguish it at
once.

Night flighting is common in this species, more especially when
there is a moon. One often hears them moving across the line of the
Museum building in a north-easterly direction.

The Crowned Plover is considered by some as of interest from a
sporting point of view; it must be tame sport, unless the shooting is
done during the night flights.

When these birds have flocked, they break up into small companies
at periods when they search for food, but unite again before sunset.
Towards evening they indulge in playful antics in much the same way
as do the Crowned Cranes, but they do not seem to have the same
set “ dance.” It is an attractive sight more particularly when several
or most will, as though at a pre-arranged signal, suddenly raise the
wings perpendicularly over the back retaining them thus for an appreci-

12

SPUR-WINGED PLOVER (Hoplopterus spinosus spinosus Lin,)

able time, then bringing them smartly down to rest. The black and
white under*surfaces are then conspicuous.

In my experience, these birds can be called confiding if treated
properly; in a car one can approach to within a couple of yards before
they run off. The photographs illustrating the birds were obtained from
the car window, with a five-inch lens.

Quite apart from the slightly barred plumage of the sub-adult bird,
one can generally pick these out by their behaviour; if a flock is seen
and approached, these younger birds, having still some memory of the
value of squatting, learnt as youngsters, will sit down and “ flatten "
and will remain thus until one is almost on top of them.

Genus HOPLOPTERUS,

HOPLOPTERUS 8PIN0SUS 8PIN0SU8, Lin. SPUE-WINGED

PLOVEE.

Eef. : Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., 10th Ed., 1758.

Type locality : Egypt.

Distribution :

Through the north and eastern portions of Uganda, east to Eudolf,
Baringo, the Northern Frontier, Jubaland, Tanaland, south Ukamba,
Kavirondo, Lake Victoria.

Description : male and female, adult.

Entire top of head from forehead to nape, blue-black; the feathers
on the back of the crown elongated to form a pointed crest; sides of
head and neck pure white with a blue-black streak running from the
chin, down the centre of the front of the neck, and joining the blue-
black of the breast and upper abdomen; rest of abdomen and under
tail-coverts pure white. Mantle, scapulars, long inner secondaries and
rump ashy-grey with an ochreous wash; lesser wing-coverts ashy-grey
shading to whitish distally; median coverts paler j secondary coverts
white with greyish tinge on inner web ; primaries blue-black ; secondaries
white at base, blue-black distally; upper tail-coverts white; tail proxi-
mally white, distal half black, the outer pairs with white tips. Thighs
white. Legs and toes black; bill black; eyes claret, red, ruby or
crimson. Length of wing 182-203 mm. ; average for females 185, males
195 mm. A marked spur on angle of wing, sometimes measuring 20
mm.

Immature :

Crown and throat line and breast ashy-ochreous ; rest of head dirty
white; mantle ashy-grey with buffy tips to each feather; primaries and
secondaries black; coverts dirty ashy-whitish. Legs and toes black;
bill black; eyes dull red.

13

Juvenile :

The nestling in down is unknown to me, and there appears to be
no available published description.

Habits:

This Spur- winged Plover has a wide range throughout Kenya and
Uganda but does not appear to have been recorded from the central
highland area of the former. My records are from Anasa on the Tana
Kiver, Kitui Ukambani, Lake Jipe, N. Guasso Nyiro to Marsabit and
Lake Koroli, north and south of the Juba Biver, Baringo, Kendu Bay,
Kavirondo, Turkana and Kobua Biver, Budolf, Lake Kioga, Lake
Kikarongo, Lakes Albert and Edward and Buddu. Wherever it occurs
it is there in numbers, from scattered pairs to flocks of fifty or more.
Like others of this group, they are very noisy, maintaining an incessant
call when disturbed. The call is similar to the syllables hick-hick-hick,
oft repeated, thus very like that of the Saddle-backed Plover, but less
metallic. They are usually found in the vicinity of water. When undis-
turbed they stand with heads depressed between the “ shoulders, - and
if a strong wind is blowing, all the birds face towards it. When on the
ground and first disturbed, they run a short way, stand, and jerk their
bodies up and down with abrupt spasmodic movements and quick
lateral movements of the tail which end in a quick depression and
partial fanning of the feathers. Where these birds are abundant, they
nest in what may be termed colonies, for several will nest on a
sand or gravel spit within a short distance of each other. In Kenya,
no considerable nesting areas exist; the nests are usually scattered. My
friend Mac Innes has already published an account of the nests of these
birds in this Journal : (No. 47-48 p. 128.) he states : “ It is often very
difficult to see the bird on the nest, as it invariably leaves at the first
sign of danger, and circles round the intruder, uttering loud cries. On
closer approach the bird often becomes silent, settling on the ground
some distance away, thereby disclosing the presence of the nest.”

He also observes that in a clutch, one may find the eggs to be in
different stages of incubation, and suggests that this may result in
partial protection of the eggs, for they brood as soon as the first egg
is laid, and some time may elapse between the laying of the first and
last egg. The nest is a shallow scrape which may or may not be lined
with bits of reed and other debris. Three to four eggs are laid, putty,
stone, or slightly olive in ground colour, thickly spotted with black and
sepia with underlying marks of greyish. Average measurements 40 x 28 J
mm. There is as much variation in these eggs as in those of the Lap-
wing of Europe. I have watched these birds brooding, usually they sit
with head well drawn in on the back, but occasionally the head is laid
flat, with neck partially stretched and chin on the ground. Though so
conspicuous when standing upright, they harmonise wonderfully with

14

ir,

SADDLE-BACKED SPUR-WINGED PLOVER (Hoplopterus armatus Burch.)

the ground when they are incubating. They feed on various insects,
both larvae and imagoes, including diptera, beetles and termites. They
take most of their food along the water’s edge, however, and here they
capture small Crustacea and molluscs. Stomach contents also reveal
the presence of grass seeds in small quantities.

There is some local migration, but directions and times have not
been ascertained with any degree of accuracy. Night flights are recorded
from time to time, but most of these refer to passage from one feeding
ground to another.

HOPLOPTERUS ARMATUS, Burch. SADBLE-BACKED SPUE-

WINGED PLOVER.

Ref. : Burchell, Travels, 1, p. 501, 1822.

Type locality : Cape Province.

Distribution :

Limited to the lakes of the Rift Valley.

Description :

Forehead and greater part of crown, white; rest of crown and
remainder of head, throat, neck and breast to upper abdomen, black;
a white triangular patch, apex forward, at base of hind-neck, followed
by a black interscapular triangle, apex pointing back and continuous
with the base of a further black triangle, these two triangular areas
forming a saddle or anchor-like patch on the back; lesser, median and
greater wing coverts, very light grey fading to white on the distal edges
of the median coverts, and slightly shaded with ashy on the long inner
secondaries. Primaries dark blue-black; secondaries basally white,
distally blue-black; under wing-coverts and axillaries white; a
pronounced spur at the bend of the wing; back black with
white tips; rump and upper tail-coverts white; belly and

under tail-coverts white; tail feathers, basal two-thirds white, terminal
third black, white tipped, except the outermost pair which are mostly
white the black being limited to a sub-terminal bar; or the tail may be
white with a terminal black bar lessening in width from central pair,
outward. Legs and feet black; bill black; eyes crimson. Length of
wing, 209-220 mm.

Immature :

Forehead with a narrow white band; chin and throat whitish; light
patch on hind-neck dirty white; dark areas on head, sides of breast and
dorsum dark black-brown, each feather tipped with sandy to buff,
breast rather paler brown; abdomen, vent and under tail-coverts white;
wing-coverts pale grey irregularly barred with sepia and sandy tipped.

15

the barring being most evident on the median coverts and long inner
secondaries; primaries black; secondaries black at tips, white basally.
Tail as in the adult but dark ends more brownish.

Juvenile :

The nestling in down is mostly white below, with a breast bar of
sandy and black mottling; a white neck ring is present, and the fore-
head is also whitish; crown and dorsum fairly evenly mottled sandy
and sepia, the darker colour being predominant in the middle of the
crown and as a line down the dorsum.

Habits :

This Plover is frequently referred to as the “ Blacksmith ” Plover
on account of its peculiar metallic call which resembles the sound pro-
duced by hitting an anvil with a hammer, hick-hick-hick-hick. They are
noisy but mostly so when disturbed or during the mating season. They
are always found in the vicinity of or not far from water, frequenting
the mud flats or shore where the herbage is very short, or where banks
are formed of rotting vegetation and other debris. They will frequent
the open grassland, mostly of an evening, where herds of cattle have
been grazing, for here they find an abundance of insect food among
the dung. They are also partial to grass land that has been burnt off-
They are resident where they occur; are usually observed in pairs or
family parties, seldom in flocks. They feed almost entirely on insects,
small molluscs, Crustacea and worms.

The nest is a shallow depression in some slightly raised collection
of debris, often not far from the water s edge, and may or may not
be lined with bits of debris. Sometimes the nest is on a slightly raised
ridge of gravel with sparse vegetation, which marks a former lake-level.
Two to four eggs are laid, usually the former; putty, stone, or olive
in ground colour with numerous black and umber blotches and some
underlying marks. Size average 40 x 29 mm. When the parents have
been disturbed from a nest or young, they will fly around giving vent
to their metallic cries, and swoop down at the intruder, as do Lapwings
at “ Home.” They flight of an evening from one feeding ground to
another, from the water’s side to some open grass flat if a strong wind
is blowing and the water is rough.

When hunting for larvae in the dung of cattle they turn over the
edge of a “ pad ” with a sharp lateral movement of the bill, and if the
“ tail ” end of a grub is seen they seize it, and setting their weight
back will exercise a gentle strain until the creature lets go, when the
grub is dropped, picked up, head in bill, and down it goes !

16

Genus ANOMALOPHRYS.

A'NOMALOPHBYS SUPERCILIOSUS, Eeichw. CHESTNUT-

BANDED WATTLED PLOVEE.

Eef. : Eeichenow, J. Ornith., 1886.

Type locality : Marungu, West Tanganyika.

Distribution :

Kenya; limited, so far as our knowledge goes, to the eastern side
of Lake Victoria; also to be found in the Kikorongo district of Uganda.

Description : male and female, adult.

Frontal band cinnamon, followed by a blue-black crown ending in
a nape crest. Chin dirty-white shading to ashy-grey, which colour
extends over the throat and upper breast, cheeks, and side of the neck.
This in turn shades into an ashy-olive on the mantle, scapulars, lesser
and median wing-coverts and long inner secondaries, all these feathers
with rusty tips. The greater coverts are more ashy-grey and have
white margins to tip and outer web; primaries blue-black; secondaries
white with broad black ends lessening in width from out inwards.
Back and rump darker olive-ashy, upper tail-coverts white. Tail white
with black bar at end lessening in width from central pair outward,
all with white tips. Lower breast and belly to vent and under tail-
coverts white. Legs and feet blackish; bill black, tip crimson-purple
at base; eyes brown. Wattle and eyelids yellow to orange. Length
of wing 184-186 mm. No spur on wing.

Immature :

Somewhat like the adult. The cinnamon of the forehead extends
back much further over the crown and passing over the eyes forms
a wide supercilium; the crown of the head is similar to the mantle —
olive-ashy-brown but less olive than in the adults; posterior to the eye
is a whitish line; the throat is dirty white, shading to grey on the sides
of the head and neck where it changes to ashy-grey with an ochreous
wash on the upper breast. Very often the breast is mottled with
chestnut as moulting takes place. Eest of the body plumage as in
the adults.

Juvenile in down is unknown.

Habits :

The Chestnut-breasted Wattled Plover is a rare species and has
seldom been taken. In Kenya, I have obtained examples in the south
Kavirondo area in which district it breeds; in Uganda, the only locality
in which the species is noted, is round Kikorongo, north of Lake

17

Edward. There is just a possibility that the species will be found to
differ geographically when more material is available. Practically
nothing is known regarding its habits, and certainly nothing about its
nest and eggs. My only evidence that it breeds in the south Kavirondo i
district is that three-quarter grown young, in first feather, were seen
with their parents on the Kano flats. They were of such an age that
they could not possibly have migrated there.

The species frequents the open grass lands where the vegetation i
is stunted and sparse, or on plains where the grass has been burnt off. !
Stomach contents revealed the presence of insects and small molluscs i
only. Their general behaviour is similar to the Grey-breasted Plovers. |

Genus AFRIBYX.

AFBIBYX 8EXEGALLV8 8ENEGALLU8, Linn. SENEGAL

WATTLED PLOVER.

Ref. : Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., 10th, Ed., 1766.

Type locality : Senegal.

Distribution : Uganda.

This race is mentioned here to emphasise the fact that the typical
nominate form occurs in the north-western districts of Uganda, both
true to type and in an intermediate form between it and the southern
A. s. lateralis. The chief point of difference is that the western race
has no smoky to black on the flanks and the belly. The habits of the
races will be mentioned together.

AFBIBYX 8ENEGALLU8 MAJOB, Neumann. ABYSSINIAN

WATTLED PLOVER.

Ref. : Neumann, Orn. Monatsb., vol. 22, 1914.

Type locality : Mareb River, Abyssinia.

Distribution :

Northern Frontier, Kenya and Jubaland.

Description :

This race is very similar to the next geographical form to be dealt
with. It differs in lacking the dark areas to the flanks and upper belly
and by its larger size. Wings 235-251 mm.

18

I

j

i

i

BLACK-FLANKED WATTLED PLOVER (Afribyx senegallus lateralis Smith.)

AFRIBYX 8ENEGALLU8 LATERALI8, Smith. BLACK-

FLANKED WATTLED PLOVER.

Ref.: Smith, Illust. Zool. S.Af., Aves., 1839.

Type locality : Natal.

Disteibution :

The greater part of Uganda; in Kenya mostly restricted to the dis-
tricts east of Lake Victoria, and southern Masai, Ukambani and the
Tana region.

Description :

Forehead and fore part of crown pure white, distally bordered by
black, which in turn shades off into smoky-ashy-brown dark streaked;
the hind neck is lighter in ground but is still streaked; chin white;
throat patch black; surrounded by the black and white streaked areas
of the side and lower throat; ear-coverts finely streaked black and white;
lores covered by a yellow to orange red double wattle, lower long and
pendant, upper rounded and erect; eyelids yellow. The whole of the
breast smoky-ashy-grey shading to black on the mid-flanks, this colour
often extending over the upper belly ; abdomen and thighs white ; under
tail-coverts white with isabelline wash; interscapular region, scapulars
and long inner secondaries olive-ashy; lesser and median wing-coverts
light ashy-grey with buffy tinge shading to white distally; greater
coverts white mostly, basally ashy; primaries purply-black, white at
extreme base; secondaries mostly white with distal black, long inner
secondaries white basally ashy distally; back and rump olive-ashy,
upper tail-coverts white. Tail feathers basally white with black bar at
ends lessening in width from within-outward, tips white. Legs and
feet light yellowish-olive, greenish-grey; bill olive-yellowish at base,
black tipped; eyes lemon-yellow. Wings 220-237 mm. Spur present
on bend of wing.

Immature :

Somewhat like the adults but without the white frontal patch ; the
black of the crown is missing so also the black throat line, and there
is little trace of the dark colour on the flanks.

Juvenile :

Unknown to me in the downy stage. In first feather, they have
most of the mantle, breast and wing-coverts tipped with rusty and
sandy colour, and are thus mottled and barred.

Habits :

The Wattled Plovers, in the various geographical races, are here
taken together, as their habits are alike. Throughout their distribution

19

in East Africa, they are only to be found at altitudes under 5,000 ft.
so far as I know. The type of country frequented is one where vege-
tation is sparse and the grass short. They are not limited to the
vicinity of water, for we have noted them in places where no water
existed for at least 10 miles. Insect food is their principal diet, very
largely coleoptera, but when found near lakes and pans various aquatic
forms predominate. Like many of the other Plovers, these birds also
consume a certain amount of grass seeds.

They are noisy and give warning to all and sundry at the slightest
signs of danger, particularly so when they have nests or young. When
in flocks composed of two or three families, they are less inclined to be
vociferous unless approached too close or too suddenly.

The exact nesting seasons are not yet well known. We have noted
eggs in the months of March — June (Kenya), August and September
in Uganda. The nest is a shallow depression with scanty lining; two
to three eggs, occasionally four, are laid. They are putty to pale olive^
brown in ground colour blotched and marked with black and dark
brown. Average measurements 43 x 30 mm. The site of the nest is
usually on a slightly raised patch of ground or collection of debris.

So far as we have observed, there are no outstanding points of
difference in the behaviour of these birds to others of the group. Here
again, we have noted evidence of local migrations but the influencing
factors are unknown nor is there any information as to exact time and
directions. Much more observation needs to be carried out.

Genus SARCIOPHORUS^

8ARCI0PH0RU8 TECTU8 TECTU8, Bodd. CHESTED WATTLED

PLOVEE.

Eef. : Boddaert, Tabl. PI. Enlum., 1783.

Type locality : Senegal.

Distkibution :

Northern portion of Uganda to South Eudolf to Laikipia and the
Northern Frontier of Kenya.

Description :

A small frontal patch, chin and upper throat white; rest of crown
blue-black, the feathers of the hind-crown elongate and forming a
pointed crest; a V shaped white nape line passes forward through
the lower eyelid and joins the white throat patch; sometimes this line
is broken by the black of the lower throat extending up to the eye.
Lores black; an orange to yellow wattle in front of the eye; neck en-
circled by a black collar, the black colour extending down the centre

20

s.tJatifrons CRESTED WATTLED PLOVER (Sarciophorus tectus tectus Bodd*)

of the breast as a broad line; on either side of this line the breast may
be washed with ashy-grey or it may be uniform white as is the
remainder of the underside to as far as and including the under tail-
coverts; mantle, scapulars, long inner secondaries and lesser wing-
coverts ashy-ochreous-grey ; the median wing coverts less ochreous and
some tipped white; the greater coverts broadly tipped white forming a
conspicuous white wing bar in conjunction with the white of the secon-
daries; primaries, basal half white terminally black; secondaries white
proximally with black distally, the black decreasing in width from out-
inwards; back and centre of rump ashy-grey; upper tail-coverts white;
tail feathers basally white with black bar at end decreasing in width
from central pair outward, all white tipped* Legs and feet plum-red
or crimson; bill red at base, tip black; eyes yellow to orange. Length
of wing, 180-190 mm. A small spur is present on the “ bend ” of the
wing.

Immature and Juvenile:

Immature birds have the front of the head dirty white; the black
areas are replaced by dark brown feathers tipped with rusty and sandy,
the mantle and wing-coverts tipped with sandy and buff, the inner
secondaries with some dark barring. No crest on the hind crown. The
juvenile in down is unknown to me.

Habits :

I propose to deal with these jointly under the next race.

SARC10PH0RU8 TECTU8 LATIFR0N8, Eeichw. SOMALI

CEESTED WATTLED PLOVEE.

Eef. : Eeichenow, Orn. Centralbl, 1881.

Type locality: Bardera, S. Somaliland.

Distribution :

From the Juba Eiver to the Tana, and South Ukambani.
Description : male and female.

Very similar to the previous race. The chief point of difference is
in the greater width of the white frontal which extends back as far as
the mid-point of the eyes. The general tone of the upper sur-
face is paler ; the ashy wash on the sides of the chest is more distinct
and the size is smaller. Wings vary from 163-180 mm. The colour of
the legs and feet are brighter red.

Habits: (Both races).

This species is restricted in its distribution to those areas which
are low-lying, i.e., below 5,000 ft. and during the non-breeding season

21

they are to be found in semi-arid country. Their general behaviour is
very like that of the European Lapwing. They have the same curious
habit of “ tailwagging ’’ when they have just alighted from a short
flight. They are noisy and apt to be regarded as a nuisance if one is
stalking game; for their cries give warning to all in the neighbourhood.
They are not timid by any means, and will allow one within reasonable
distance, merely walking slowly away as one approaches, but all the
time they keep calling. Their call is very similar to that of 8. luguhris,
perhaps less harsh.

So far as I am aware, the nest and eggs of this species have not
been recorded from these territories. Eggs taken in the Sudan are
putty to earthy brown in ground colour blotched with dark brown and
black. Breeding birds have been shot in June.

Genus HEM I PARRA,

HEMIPARRA CRAS8IR0STRI8 GRA88IR08TRI8, Hartl.

WHITE-SHOULDEEED THICK-BILLED PLOVEE.

Eef. : Hartlaub, Jrl. Ornith., 1855.

Type locality : Nubia.

Distribution :

The northern portions of Uganda to Eudolf.

HEMIPARRA CRA88IR0STRI8 HYBRIDA, Eeich. NYANZA
WHITE-SHOULDEEED THICK-BILLED PLOVEE.

Eef. : Eeichenow, Om. Monatsb., 1909.

Type locality ; Tanganyika Territory.

I)lSTRIBUTION :

The country east and south of Lake Victoria.

Description :

The whole of the head (except the nape) and the throat pure white,
foUowed by blue-black which encircles the back of the neck, the sides
and the breast; abdomen white so also the under tail-coverts except the
two longest which have large black lateral areas subterminally. Mantle,
scapulars and long inner secondaries smoky-grey, the last becoming
darker and strongly washed with grey-green; primary coverts pure
white; lesser and median coverts also white; primaries blue-black;
secondaries black and white, the distal black increasing from in-
outwards; back ashy-grey becoming darker, almost black at centre of

22

NYANZA WHITE-SHOULDERED PLOVER (Hemiparra crassirostris hybrida Reichw.)

1

rump; upper tail-coverts white; tail feathers basally white, distally
black, the central pair with very little white. Legs and feet carmine
to red with dark blackish scutes on the tarsi and toes; bill red with a
black tip; eyes red so also the eyelids. Wings measure 200-212 mm.
A small spur is present at the “ elbow.”

Immature and Juvenile :

These are unknown to me.

Habits :

This species is almost entirely confined to the vicinity of water,
indeed, they seem to spend quite a fair proportion of their time on
floating islets and debris as well as along the water front. Further-
more, many of their nests are to be found on these islets. They are
to be met with in pairs during the brecKiing season, and in small com-
panies at other times, but not in very large flocks. During the ” off-
season ” they are wary and dislike a close approach, but when with
nest or young they exhibit a certain degree of boldness in their anxiety
to protect their property. One may be certain that a pair is nesting,
yet have some difficulty in locating the eggs. Macinnes records that
one seldom has the opportunity of observing a brooding bird; this is
due to the fact that the parent bird slips off the nest at the first sign
of danger and runs off some distance. If they are flushed they fly a
certain distance and circle back towards the spot. One has to go over
the likely ground very carefully before the nest is found. As already
mentioned, the nest is often on an island or raised platform of debris
and the nest itself is made of debris and, according to Macinnes,
sometimes mosses. Usually two eggs are laid, occasionally three, putty
to earth-brown in colour rather heavily blotched with dark brown and
black.

28

NOTES ON THE BIEDS OF TUEKANA PROVINCE.

By D. G. Mac Innes.

Member of the Lake Rudolf Rift Valley Expedition, 1934.
Introduction.

The following notes on the birds of Turkana were collected by the
Lake Rudolf Rift Valley Expedition, which was working in the
province from February 10th to May 18th, and for a short time during
September and October.

Since the study of Ornithology was only one of the side issues of
the Expedition, the collection made, and the notes obtained, are
necessarily very incomplete. They may, however, serve to show that
a more detailed survey of the birds of the Lake Rudolf area, made over
a longer period of time, would add most valuable information with
regard to the nesting habits and the migrational movements of many
birds whose habits are at present not well known.

The only place where any detailed work could be carried out by
the Expedition was Ferguson Gulf, but even here, the time available
was all too short. In April and May, the level of the lake was sinking
fairly rapidly and at this point, owing to the shallow nature of the
shore, the water was receding at a great pace. Along the western
shore of the Gulf the water receded sixty yards between February 20th
and April 14th, and another ten yards between April 14th and 25th.
As a result the vegetation could not keep up with the water line, and
there was a considerable expanse of muddy or sandy shore, which
afforded no cover and very little food.

At this period, the majority of the Flamingoes, Pelicans, Waders,
Terns and Gulls congregated each night at the south end of the Gulf
where a considerable area of shore had become an almost impassable
swamp, probably as a result of the constant movement of the birds.

In September, owing to heavy rains in the region of Mt. Elgon,
Mt. Moroto, etc., many rivers, which for the greater part of the year
are dry, had been flowing for some weeks, and the level of the Lake
had risen two feet, and encroached nearly a quarter of a mile.

The coarse grass which had previously been separated from the
water's edge by a hundred yards or more of dry sand, now stretched
well out into the lake affording both cover and food for the birds, and
several new arrivals were observed which had not been present earlier
in the year. Amongst these were the European Glossy Ibis, the Wood
Ibis, several Herons and Waders.

\

24

The roosting ground at the south end of the Gulf being under
water, the birds no longer congregated in any one place, but passed
the night apparently wherever they happened to be. Whether these
changes depend in any way on the rise of the lake level and the corres-
ponding alteration in the shore line, or whether they are controlled
by migrational movements, regardless of climatic conditions, it is at
present impossible to determine until a more detailed investigation can
be carried out.

The ornithological material collected by the Expedition, number-
ing in all some two hundred skins, has been donated to the Coryndon
Memorial Museum, Nairobi, where the greatest assistance has been
rendered in the identification of specimens by Dr. van Someren. The
system employed in these notes follows that of Dr, van Someren in
his “ Notes on the Birds of East Africa.” (Novitates Zoologicae Vol.
XXIX, Apl. 1922, No. 1, & Op. cit. Vol. XXXVII, 1932.)

Systematic list and field notes.

AFEICAN LITTLE GKEBE {Pqliocephalus ruficollis capensis,
Salvad.).

Not often seen owing to the lack of suitable environment. The two
males obtained were shot at Ferguson Gulf on April 12th from a party
of four birds. It was never seen on the open lake, apparently preferring
the smaller pools of water a quarter or half a mile inland. The birds
were found to be very reluctant to fly, even when hard pressed. They
dived continually and remained under water for a considerable period,
The old theory that the Grebe follows, under water, the direction in
which its bill was pointing before diving, certainly does not hold good
with this species, as the bird would often appear in exactly the opposite
direction.

GREY-HEADED GULL {Larus civrocephalus , Vieill.).

Fairly abundant along the western shore of Lake Rudolf, where
during the day they were generally found to occur singly. Toward
sunset, they were inclined to gather into small groups before
roosting, and at dark they were to be seen working along the shore by
short stages to the roosting grounds. At the south end of Ferguson
Gulf there was a common roosting ground where a great many varieties
of water-birds congregated every night.

WHITE-WINGED BLACK TERN (Ghlidonias leucoptera, Temm.).

Very common, occurring in large flocks along the lake shore. Of
the specimens obtained, two females are in full plumage; 15th and 16th
April. One male is in nearly full plumage, and two are immature, first
year birds; 2nd March, 16th April. In February and March, near the
north end of Lake Rudolf, only immature birds were seen, and these
never in flocks, but in small parties. Throughout the day, they were

25

to be seen feeding along the shore, hut with no particular directional
trend. At Ferguson Gulf, in April, they were present in very large
numbers, and both mature and immature were obtained. During the
mornings the majority rested on the shore, but at about 3 p.m. each
day they would all start feeding, gradually working outwards over the
lake throughout the remaining hours of daylight. At sunset the birds
would again congregate, large numbers moving down to the main
roosting ground, while a few smaller parties would pass the night at
certain fixed points on the shore.

No indication of breeding was observed at this season or at any
time. By the middle of September practically all the birds had
assumed winter plumage, though a few were noted which showed a
large proportion of the black breeding dress. During the next few
weeks even these disappeared and by the middle of October no birds
were seen with any trace of black.

At this time of the year a marked change in habits was observed;
enormous numbers of terns came inland every afternoon, where for
several hours they were seen hawking over the grassy margin of the
lake in pursuit of grasshoppers and insects. They would sometimes go
as much as two miles inland.

At dusk they were not seen to congregate into flocks, nor was any
concerted movement toward a roosting ground observed; many of the
birds continuing their search for food long after dark, eventually roost-
ing individually, and not in flocks.

It seems probable that the change in feeding grounds between April
and September would be due to a local migration of the fish since the
abundance of grasshoppers along the lake shore had certainly not in-
creased in the latter season but had, on the whole, decreased.

GULL-BILLED TERN (Gelochelidon nilotica, Gmel.).

A female obtained at Ferguson Gulf on April 4th is in full breeding
plumage though the ovaries were not unduly enlarged and no other
indications of breeding were observed. At this season the birds were
fairly frequently seen along the shore, but only solitary individuals
which were never seen to mix with the smaller terns or with the gulls.
^With one exception, every bird seen in April was working gradually
southward, though whether this has any significance is not clear, for
since this species has hitherto been considered as only a winter visitor
to East Africa, one would have expected any April migration move-
ment to be northward.

By the middle of September, the numbers of Gull-billed Terns had
increased enormously, due to an influx of birds from the north. In
some cases they were found congregated into flocks of thirty or more,
particularly at the mouth of the Turkwell River where several flocks
were to be seen, numbering in all some hundreds of birds.

26

Nest and eggs of Scissorbill {Rhijnchops flavirostris).

At this season they seemed to become more sociable in their habits,
and mixed freely with the White- winged Black Terns. All the birds
observed in September and October had assumed winter plumage, and
their movements showed no directional trend. A female in winter
dress was obtained at Ferguson Gulf on September 23rd.

SCISSOE-BILL {Rhynchops flavirostris^ VieilL).

No Scissor-bills were seen until April 17th when a single bird
appeared in Ferguson Gulf; the following day three birds were noted,
and during the ensuing week many more were observed.

On April 25th, a nest was found at Ferguson Gulf, containing one
fresh egg. The nest consisted of a fairly deep scrape some nine inches
in diameter, in loose, dry sand close to the water’s edge, and was
entirely unlined. Numerous other scrapes were found at the same spot,
but none of these contained eggs. On Central Island where the birds
were very common, they commenced to lay on April 27th, and during
the next few days a great many nests were found, with clutches of two
and three eggs. The general appearance of these eggs is very similar
to those of the Common European Tern {Sterna hirundo, Linn.) and
in size also they agree very closely. The average measurements of
seven eggs is 40.1 x 28.9 mm. as opposed to 40.9 x 30.3 mm. in the
case of the Common Tern. The general colour is perhaps a trifle darker.
The ground colour is sandy buff spotted and blotched with dark brown.

By September the numbers of Scissor-bills had very greatly
increased, several thousands being present in the Ferguson Gulf area
alone. On Central Island a number of immature birds were seen on
September 25th some of which were only just able to fly, which sug-
gests that possibly some pairs rear two broods in the season. The
enormous increase in numbers, however, cannot be accounted for solely
by the success of the breeding season, but must also represent another
immigration of birds from elsewhere. The birds were always found to
be very tame and quite unafraid of man, and like the Terns, they
became very noisy when disturbed at their nesting sites.

The call is generally a shrill whistle, though occasionally a harsher
note similar to that of the Terns is also heard.

COMMON PELICAN {Pelecanus onocrotalus , Linn.).

Very common along the lake shore, particularly in Ferguson Gulf
and on Central Island. No signs of nesting were observed in the spring
but on September 26th, a nest was found on Central Island con-
taining a nearly fledged young bird and a second dead bird.

The nest was a coarse structure of sticks, situated about ten feet
from the ground in a small tree. On the same day, another bird was
seen carrying nesting materials, though no other nests were found.

27

Since the conditions were suitable and the birds numerous, it seems
likely that at the right season they might be found nesting in large
numbers on the Island.

EAST AFKICAN COEMOEANT (Phalacrocorax carho lugubrisy
Eupp.).

A female obtained at Ferguson Gulf on April 20th is in full breed-
ing dress, and the ovaries were well developed, having two nearly ripe
ova. No nesting sites were observed in the locality, probably on
account of the unsuitable surroundings. It is clear, however, that the
birds do nest somewhere on Lake Eudolf, probably on Central Island
where they are very plentiful. Only a few specimens were seen in the
Gulf.

PIGMY AFEICAN COEMOEANT {Phalocrocorax africanus africanus,
Gmel.).

The Pigmy Cormorant also occurred in large numbers in the Gulf
during April, flocks of several hundred birds being observed amongst
which were both adult and immature. These flocks were generally
accompanied by a few AFEICAN DAETEES (Anhinga rufa rufa^
Lacep. & Daud.) but no specimens of either were obtained.

ANATID^.

No specimens of Duck were preserved, but the following were seen
or obtained at Ferguson Gulf.

CAPE TEAL {Anas capensis, Gmel.). GAEGANEY TEAL {Anas
querquedula, Linn.).

EUEOPEAN SHOVELEE {Spatula clypeata, Linn.).

WHITE-FACED WHISTLING TEEE DUCK {Dendrocygna viduata,
Linn.).

FULVOUS WHISTLING TEEE DUCK {Dendrocygna fulva, Gmel.).

All the Ducks were as a rule exceedingly difficult to approach
owing to the open nature of the lake shore. From February to April
the first three species occurred in fair numbers, the Cape Teal and
the Garganey often being seen together while the Shovelers remained
by themselves. An evening flight took place, but its direction was
variable and it was not ascertained whether the birds congregated at
one roosting place. During April the number of Shovelers was
appreciably on the increase and on April 22nd several packs were seen
with about fifty birds in each. Up to April 24th or perhaps' a little

2S

later, any of the three first species were to be found at certain points
on the lake shore, but no Tree Ducks were seen. Eeturning to the same
locality on May 10th, all the points were again visited but none of these
duck were found, while Tree Ducks were present in very large num-
bers. The Shovelers and Garganey had migrated northward to Europe
while the Cape Teal had moved off to more favourable feeding or breed-
ing grounds.

In September again, only Tree Duck were seen in Ferguson Gulf,
the first indication of the return migration of the European ducks was
on September 27th, near Ely, when four Shovelers were seen.

These were extremely wild and it was impossible to see the con-
dition of their plumage. Another party of twenty were noted on
October 7th at the north side of the Turkwell delta. Eeturning to
Ferguson Gulf on October 8th it was found that all five species of duck,
as first recorded, were present, with an apparent decrease in the
number of Tree Duck.

EGYPTIAN GOOSE (Alopochen cegyptiacus, Linn.).

Very common at all points visited on the Lake shore, particularly
in Ferguson Gulf and Central Island. In April and May these birds
were always seen in pairs, and on April 28th a nest containing eight
eggs was found on Central Island, and while no other nests were found,
several pairs appeared, by their behaviour, to be nesting.

By day, in Ferguson Gulf, many pairs would be seen on the shore,
but towards evening from 4-30 p.m. onwards the majority of these
would fly inland to a patch of grass land where they gathered into large
flocks, feeding fearlessly amongst goats and donkeys, and in some
cases even allowing native children to approach within a few yards of
them. If undisturbed the geese would remain here at least until dark,
but they had always dispersed again by daylight.

On September 25th, several pairs were found on Central Island
with newly hatched young, but no pairs had more than three young
birds, which may possibly have been a second brood.

At the mouths of the Turkwell Eiver on September 28th and 29th,
large quantities of Geese were found congregated into flocks numbering
hundreds of birds, though nowhere else were such large flocks seen.
On October 6th a party of nine birds was found which though
apparently fully fledged were still unable to fly.

EUEOPEAN GLOSSY IBIS {Plegadis falcinellus, Linn.).

None were seen in April and May, but in September they were
present in Ferguson Gulf in large numbers. The birds were never seen
singly, but only in large flocks of fifty to sixty individuals.

No indications of nesting were observed.

29

SACKED IBIS {Treskiornis cethiopicus {Bthiopicus, Lath.).

This species was also found to be present in considerable numbers
in September, whereas earlier in the year only a few birds had been
seen. The increase in the numbers of both this and the previous
species may have been due to the rise of the lake, altering the shore
from bare sand to grassy swamp conditions.

AFBICAN SPOONBILL {Platalea alba, Scop.).

Occasionally seen in small parties but on the whole not very com-
mon. A nesting colony was found on Central Island on April 28th,
most of the nests containing three fresh eggs. These are white, with
irregular sinears and spots of reddish-brown. The average measure-
ments of ten eggs was 66.8x43.4 mm. The nests were situated
amongst the rocks close to the water’s edge, though in some cases no
attempt at a nest was made, the eggs being laid on the bare rock. No
specimens of the birds were collected.

GIANT HEEON {Ardea goliath, Cretzchm.).

During the month of April, Giant Herons were noted in fair
numbers on Central Island, though they were but seldom seen else-
where.

A nest was found on April 28th containing one newly hatched
chick and one egg. No other nests were seen. In September a marked
increase in the numbers of the bird was observed in Ferguson Gulf and
they were extremely plentiful round the delta of the Turkwell Kiver
and at several points on the west shore of the lake. Another nest was
found on Central Island containing two half-fledged young, on Septem-
ber 26th. The nest was situated on the ground amongst large boulders,
about 15 yards from the shore. It consisted of a large structure of
sticks about two and a half feet in height and four feet in diameter.

The young birds at first lay close, but later left the nest, and
attempted, quite unsuccessfully, to hide among the rocks.

The plumage of the young birds was very similar to that of the
adult, but the permanent feathers were partly obscured by long dark
grey down, while large areas of the skin remained bare.

The parent birds remained at a distance of about a hundred yards
and showed no agitation. No other nests were found though the birds
in the vicinity were all standing in pairs, whereas at all other places
they were found singly.

MARABOU STORK {Leptoptilus crumeniferous , Less.).

Not common. No birds were seen in the Spring, but a few were
observed at Ferguson Gulf in September. They had been noted in
fair numbers on the eastern shore of the lake in August in conditions
very similar to those of the Gulf, and the reason for their scarcity on
the western shore is not clear.

30

Nest of Goliath Heron.

Young Goliath Heron leaving nest.

WOOD IBIS {Ibis ibis, Linn.).

No birds were seen in April or May, but in September they were
present in considerable numbers along the whole of the western shore
of the lake, from Ferguson Gulf to Lolelia, including .Central Island.
On September 26th a large nesting colony was found on the island, but
this could only be examined from a distance with the aid of binoculars.
The nests which must must have numbered several hundreds, were
situated in trees and bushes growing from the side of a cliff and in
some cases were placed on rocky ledges.

In some nests, newly hatched young could be seen, and in others
the parent bird was sitting very close, apparently incubating eggs.
Unfortunately time did not allow of a closer investigation of this colony,
and neither specimens of the birds nor eggs were obtained.

EUEOPEAN FLAMINGO (Phoenicopterus ruber antiquorum, Temm.)
LESSEE FLAMINGO {Phoeniconaias minor, Geoff.).

Both species of Flamingo were present in very large numbers, par-
ticularly in Ferguson Gulf, where a female of P. r. antiquorum was
obtained on October 9th. During the day small parties, and also large
flocks were to be found feeding along the water’s edge. In April, it
was noticed that at sunset enormous numbers congregated at the south
end of the Gulf, coming in an almost continuous stream from the north
for about half an hour after sunset.

A similar reverse flight took place each morning between 5 a.m.
and 6 a.m. Thus the number of Flamingoes in the Gulf by night must
have been five or six times as great as that during the day.

In September and October, the roosting ground was swamped
owing to the rise in the level of the lake, and at this season, it was
found that the birds no longer congregated at any one point to roost,
but passed the night in small parties scattered along the whole of the
shore. Also, there was no apparent influx of birds at night, the num-
bers in the Gulf remaining constant both by day and night. No indica-
tions of nesting were observed, and the female obtained showed no
enlargement of the ovaries, but it is possible that in September many
birds had congregated at more suitable places in order to breed, which
would account for the very marked change in their daily movements.
It is probable that the Lesser Flamingo does breed on the Lake, but
there is no evidence to show that the European bird does so.

EAST AFEICAN PEATINCOLE {Glareola pratincola fullebomi,
Neum.).

The Pratincoles seemed to be constantly on the move, seldom
frequenting any one locality for a long period. Near the north end of
the lake on March 3rd, six males were obtained, and a great many
birds were seen, where for the preceding week there had been none.

31

At Ferguson Gulf in April, the same thing was observed, the birds being
present on some days in large numbers and at other times entirely
absent. Six specimens, five males and one female were taken at the
Gulf on April 13th and 15th.

Examination of the stomach contents showed that the birds had
been feeding largely on Tiger beetles (Cicendelidae).

At the end of September the birds were far more numerous in
Ferguson Gulf, but on October 8th to IQth none were seen.

The series of skins obtained agree very closely with the race G. p.
fullehomi, and are recorded as such. In the Bulletin of the United
States National Museum (Bull. 153, pp. 192) Friedmann includes a
series of birds from the south of Rudolf, as G. p. limhata, but he admits
that they are intermediate between limbata and fullehorni. The wing
measurements of the present series ranges from 176-192 mm. ; average
185 mm.

SOMALI COURSER {Cursorius cursor somalensis J littoralis).

Fairly frequently seen in the sub-desert country north of the Turk-
well River, but nowhere very common. The birds were nearly always
found at a considerable distance from water, apparently preferring the
dry country. Only on one occasion were they seen to drink at the lake,
when a party of eight birds came down to drink with the Pin-tailed
Sandgrouse.

On September 22nd a pair were seen near Ferguson Gulf with two
half-fledged chicks still unable to fly.

THREE-BANDED COURSER {Rhinoptilus cinctus ductus, Heugl.).

Not very common. A single male, brought in with two eggs by
natives, on April 2nd was the only specimen seen in the Spring. The
bird was said to have been trapped at the nest, and since the eggs
appear to be those of a Courser, this is probably correct.

The eggs have a sandy ground colour, closely speckled and lined
with dark brown, and showed about two days incubation. The
measurements are as follows : 36 x 24, 35 x 24 mm. Two other pairs
were seen at Lodwar in September, and a pair was obtained on Sep-
tember 18th, but no further signs of nesting were observed and no other
birds were seen in Turkana.

EGYPTIAN SPUR-WINGED PLOVER {Hoplopterus spinosus,
Linn.).

Fairly common in certain localities on Lake Rudolf. The female
obtained was shot near the north end of the lake on March 3rd.

No indications of nesting were observed on the west side, but a
nest was found on the eastern shore on August 28th containing three
nearly fresh eggs.

32

SOMALI SPOTTED STONE CURLEW {Burhinus capensis affinis,
Rupp.).

A male shot off a nest on May 9th was the only specimen taken
though the birds were fairly frequently seen throughout Turkana, in
the drier areas of the country. The nest was situated in loose sand
under a low bush, and consisted of a shallow unlined scrape and con-
tained two fresh eggs. These are darker than those of the European
species B. o. oedicnemus, but in other respects are very similar. They
measure 50 x 38, 51 x 38 mm.

EUROPEAN CURLEW {Numenius arquatus arquatus, Linn.).

Fairly plentiful on most parts of the lake shore, but everywhere
extremely shy and difficult to obtain. At Ferguson Gulf the birds took
part in the evening flight with almost all the other Waders, and it was
found that at such times they would frequently answer to a decoy
whistle, and solitary birds might even be induced to approach to within
a few yards. The female obtained was shot at Ferguson Gulf on April
14th. The bill measures 158 mm. (straight).

MARSH SANDPIPER (Tringa stagnatalis ^ Bechst.).

COMMON SANDPIPER [Actites hypoleucos, Linn.).

CURLEW SANDPIPER (Erolia testacea, Pallas.).

LITTLE STINT (Erolia minuta minuta, LeisL).

GREEN SANDPIPER (Tringa ochropus, Linn.).

The first four species occurred in large numbers at all points of the
lake shore, where they mixed freely with each other. Of the four,
the Marsh Sandpiper was on the whole the most common, and the
Little Stint the least common. The specimens obtained were all taken
between April 13th and the 22nd at Ferguson Gulf. The movements
of the birds here were very erratic, but were apparently not influenced
in any way by weather conditions, as is sometimes the case. On some
days throughout the morning, small waders of all kinds would be seen
passing south in small parties, while on other days at the same time
the movement would be northward. In the evenings there was a great
movement and many birds probably went down to the roosting place
at the south end of the gulf, though a few parties gathered at certain
other points on the shore. By May 10th the birds were still plentiful
but no indication of nesting was observed amongst any of the Waders.
In September, many Common Sandpipers were found in the bed of the
Turkwell River at Lodwar, where many pools were left after rains
earlier in the year. Males and females were obtained. Several Green
Sandpipers were seen but they were very wild and could not be
approached.

33

PIN-TAILED SANDGROUSE (Pterocles senegalensis ellioti ^
olivascens}.

The specimens obtained represent the intermediate form between
P. s. ellioti and olivascens. They were collected on April 6th. These
birds were very common throughout Turkana in the low-lying sub-
desert country. East of Mt. Labur, large numbers came down to the
lake to drink each morning, at about 7 a.m., the flight lasting about
twenty minutes. Here it was noticed that the birds always flew very
high until well over the lake when they would circle round and come
down to the shore, while on the return journey, they would go straight
inland, often only a few feet off the ground. This had no apparent
connection with the direction of the wind.

At Eerguson Gulf, the birds began to appear at 6 a.m., the majority
gathering about a mile inland, where they remained for an hour or
more. By 7 a.m. hundreds of birds had congregated and for the next
half hour a steady stream of small parties could be seen passing down
to the water’s edge, every group drinking at the same stretch of water
front about two hundred yards in length. The time taken to drink was
extremely short, occupying from 5 — 15 seconds, very rarely more. It
seems curious that although such great numbers collected inland, it
was very seldom that more than twenty birds would actually drink
together : the usual number would be five to ten birds. It was fre-
quently noticed that birds going down to water would join parties
returning, at least for a short distance and apparently in some cases
these birds returned without drinking at all. Since the return flight
was always considerably faster and appeared to be more determined,
the reverse process seldom took place, though on two occasions birds
returning from the water were seen to join others going in the opposite
direction, and to take a second drink.

When, during the day one came upon these birds inland, they were
in parties of at least half a dozen and often more. No indication of
nesting was observed in the spring.

At Lodwar, in September, a few individuals were s^n to come
to the water holes at all hours of the day, sometimes as late as 4 p.m.,
but it was noticed that these were invariably males and may have been
fetching water for their young. A female was seen on September 14th
near Lodwar with two unfledged young which were unable to fly.

On October 5 — 6th, at a point some miles south of the Kerio River
mouth, large numbers came down to the lake to drink between 2 p.m.
and 3 p.m. each afternoon. In this case both sexes were noted. This
was the only occasion when the Pin-tailed Sandgrouse were seen to
come in any quantity to drink other than early in the morning.

84

BRIDLED SANDGROUSE {Eremiolector sukensis).

Probably as common as the Pintail, though less often seen, occurr-
ing apparently more in the rocky hilly country rather than on the
open sandy plains. Unlike the latter species they drink only in the
evenings, commencing to come to water about half an hour after sun-
set, in groups seldom exceeding six birds. They were only seen drinking
at the lake on two occasions, four birds being observed on each occasion.
This is probably due to the fact that their different habitat gives them
access to neighbouring rock pools. Some waterholes in the dry bed
of the Turkwell River at Lodwar were the only ones found which were
frequented by both species. During, and after exceptionally heavy
rains, at the end of April, and early in May, a few birds continued to
come to the regular drinking places, in spite of the fact that the Turk-
well was in flood and there was unlimited surface water on all sides.
By day, the birds were found only in pairs but no nests or eggs were
obtained.

ORANGE-THROATED FRANCOLIN (Ptemistes leucocepus infus-
catus, Cab.).

Not very common. The female obtained was brought in by a native
at Lodwar on April 9th. No other specimens were seen.

RED-LEGGED BUSH FRANCOLIN (Francolinus sephcena ochro-
g aster ^ granii).

Very common in all suitable localities, particularly amongst the
thick bush along the banks of the Turkwell River. A clutch of five
hard-set eggs brought in by natives at Lodwar on April 4th belong to
this species. The average measurement of these is 39.1x27.8 mm.
The birds were found to be extremely shy and were seldom seen by
day, though towards evening they became very noisy and could
occasionally be seen when the majority went to roost in the tops of the
low palm trees.

YELLOW-TUFTED BUSTARD. [Afrotis gindiana gindiana, Oust.).

Very common in the dry thorn bush country towards the north
end of Lake Rudolf, particularly east and south-east of ,Mt. Labur,
where they occurred in large numbers. None were seen further south
near Ferguson Gulf, although the conditions were apparently similar.
The birds were generally found singly or in pairs, sheltering from the
heat of the day under low thorn bushes. The call note has a particu-
larly ventriloquistic quality and is extremely difficult to locate. The
specimen obtained was shot at Komogin River south-east of Mt. Labur.

35

SPECKLED -NECK EOCK PIGEON {Columha guinea longipennis,
Eeichw.).

Common in northern Turk ana where there are many rocky gorges,
but seldom seen elsewhere. The male obtained was taken at Lbki-
taung on March 16th. No nests were found.

WHITE-VENTED EED-EYED DOVE (Streptopelia decipiens
permisia).

Very common throughout Turkana. The great majority of the
Doves came to drink at the permanent waterholes every morning, while
comparatively few were seen to drink in the evening.

At Lodwar large numbers of doves were shot for food and it was
noticed that this species occurred in almost equal numbers with the
Uganda WHITE-VENTED DOVE (Streptopelia capicola tropica,
Eeichw.). Near Ferguson Gulf also, both species were very plentiful
amongst the palm trees about two miles from the lake shore, but none
were seen to come to the lake to drink. Apparently these birds were
more fastidious than most, preferring to go further afield to obtain
water rather than drink the alkaline water of the lake.

The UGANDA BLUE-SPOTTED GEOUND DOVE (Turtur afer
sclateri), the LONG-TAILED GEOUND DOVE (Oena capensis), and
the SPECKLED-NECK DOVE (Streptopelia senegalensis aequatoralis)
were also plentiful, but no specimens were preserved. Early in May
many birds were seen courting and appeared about to nest, but none
were found.

WHITE-EUMPED SPAEEOW HAWK (Melierax gaher, Daud.).

The male and female obtained were the only specimens seen dur-
ing the three months, the female was shot at Lodwar, the male at
Komogin Eiver, both in very dry surroundings.

EUFOUS-BEEASTED SPAEEOW HAWK (Accipiter badius riggen^
bachi^ Neum.).

Not common. A specimen was seen at Lokitaung on March 14th
and the female obtained was trapped by natives at Lodwar, April 10th.
From the locahties it would appear that the species prefers the well-
wooded districts near permanent water, rather than thg sub-desert
country frequented by Melierax gaber.

BATALEUE EAGLE (Helotarsus ecaudatus, Daud.).

Fairly common along the Turkwell, but seldom seen elsewhere.
The male obtained was shot whilst collecting and eating baked mud
from the dry bed of the Turkwell at Lodwar on April 7th. When
examined, the stomach was found to contain lumps of hard mud and
in addition three rats and two eggs. The latter had been swallowed

36

whole and one was still almost intact while the other had lost most
of the shell, though the inner lining membrane was still unbroken. The
colour of the eyes and also that of the bare skin at the base of the bill
and the legs faded rapidly when the specimen was killed, the eyes
changing to dark brown, the bill and legs to dull orange within an hour
of death.

SOUTHEEN KITE {Milvus migrans parasiticusy Daud.).

Very common at Lokitaung and other parts of the northern
Turkana, but less frequently seen in the region of the Turkwell.

A nest found at Lokitaung on March 14th contained two eggs,
slightly incubated. It was situated about fifteen feet up in an Olive
tree and was constructed of sticks and lined with lumps of mud, dung,
and pieces of goat skin. Another nest found on March 24th was still
under construction. This was lined in a similar manner but had as an
additional delicacy, the dried carcase of a hedgehog.

The eggs are pale green with irregular marks of chestnut brown.
Measurements: 54 x 42, 50 x 40.5 mm. The sitting bird was found to
be extremely timid leaving the nest at the first sign of danger, when
she would be joined almost immediately by her mate and the two birds
would remain in the vicinity, keeping at a safe distance, until satisfied
that all danger was past. Only the male of this pair was obtained and
since it showed no incubation patches, had taken no part in sitting on
the eggs.

AFRICAN SWALLOW-TAILED KITE (Chelictinia rioccourii, VeSll.

& Oud.).

This species was found to be very plentiful at Ferguson Gulf
but none were seen elsewhere in Turkana.

The male obtained was shot on April 14th. They were always seen
along the grassy margin of the lake in pursuit of grasshoppers which
appear to be their staple diet. Their method of hunting is not unlike
that of the Kestrel, the birds flying slowly and fairly low over the
ground, continually hovering and dropping on to their prey. The
stomach contents consisted solely of grasshoppers. When hunting they
were not at all timid and could he approached with ease.

The birds present rather an unusual appearance in flight when seen
from below; the underparts are pure white or very pale grey thus the
outline becomes very indistinct against a bright sky. The most con-
spicuous feature is an oval black spot on the under side of each wing.

PE AEL- SPOTTED OWL (Glaucidium perlatum).

A specimen was seen for the first time at Lodwar on April 29th.
The following morning it was again seen when it killed a bat, afterwards
retiring with it to a patch of thick bush where it was mobbed by Bulbuls

37

and Warblers. The bird obtained was shot on May 1st after which no
more were seen.

UGANDA YELLOW-SHOULDERED PARROT {Poicephalus meyeri
saturatus, Sharpe).

Quite common along the Turkwell where they were seen in pairs;
but none were seen at Lokitaung or elsewhere in the north.

At Lodwar a pair was reported to be nesting in April, but this was
not verified. The birds appeared to be on the increase throughout April.
A female was shot on April 30th but showed no indications of breeding.

LESSER HONEY GUIDE {Indicator minor nr. teitensis.).

The species was uncommon. A female was shot at Lodwar on
February 13 th.

BROWN-THROATED BARBET {TrichoUema melanocephala stig*
matothorax, Cab.).

A few birds were seen at Lokitaung, where a female was shot on
March 14th, and they occurred in small numbers in other parts of
Northern Turkana, but were nowhere common. A single bird of this
species was seen at Lodwar on April 6th.

NUBIAN RED-HEADED SPOTTED WOODPECKER {Campothera
nubica nuhica^ Bodd.).

% Fairly common throughout Turkana, especially near permanent
water. A pair was observed to be constructing a nest on May 2nd at
Lodwar, but this was abandoned before completion.

EAST AFRICAN BLUE-NAPED COLY {Urocolius macrourus
pulcher, Neum.).

A male and female were obtained from a party of eight on March
25th in North Turkana, and several more were seen in the same district.
On the Turkwell, in spite of apparently ideal conditions no birds were
seen during the latter half of February nor throughout April. The
species was again noted on May 2nd and many were seen, and for the
ensuing fortnight they were present in considerable numbers. A
further pair was obtained at Lodwar on May 3rd, but no birds were
found nesting until September 17th when a bird was found sitting on
her nest, but as this was inaccessible it was not examined; it apparently
contained eggs.

ROLLER {Coracias caudatus ? ).

A pair of Long-tailed Rollers was found to be nesting on April 3rd
at Lodwar, but the nest was inaccessible and no specimen was obtained
although several pairs were seen in the district.

38

On April 29th seven EoUers were seen passing over Lodwar towards
the south-west. None of these were collected owing to the height at
which they flew, and the species could not be ascertained with certain-
ty, but it was obvious that they had square tails without the elongated
outer feathers.

JACKSON’S HOKNBILL {Lophoceros jacksoni, O. Grant.).

Extremely common throughout Turkana in wooded districts par-
ticularly along the Turkwell Eiver. In the Lodwar area, during the
first half of May several pairs appeared to be about to begin nesting,
but no nesting holes were found.

WHITE-THROATED BEE-EATER (Merops alhicollis maior, Parrot.)

Not very common. The only birds seen were found in one locality
on the plains south-east of Mt. Labur, where they were present in fair
numbers on March 8th to 10th.

CRIMSON LONG-TAILED BEE-EATER {Merops nubicus nuhicus,
Gmel.).

This was very common along the lake shore from the middle of
March onwards. They first appeared on March 15th on the east of
Labur. At Ferguson Gulf they were found to be plentiful in April pass-
ing up and down the grassy margin of the lake. They were often
observed to rest on the backs of goats and donkeys. A pair was seen
passing over Lodwar in a south-westerly direction on April 30th and
again on May 6th. Several were seen flying in the same direction, but
none settled. All these birds were flying at a considerable height and
were possibly on migration, as these were the only occasions on which
the birds were seen inland from the lake.

BLUE-TAILED RED-BILLED WOOD HOOPOE {Phoeniculus
erythrorhynchua niloticus^ Neum.).

A few birds were seen at Lodwar in February and again in April,
but none were observed in any other locality.

YELLOW-BILLED SCIMITAR-BILLED WOOD HOOPOE {Rhino^
pomastus minor cabanisi^ Filipp.).

No birds were seen anywhere in Turkana during the Spring, but
in September a few were found at Lodwar, where a specimen was
obtained on September 17th. All the birds were very tame and easily
approachable. No signs of nesting were observed.

PLAIN-BACKED NIGHTJAR {Gaprimulgus inomatus, Heugl.).

Nightjars were fairly plentiful throughout Turkana, particularly in
the neighbourhood of Lodwar. Only one specimen was obtained, but

39

at least two species were present. Two clutches of eggs were taken on
May 9th at the Kabua Eiver, but unfortunately no specimens of the
parent bird was obtained in either case. One probably belongs to the
species cited and the other, considerably larger, to C. frenatus.

EUROPEAN SWALLOW [Hirundo rustica rustica, Linn.).

Very few Swallows were seen except near the lake, until after the
beginning of the rains. On April 28th a flock of several thousand birds
appeared over Lodwar at about 5 a.m. where they remained until dark
wheeling over the Turkwell River at a considerable height. No speci-
mens were obtained and the following day the birds had gone. It is
probable that these birds were on their northward flight. On Septem-
ber 25th, the species was again noted some miles out over the lake,
flying southwards.

NORTHERN LESSER WHITE-THROATED SHRIKE-ELY-
CATCHER {Bradornis griseus 'pumilus, Sharpe.).

Very common throughout Turkana. Seen usually in pairs and
never singly. A nest found at Lorogumu on May 15th contained two
newly hatched young and one egg. The nest was constructed of twigs
forming a deep cup lined with a few feathers and was situated about
ten feet from the ground in a small acacia. This nest differed some-
what from that of B. griseus griseus which consisted of little more than
a light shallow platform of rootlets and unlined; the eggs are, however,
alike. The parent birds showed a similar reluctance to leave the nest,
remaining until actually touched. No other nests were found.

UGANDA BROWN-BARRED PUFF-BACKED FLYCATCHER
(Batis minor nyanzae, Neum.).

Not very common. The only birds seen were in northern Turkana
amongst the hilly country at an altitude of about 5,000 ft. The female
obtained was shot on March 21st and showed no indication of breeding.

PIGMY PUFF-BACKED FLYCATCHER (Batis soror perkeo, Neum.)

Not common. Two pairs were seen together at Lodwar on Sep-
tember 17th when a female was obtained but previously none were
observed in Turkana nor were any seen subsequently.

PARADISE FLYCATCHER (Tchitrea ferreti, Guer.).

Not very common. Seen only in thick bush along the Turkwell
after the beginning of the rains. The pair obtained are in the brown
phase and had a nest containing three eggs which were laid on May
9th, 10th and 11th. The eggs are white with a very distinct zone of
pink-lilac spots round the larger end and closely resemble those of the

40

European Tree-creeper {Certhia familiaris, Ridgw.) though a little
bigger. They measure 19 x 14 mm. The nest was situated about six
feet from the ground in very thick scrub and was composed of grass
fibre lined with hair. Several specimens of the white-backed variety
were seen at Lodwar, but these seemed to be rather timid and none
were collected.

PALE-BACKED WHITE-HEADED SHRIKE {Eurocephalus
Tuepellii ruepelliif Bp.).

Very common along the Turkwell where two specimens were ob-
tained on April 9th and May 4th, but none were seen elsewhere. The
birds soon became fairly tame and would feed all round the camp
quite fearlessly. No signs of breeding were observed in May, but on
September 10th a nest was found at Lodwar with young birds. This
was a very neat structure, built of twigs and fluff suspended in the
angle of a horizontal fork, and it was impossible to see whether it con-
tained two or three birds. The parent birds strongly resented any
intrusion becoming very noisy and excited, though not actually
aggressive as is sometimes the case with the Drongo Shrike.
On September 19th another pair was seen feeding four fully fledged
young which had already left the nest.

PALE-ELANKED BRUBRU {Nilaus minor, Sharpe).

Two males and a female were shot at Lokitaung on March 16th
where the birds were found to be quite common. They were generally
seen in pairs and were very noisy. No birds were seen further south
until May 5th when a single female was obtained on the Turkwell
River, near Lodwar. This bird was found to have swollen ovaries and
would shortly have laid eggs, but no nest was found. During the next
few days several more birds were seen, always feeding in the acacia
tops. In September they were again found at Lodwar and some pairs
appeared to have nests but none were located.

SOMALI STRIPE-HEADED BUSH SHRIKE {Harpolestes jamesi

jamesi, Shell.).

Not common. A few single birds were seen in north Turkana but
not elsewhere. The birds were very shy and retiring in their habits,
and being very inconspicuous are probably more common than appears
to be the case. The male obtained was shot near Lokitaung on March
25th.

LARGE GREY-BLACK SHRIKE {Laniarius funebris funebris,
Hartl.).

Fairly common in the thick bush along the Turkwell River, but*
seen nowhere else in Turkana. The birds were foimd generally in pairs
but were always shy and inconspicuous. In the early morning and

41

again towards evening the dual call of the male and female was con-
tinually heard, though the birds themselves kept well out of sight. A
nest was found on May 10th containing two eggs, and on the next day
as no further eggs had been laid the parent bird was collected and
proved to be a male. The eggs which were slightly incubated are pale
green with light reddish-brown markings uniformly distributed over
the whole surface and not forming a zone as is the case with most of
the Shrikes. The nest was situated about three feet from the ground
in a leafless bush and was entirely exposed to the sun. It was con-
structed of coarse grass and rootlets fairly firmly woven together and
unlined. The eggs measure 23 x 16 mm.

WHITE-KUMPED SADDLED-BACK SHEIKE {Lanius somalicus
mauritii^ Neum.).

Common in the open sub-desert country but not seen in the thicker
bush or near water. They were found generally in pairs or occasionally
singly, but never more than two birds together. Two eggs brought in
by natives at Lodwar on May 10th were stated to belong to this species,
the Turkana name for which is “ Billingorro.”

These eggs are creamy-white with a few indistinct greenish-brown
spots forming an irregular zone round the large end and showed about
three days’ incubation. In general appearance they resemble the eggs
of certain species of shrikes, but the identification is unsatisfactory.

EUROPEAN RED-BACKED SHRIKE {Lanius collurio^ Linn.).

A male was shot at Ferguson Gulf on April 14th while feeding
on beetles near the lake shore. On April 18th a female was obtained
among the Dom Palm scrub some two miles from the shore. No other
specimens were seen.

PALE-WINGED DRONGO SHRIKE {Dicrurus adsimilis divaricatus,
Licht.).

Very common along the Turkwell where they were nearly always
to be found “hawking” among the larger trees. A few birds were also
seen at Lokitaung but in the north they were much less numerous.

A female shot at Lodwar on May 6th had one almost fully devel-
oped egg which would have been laid within a few hours. Such
markings as are visible on the shell are nearly black and sharply
defined, thus very similar to a clutch taken at the end of June, 1932,
in South Kavirondo. Two birds were seen building on May 11th but
no completed nests were found’. The birds are always very aggressive,
continually fighting with each other and almost any other bird that
comes near them.

42

BEOWN-NECKED BAVEN {Corvus ruficollis, Less.).

Very common throughout Turkana, particularly in the neighbour-
hood of Lodwar and Lokitaung where they became extremely tame.

The specimen obtained was shot on the lake shore east of Mt.
Labur on March 2nd. Some birds appeared to be mating at Loki-
taung at the end of March, but no nests were found. On April 28th
a nest was seen on Central Island containing two eggs. These appeared
to be normal eggs, but the nest was situated in an inaccessible part of
the cliff and specimens were not obtained.

BED-BILLED OX-PECKEB (Buphaga erythrorhyncha^ Stand.).

Very common in the populated districts but seldom seen elsewhere,
probably due to the scarcity of game animals. The Turkana kill the
birds whenever possible, believing that they kill and eat their sheep
and goats. This seems to bear out the theory that they feed not only
on the ticks which infest the animals but on the wound caused by their
extraction. A female brought in by natives on April 7th, at Lodwar,
had swollen ovaries and was apparently about to lay, but no nests
were located.

WATTLED STABLING (Perissornis carunculatus , Gm.).

Frequently seen near Lodwar and also in North Turkana near
fresh water, but none were seen at the lake. The birds were always
found in flocks of about thirty and they were never seen to mix with
other species of Starlings although many others were found in the
locality. No nests were found.

WHITE-BANDED GLOSSY STABLING (Spreo superhus, Bupp.).

Very common throughout Turkana, both in the thick bush and in
the more or less open desert country. At Lodwar the birds became
very tame, sometimes venturing almost into the tents in search of
food. Several pairs appeared to be nesting at the end of April, but
no nests were found.

GBEEN GLOSSY STABLING (Lamprocolius chalyheus, Ehrenb.).

Common in West Turkana, but not in the vicinity of Lake Budolf.
A nest was found near Kacheliba on May 11th and probably belonged
to this species, but unfortunately neither parent was obtained for iden-
tification. The nest had apparently weathered several seasons, but
was very firmly constructed in a low thorn tree about six feet off the
ground. It contained three eggs almost ready to hatch which in colour
and size resemble very closely those of the Masai Glassy Starling (L. c.
massaicuSi Neum.). They measure 29.5 x 17mm.

43

GREEN-HEADED LONG-TAILED STARLING (^Ldtnproctornis
purpuropterus , Rupp.).

Fairly common in the wooded country along the Turkwell, but not
often seen elsewhere. They were found generally in small numbers
with the Spreos and not in flocks by themselves. Towards the end of
April a few pairs appeared to be beginning nesting operations, and on
May 11th a pair was seen to be re-lining an old disused Woodpecker’s
nest, but no eggs were found. The female shot at Lodwar on May 11th
showed no enlargement of the ovaries.

HELMETED RED-WINGED STARLING {Galeopsar salvadorii,
Sharpe).

Common in all suitable localities, particularly in the rocky gorges
in north Turkana. Some birds appeared to be nesting towards the end
of March, but all the supposed nesting sites were inaccessible and no
eggs were obtained.

WHITE-HEADED GIANT WEAVER [Dinemellia dinemelU, Rupp.).

Common throughout Turkana. Two or three birds were generally
found together, but seldom more. They occurred only in the very dry
thorn-bush country and were never seen in the more wooded districts.

BLACK-CROWNED SPARROW WEAVER {Plocepasser mahali
melanorhynchus , Rupp.)._

Very common in certain localities in north Turkana but not seen
in the Lodwar area. A large colony was found on March 10th and after
light rains several pairs appeared to begin nesting. The majority of
nests seen, however, were roosting nests, open at both ends, and none
of the breeding nests examined contained eggs. The species was also
common at Kacheliba, where on May 17th a female was shot off a
nest which contained two eggs. Several other nests were examined
at the same time but none of these contained more than one egg. It
was noted at this colony that each nest with eggs was situated imme-
diately below a roosting nest, and all were in low thorn trees. The
two eggs obtained were half incubated and have a pale-pink ground
with dark red and brown markings. They are rather elongate and both
in colour and shape somewhat resemble those of the Gross-beak Weaver
Amblyospiza albifrons montana, van Som. They measure 24.75 x 16
mm.

BLACK-CHEEKED RED-HEADED WEAVER ^Anaplectes melan-
otus, Lafr.).

Apparently rather scarce in Turkana. A few birds were seen in the
northern part of the district in March, but none were seen elsewhere.
Only one specimen was shot; its stomach contained little else than
ants and beetles.

44

LESSEE BLACK-FACED WEAVEE {Hyphantornis intermedins
intermedins, Eupp.).

This species was not observed in Turkana in April and May, but
in September they were present in considerable numbers. The three
specimens obtained were shot from a large flock on September 17th.
The birds were found to inhabit the tall acacias along the banks of the
Turkwell Eiver. No nests were located.

LITTLE MASKED WEAVEE {Hyphantornis vitellinns nlnensis,
Neum.).

No birds were seen after the beginning of the rains, the first to be
noted was at Lodwar on May 5th. On the 7th they were found to be
present in large numbers, mainly in flocks, while a few were observed
to be building. At Lorogumu a small colony of six nests was found
on May 15th in a large thorn tree. All the nests appeared to be
occupied, but only one was accessible; this contained four fresh eggs
of a greenish colour closely speckled with chestnut brown. Measure-
ments : 20 X 14 mm. The nest was composed of coarse grass and un-
lined. One egg was found to be firmly embedded in the grass, possibly
laid before the inner lining of the nest was completed, and so becoming
covered.

LAEGE PALE FIEE-THEOATED FINCH (Pytelia sndanensis,
Sharpe).

Fairly common in the thick bush along the Turkwell Eiver but
very shy and seldom seen. The birds increased in numbers at the
beginning of the rains but no signs of nesting were seen. The birds
obtained were taken at Lodwar at the end of April and the beginning
of May.

UGANDA GEEY SPAEEOW {Passer grisens ngandce, Eeichw.).

Very common at Lokitaung where they occurred in large flocks,
but few birds were seen elsewhere. It was noted that they made use
of old nests as roosting places, sometimes several birds being found
together in one nest. No eggs were found.

LAEGE GEEY SPAEEOW {Passer gongonensis ^ P. abyssinicus).

Fairly common along the Turkwell Eiver, but not seen elsewhere.
The birds were found to be more shy than is the case with most
Sparrows, and did not readily become accustomed to human beings.

A nest was found at Lorogumu on May 15th and probably belonged
to this species though unfortunately no parent bird was shot.

The two eggs are rather larger than those of P. g. ngandce and
darker in colour. The nest was constructed of sticks lined with grass
and a few feathers and had a tubular entrance; it appeared to have

45

been built some seasons previously and may have been, in the first
instance, that of a starling or some other species.

MASAI YELLOW-THROATED SPARROW (Petronia pyrgita
massaica, Neum.).

This species was not noted until September, when they were found
to be plentiful round Lodwar. They frequented the tall acacias along
the Turkwell, being found feeding in flocks amongst the Black-faced
Weavers H. i. intermedins .

MOTTLED-BACK YELLOW-BREASTED BUNTING (Emherim
poliopleura, Salvad.).

Eairly common throughout the Turkana but nowhere seen in large
numbers. The birds were generally seen in the open thorn scrub, where
during the greater part of the day they were to be found on the
ground or perched on the lower twigs of the bushes, as they sheltered
from the heat of the sun. No nests were found. The specimens ob-
tained were from the northern part of the district.

CINNAMON-HEADED EINCH LARK (Eremopteryx signata, Oust.).

Very common in flocks varying from twenty to fifty or more
individuals, particularly in the dry country a few miles from the lake
shore. The birds were never seen in pairs and did not show any signs
of nesting. The three males obtained appear to be rather paler than
typical E. signata in the markings of the head; the females also require
to be compared with typical material as there is a possibility that the
Turkana birds represent a geographical race. No birds were seen in
September or October.

PINK-BREASTED SINGING LARK (Mirafra poecilosterna poecilo-
sterna, Reichw.).

Not common. The specimen obtained was the only one noted in
Turkana. The bird was taken at Lokitaung in March where it was
found perched on a tree, and although observed for some little time
was not seen to settle on the ground.

CRESTED LARK {Gaierida cristata somadensis, Bianch.).

Not very common. The male obtained was procured at the
north end of Lake Rudolf near the shore, where they were seen in
fair numbers. A few more were observed at Ferguson Gulf, in April.
They were not seen inland.

LONG-BILLED MOTTLED PIPIT (Anthus sordidus longirostris,
Neum.).

A common species in the high country in Northern Turkana, but
seldom seen in the low plains or near the lake. The birds were

46

noted singly, or occasionally in pairs though no signs of nesting were
seen. It was noted that they were nearly always to be seen perching
in trees, and not on the ground.

GREY-HEADED WAGTAIL {Motacilla flava thunbergi, Billberg)

Very common along the lake shore where they occur in large
flocks, but seldom far from water. On March 24th a flock of about
forty appeared at a waterhole near Lokitaung and remained feeding
in the neighbourhood for about four hours. No others were seen in
the district, and it is possible that these birds were passing on migra-
tion. With this exception the birds were only seen at the lake shore.
Many of the birds were in full plumage.

SOMALI BROWN SCRUB BULBUL (Phyllastrephus strepitans
pauper, Sharpe).

This species was common along the Turkwell, frequenting the
thick scrub. The birds were found generally in pairs but gave no
indication of nesting. Although somewhat retiring in their habits,
they are at the same time very inquisitive of any unusual sight or
sound, often approaching to within a few feet of any intruder. They
will however very rarely venture into the open.

UGANDA YELLOW-VENTED BULBUL (Pycnonotus tricolor
minor, Heugl.).

A common species throughout Turkana, particularly round
Lodwar and Lokitaung. A pair was seen building on May 5th near
Lodwar, and an egg was laid on May 7th. The nest was situated on
the lowest leaf of a Dom Palm, and had no base, but consisted of
a ring of grass fibre and hair to keep the eggs in place on the palm
leaf.

Before the second egg was laid, a heavy shower of rain washed
the nest and egg on to the ground. No other nest was found though
several pairs were breeding.

RED AND YELLOW-BREASTED SUNBIRD {Nectarinia pulchella
lucidipectus, Hart.).

Though not encountered elsewhere, this species was common at
Lodwar after the beginning of the rains. A nest was found on May
9th which was inaccessible but as the female was sitting, it probably
contained eggs. Another nest was found on September 17th which
contained two nearly fledged young. When thei female fed the young
she was quite fearless and could be observed at a distance of a few
feet.

47

ABYSSINIAN BLACK-BELLIEB SUNBIRD [CinnyTis mariqueTisis
osiris, Fins).

A female obtained at the south-east of Mt. Labur was the only
specimen seen.

GREEN-RUMPED PURPLE SUNBIRD (Anthreptes orientalis,
Hartl.).

This species was common throughout Turkana. but females were
more often seen than males. A female shot on May 9th had swollen
ovaries and was apparently about to lay, and on May 15th another
was obtained from a nest containing two eggs. These are greenish-
grey closely speckled with dark brown and black. The nest was
situated about four feet from the ground in a low thorn bush and
was constructed of fine grass and fluff felted together. The eggs
measure 17.5 x 12 mm.

KENYA WHITE-BREASTED PENDULINE TIT {Anthoscopus
musGulus 8uh. sp.).

This was not a common species. The single specimen obtained
near Lodwar on February 17th was the only bird seen.

KENY.A WHITE-CHEEKED TIT {Parus thruppi frichi, Mearns).

Not common. A female was shot at Lokitaung on March 13th
but no others were see a.

PALE WREN WARBLER (Prinia somalica intermedia J erlangeri ?)

One male and a female were obtained. Several birds were seen
in the hilly country of north Turkana, but on the whole they are not
common. The birds were only seen singly, and were generally found
feeding in the tops of tall acacias, where they were very
inconspicuous.

UGANDA RUFOUS-FACED WARBLER (Dryodromas rufifrons
turkana, van Som.).

A common species in the hilly country of north Turkana and
not noted elsewhere The birds were found to occur mainly in the
low thorn scrub and the rocky outcrops. In the field, the relatively
dark tail is a very conspicuous feature. This is held erect and con-
tinually waved from side to side, so that the bird somewhat resembles
the European Wren. The birds were always found in pairs and
seemed to be entirely fearless, paying no attention to any disturbing
element unless a shot were fired, and then only moving off to a short
distance to continue feeding. The search for food is very systematic,
beginning either at the top of a bush and working gradually down
to the ground or vice versa.

48

Both birds would work the same bush, and it was noted that
one bird always finished first and passed on to the next bush,
followed immediately oy the second bird, which did not wait to
complete the bush it was already working. The four specimens shot
were obtained on March 19th and 20th. No signs of nesting were
observed.

NOETHERN LITTLE YELLOW-BELLIED SCRUB WARBLER
{Eremomela flavirentris griseoflava, Heugl.).

Not very common. A few birds were seen near Lodwar in
February and a female was obtained on the 15th. A single male was
taken at Lokitaung on March 15th. No other specimens were seen.

WHITE-BELLIED CROMBEC {Sylvietta hrachyura leucopsis?)

Fairly well distributed throughout Turkana, but nowhere
occurring in very large numbers. Frequently seen at Lodwar feeding
on the acacia tops, generally in pairs. Males and females obtained
on the Turkwell River showed no signs of nesting.

TURKANA GREEN-WINGED WARBLER {Camaropiera hrevicau-
data nr. abysinnica).

This species was not common. Found only in thick bush along
the Turkwell near Lodwar. Like the Scrub Bulbuls they were found
to be rather inquisitive, but none were ever seen to emerge from
cover.

AFRICAN REED WARBLER {Acrocephalus beaticus, Vieill.).

A lemale shot on April 9th was the only specimen seen. It
was found in the thick bush of the Turkwell River, and was difficult
to approach.

WILLOW WREN (Phylloscopus trochilis trochilis, Linn.).

Not very common. Two females obtained on March 16th at
Lokitaung were found feeding together in the acacia trees and were
fairly tame. A female was taken at Ferguson Gulf on April 18th
where it was observed amongst the grass tufts, near the lake shore.
This bird was extremely timid and kept at a safe distance but
eventually became entangled in some Dom Palm fibres. Two more
birds were seen at Lodwar on May 3rd but were not obtained.

NORTHERN RUFOUS SCRUB CHATTERER {Argya rubiginosa
rubiginosa, Rupp.).

Fairly common along the Turkwell, but not seen in any other
locality. The birds seemed to confine themselves almost entirely to

49

the Dom Palm scrub, retiring to the thickest clumps when disturbed
and never venturing more than a few yards into the open.

They were seldom seen in pairs, but generally three to five birds,
would be found together. A female shot on May 2nd had very much
enlarged ovaries, and was within about two days of laying.

This bird was one of five engaged in courtship pursuit and
exhibiting great excitement. No nests were found.

EUDOLF SPECKLED BABBLER {Cichladusa guttata, Heugl.).

A few birds were seen at Lodwar but not elsewhere. The birds
were observed mainly m the Dom Palm scrub and occasionally in
thick thorn scrub, but they were always extremely shy and difficult
to approach. None were seen before the rains, the first bird being
taken on May 3rd. The two females obtained showed no enlarge-
ment of the ovaries.

NORTHERN GREY-STREAKED SCRDB CHAT (Erythropygia
leucoptera Sub. sp-)

The birds obtained agree very closely with three birds also from
west Rudolf in Dr. van Someren’s collection. They are intermediate
between E. leucoptera leucoptera and E. I, vulpina both in the extent
of the rufous area of the mantle and the grey of the crown.

The birds were found in fair numbers throughout Turkana,
frequenting the open thorn scrub often far from water. They were
observed to keep near the ground and were on the whole rather shy
and retiring. When disturbed they fly only a short distance, and on
settling raise and spread the tail, thus exposing the marked black
and white tips of the tail feathers. This feature gives the bird some-
thing of the appearance of a Cisticola, when seen at a distance.

A female obtained at Lodwar on May 4th was found to have
two ova nearly ready for laying. At Lorugumu a nest was found
on May 15th containing two eggs and also an egg of the Solitary
Cuckoo, Guculus solitarius. The nest, consisting of a deep cup
composed of grass and lined with hair, was well concealed, situated
about a foot from the ground amongst branching stems of a small
bush, enclosed by nettles. The two eggs which showed about four
days incubation are pale greenish-cream fairly closely speckle’d with
pink and brown, the markings being somewhat concentrated toward
the larger end. They measure 19 x 15 mm. The Cuckoo’s egg is
much larger, measuring 24x20 mm. and is bright blue, similar to
the eggs of the Glossy Starlings.

50

Holacanth us semicirculatus.

H0LACANTHU8 8EMICIRCULATU8 (Guv.)

By

H, Ck)PLET.

THere has been added to the fish collection of the Museum a
specimen of this fish, one of which caused such a sensation a few
months ago in Mombasa.

This fish belongs to the large family of carnivorous tropical reef
fishes, the Chaetodontidae , and the Genus Holacanthus. Generally
the whole family have gaudy and beautiful colour patterns on a
body ovoid or subrhomboid in shape with often sharp dorsal fin rays.
Day, “ The Fishes of India ” gives it the name Holacanthus
Nicohariensis var, semicirculatus and Playfair, “ The Fishes of
Zanzibar ” calls it Holacanthus Alemans. It is found from
Mozambique to Aden, the whole of the East Indies, Melanesia and
Polynesia and is a common fish. The general body colour is a rich
blackish brown or chocolate with whitish lines that can easily be
seen in the photograph. Plate I. The border of the soft vertical
fins have narrow blue lines, also the ventral has the front edge
bordered with blue and several blue lines. The pectoral fin is
brownish and the caudal has two, three or four white bars near the
caudal peduncle while the posterior portion has a number of broken
lines and dots. It is these broken lines and dots which make the
fish so interesting. The number and position of these white line
markings is very variable and three examples are shown in the line
drawings which are taken from Fowler,” “ Fishes of the Philippine and
adjacent Seas.” Sometimes the lines and dots on the caudal form the

Arabic ^Jji (Sham-a-la; the Work of Good or Shanu Allah,

the Miracle of G^.) Then the fish causes great excitement and the
particular specimen is carefully preserved in the Mosque for the
Faithful to come and marvel at. This was the case of the Mombasa
fish fof the sacred writing was found on its tail. The specimen
deposited in the Museum has not the sacred characters, so is a very
common specimen. There is a specimen in Cairo, one I remember
being caught at Port Sudan and going to Medina, one in Zanzibar
and the one in Mombasa all with the same inscription on its tail.
There may be more but those are personally known to me but the
more one thinks of it the more extraordinary it is that a number
should be obtained to be a marvel to the Faithful and an enigma
to the learned.

51

BOTANICAL NOTES.

By E. K. Napier.

RANUNCULAOEAE (Cont.)

“ Traveller's Joy,” “ Old man’s beard.”

Clematis. — A cosmopolitan genus described by Linnaeus, con-
taining many beautiful cultivated species, and a few medicinal ones.
Of the 200 species distributed over the world, 40 occur in Africa, but
only about a dozen are» to be found in the Tropics. Three of those
might be called common in Kenya.

Plate I.

Clematis grata, Wall.— A rampant climber covering entire bushes
with its shroud of greenish white flowers, which later turn to feathery
fruits — the ” old man’s beard?”

Stems. ^ — Somewhat woody, ribbed, twining, covered with very
short dense hairs.

Leaves. — Dark green, scarcely hairy above, but with silky hairs
below, 3, 5. or 7 leaflets, which are stalked, ovate, broadly and
irregularly toothed, or sometimes with three distinct lobes. They
are in opposite pairs. '

Flowers. — In leafy panicles, or without leaves. Flower stems
thickly covered with short hairs. Flowers greenish white about f"
in diameter. Sepals usually four, spreading or reflexed, silky hairs
outside but nearly smooth and hairless inside. No petals; a thick
ring of yellow tipped stamens surrounds the bunch of pappus-like
styles. As the seed ripens these styles become more hairy and longer,
finally about 2 inches long, with dark tips, the seed is then distributed
by wind.

Distribution. — Common around Nairobi, and in other parts of
the Colony, also found in Abyssinia, Angola, Zambesi and in Asia.

Clematis inciso-dentata, A-Eich. — Perhaps this is the commonest
of the Kenya species, it occurs from about 6,000 feet, upwards to
about 8,000 feet, and is very conspicuous along the Lumbwa-Kericho
roadside.

The leaves vary greatly but are usually smaller and rounder than
those of C. grata, the nerves being depressed on the upper and very
prominent on. the lower surface.

The flowers are about 1" in diameter, creamy white in colour.

Clematis Simensis, Fresen, easily distinguished from the above
species by the narrow shiny glabrous leaves, leaflets are longer and
narrower, stems usually dark red, flowers greenish white.

The following species were found by the Fries brothers in 1930.

C. Friesiorum, Ulbrich, Meru district.

52

/

Plate I.

:|

!

i

Clematis grata, Wall. Anemone thomsonii, Oliv.

in

Plate II.

Berberis holstii, Engl.

C. Whightiana, Wall, on Mount Kenya and the Aberdares.

C. Stolzii, Eng., Meru forest, also Nyassaland.

Anemone. — ^About 120 cosmopolitan species, of which 15 species
come from North, South, and East Africa, several are poisonous, some
are used as ornamental or medicinal plants.” (Thonner’s Flowering
Plants of Africa). The genus was described by Linnaeus.

Plate I.

Anemone Thomsonii, Oliv. described in 1883, inhabits the moun-
tainous country, growing in moorlands, usually near streams. Ulbrich
describes a variety of this species from the Aberdares, but it is very
much like the original A. Thomsonii.

Stems. — ^Erect, rather thick and hairy, the hairs are thicker and
longer near the flower head than on the lower part of the stem.
Height varies from a few inches to just over a foot. The stem
bears a few sessile leaflets below the flower head.

Leaves.— Radical, on stems varying from a- few inches to a foot,
compound with three stalked main divisions each consisting of three
divided and toothed leaflets, hairy or nearly glabrous.

Flowers. — ^At the apex of unbranched stems, about IJ" diameter.
The outer perianth segments purple, the inner ones cream, but
colours vary slightly.

The numerous stamens of different lengths form a thick circle
around the tightly packed knob of achenes, which are clothed in
whitish down, the stigmas protrude and are of a darker colour.

Distribution; — Kilimanjaro, Elgon, Aberdares, Mount Kenya,
This includes the variety A. Thomsonii var Friesiorum Ulbrich.
There are no other species recorded from Kenya.

Thalictrum. — Aother of the numerous genera first described by
Linnaeus, it is really a N. Temperate genus. It is however repre-
sented in the tropics by one species.

Plate II.

Thalictrum rhynchocarpum, Dill et Rich. — ^The plant when not
in flower bears a strong superficial resemblance to a maiden hair fern,
not only in form but in its choice of habitat, growing in shade and
on river banks.

Stems. — Main stems reddish green, erect smooth, 2—10 feet
high, much branched.

Leaves. — Compound, curiously branched, leaflets about long,
ovate, and toothed. Delicate colour and texture, leaf stems dark
red or reddish green.

53

Flowers. — In a diffuse panicle, numerous green flowers on hair
like pedicels, which grow after flowering up to 6 inches in length
There is one, and occasionally two achenes (the other members of the
family having several to many), it is dark green, brown or black
and strongly 3 ribbed on each side, and tapering at both ends, not
unlike a large carroway seed.

Distribution. — Cosmopolitan.

BERBERIDACEAE.

Berberidaceae belongs to the group or order of BerheridaUs,
which consists of five families, but only two are represented in Kenya.
The Berberidales are more advanced than the Ranales in Mr.
Hutchinson’s opinion, the flowers being hermaphrodite or unisexual
the stamens instead of being numerous are fewer and definite in
number.

Tho family BeTheridaceae is common in cold or temperate coim-
tries; in the tropics^ it is found at an altitude of about 8,000 ft. to
10,000 ft. The chief characteristics are; the petals and sepals are
similar, but in two to several series, the stamens are opposite the
petals and open either by longitudinal slits or more commonly by
valves (as illustrated). There is only one carpel.

Berheru. — The only East African genus of the three African genera,
the other two occur in North and West Africa, none are to be found in
South Africa. The genus consists of four species of woody shrubs,
with undivided leathery leaves. ‘‘ They yield timber, tanning, and
dyeing materials, fish poison, medicaments, and edible fruits which
are also used for the preparation of drinks and confectionery.”
(Thonner’s ” Flowering Plants of Africa.”)

Plate II.

Berberis Holstii, Engl. — A bush growing to 12 ft. or more in
height, much branched.

Stem. — Woody, dark brown, ribbed, branches somewhat drooping.

Leaves. — Oblong, narrowing towards the base (cuneate), with
spines on the margins, or entire. First leaves of the shoots reduced
to spines.

Flowers. — ^In racemes, yellow, consisting of three or four small
pink tinged bracts, and nine yellow corolla segments, stamens 6,
opening by valves. Ovary superior, green, conspicuous; stigma, flat
and round, persistent in fruit. Fruit, a blue-black berry covered
with a bloom when ripe.

54

Plate 111.

Nymphaea capensis, Thunb.

■* ' I

^ - ”., ■ , V s

5- . ' ' ,‘.\ / ' •

V '■<,'"• ' - . .< ^ V'^ ''

.rsi^

Disteibution. — Eecorded from Mau, Aberdaree, and Mt. Kenya
at 9,000 — 10,000 ft. Kinangop at 8,000 ft. and grows in cultivation^
at 5,700 ft.

Said to be a Kost of one of the wheat rusts.

CERA TOPHYLLA CEAE.

A family of submerged, or partly submerged water plants^
consisting of only one genus Ceratophyllum which is widely dis-
tributed. It is polhnated below the surface of the water, the pollen
according to Willis, being of the same specifid gravity as water, drifts
about until it reaches a stigma.

Plate III.

Ceratophyllum demersum L., Homwort; a glabrous perennial
herb, which floats or is completely submerged, it varies considerably
in length from a few inches to several feet.

Stems.— Weak, branched.

Leaves. — In whorls at close intervals on nearly the whole length
of the stems. Twelve or fewer leaves in each whorl, divided, and
either hnear or with minute recurved thorns at intervals.

Flo WEES. — ^Solitary in the whorls, male and female in different
whorls. Calyx segments green, small, oblong, fruit “ broadly ellip-
soid, strongly warted and crowned with a long slender beak, about
5 m.m. long, without the beak.” (FI. of W, Trop. Afr.)

Disteibution . — Cosmopolitan .

EYMPHAGEAE.

This family ends the order or cohort of Ranales in Mr.
Hutchinson’s classification. It consists of water plants growing from
submerged rhizomes with large floating undivided leaves, and showy
and sometimes sweet scented flowers.

Watee Lily.

Nymphaea L. — The only East African genus of the family.

There are 20 species in Africa, some used as ornamental and
fodder plants; the root stocks and seeds are edible and yield a drink,,
medicaments and a dye.” (Thonner’s Flowering Plants of Africa).

Plate HI.

Nymphaea capensis T/itinb -—Described in 1800. N. caerula,.
and N. zanzibarensis are synonyms. It is a very variable species a®
regards size and colour.

65

Stem. — Shiny, hairiese, varying in length according to the depth
of the water. Unbranched.

Leaves. — Oval or nearly round, split up to the centre. Hairless
nerves showing on the under side, but not as numerous as in
N. Lotus, often reddish in colour. Margins either irregularly toothed
or entire.

Flowers. — Cblour from blue to pink including the intermediate
shades of mauve. Sepals narrow compared with N. Lotus. Petals
numerous, stamens numerous, stigmatic rays short. Size varies
from 1 inch to 10 inches in diam. Sometimes sweet scented.

Distribution. — 'Egypt, through East Africa to the Eastern Cape,
Angola and in Madagascar.

Nymphaea Lotus L. — ^This differs from N. capensis in colour of
flower which is white or pinkish or blueish white, the sepals are
broader. The leaves, are regularly and sharply toothed, with
numerous nerves on the hairy under surface. The distribution of
this species is from Egypt through East Africa, to Nyassaland and
across to Angola, also in Madagascar.

Plate IV should face page 224 of the journal No. 49 — 50. On page
221 Agricultural Show should be Horticultural Show. On page 223
Gonatopus Bovinii should be G. Bovinii

56

Plate IV.

Hope Dept.

University Museum,
Oxford,

November 5th, 1934.

To the Editor, “ Journal of the East Africa and Uganda Natural
History Society/'

Sir, — I venture to ask readers of the Journal to pay particular
attention to the question of birds attacking or eating butterflies. The
importance of this question will be more readily understood if I
approach it from the end instead of the beginning. The Darwin-
Wallace principle of Natural Selection is undergoing considerable
criticism : it is generally admitted that it is only one of many factors
which aid evolution, but some critics, who uphold the Lamarckian
doctrine of the direct action of environment, go much further and
deny that it has any real importance for evolution. Since the inter-
pretation of the phenomena of protective coloration and “ Mimicry ”
depends upon Natural Selection the critics vigorously attack the
current theory of Mimicry; for no one has yet put forward any other
explanation of all the known facts. It is generally admitted, by
friends and foes, that in the case of mimetic butterflies the enemies
which are presumed to exercise selective action must be birds.
Therefore these critics seize upon the comparative scarcity of records
of attacks upon butterflies (though these are far more numerous than
they realize) to support the argument that there is no case for natural
selection here any more than elsewhere : this argument, however,
only deals with mimicry among butterflies and ignores the myriad
other examples among other insects which inconvenience the critics
because they cannot be put aside by the argument used for butterflies !

At Oxford, where E. B. Poulton, the late Hope Professor, first
began to accumulate evidence and urge the importance of observa-
tion on this matter, there is a large collection of butterflies from all
parts of the world which show direct evidence of birds’ attacks by
the presence on one or more wings of an A-shaped imprint on both
surfaces corresponding to the shape of a bird’s beak. In some cases
I have found it possible to identify the species of bird which made
the attack by comparing the mark on the wing with an imprint of
the bill on paper, a method suggested by Mr. C. L. Cbllenette of
the Natural History Museum. Secondly, the bird may bite out a A
piece from one wing or both wings symmetrically if they have
been seized when brought together, or thirdly, it may shear off a
portion of a wing by a clean cut. I appeal to collectors to examine
carefully the butterflies they capture for such evidence and, instead
of discarding them as bad specimens,” to post them to me in the
usual triangular paper envelopes so that they may be treasured in
the University Museum and add to the evidence that is always open
to inspection.

Further, I should be most grateful for records of observations
of the attacks of birds upon butterflies, with data, as full as possible,
of time, place, and type of bird and butterfly. Some naturalists
think that such occurrences are so commonplace as not to be worth
recording, but it is the paucity of records that provides critics with
their argument. A word of warning may be given. Butterflies fully
Alert and on the wing are difficult for birds to capture : attacks should
be looked for (a) when butterflies are settled on flower heads, on
mud, or at rest among herbage or (b) when flying slowly around
flowers or seeking a resting place during inclement weather, or seeking
the proper food plant for the larvae. In large forests such attacks
probably occur high up in the canopy where they cannot be seen:
hence the attacks most often witnessed are in more open busK
country and are more often imder heading (a).

All observations or specimens bearing on this important question
will aid in the establishment of the truth of what is at present the
only possible explanation of mimicry and other forms of protective
resemblance in insects.

G. D. Hale, Carpenter, d.m.

Hope Professor of Zoology (Entomology) in the University of Oxford.

(Late Specialist Officer for Sleeping Sickness, Uganda).

EAST AFRICA AND UGANDA NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

I PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOCIETY :

The following Back-numbers of the Journal are available :

Journal No. 3

Shgs. 20/-

Journal No. 25

Shgs. 5/-

>>

„ 4

„ 20/.

99

„ 26

... 1,

6/-

,, 5

„ 20/-

99

„ 27 ...

••• 99

6/.

ff

„ 6

» 20/-

99

„ 28

...

5/.

„ 8

» 10/-

99

„ 29 ...

... ,,

5/.

M

„ 9

,, 20/.

n

„ 30

... ,,

10/-

f}

„ 10

,, 20/.

99

„ 31/32 ...

... ,,

7/60

>1

13

„ 20/-

„ 33/34 ...

...

7/50

„ 14

,, 20/.

99

„ 35

... II

7/50

}f

„ 15

» 10/-

99

„ 36 ...

... II

7/50

99

„ 17

„ 5/..

99

„ 37 ...

... II

7/50

„ 18

„ 5/.

99

„ 38/39 ...

... II

7/50

,,

» 19

4/-

99

„ 40/41 ...

... I,

7/50

9 9

» 20

» 2/.

„ 42/43 ...

... II

7/50

99

„ 21

» 4/.

99

„ 44 ...

... II

7/50

99

„ 22

6/.

99

„ 45/46 ...

... II

7/50

99

,, 23

„ 5/.

99

„ 47/48 ...

... II

7/50

99

24

» 5/-

MEMBERS OF THE SOCIETY ARE ENTITLED TO 20% DISCOUNT.

Members having any of the missing numbers in the above list and wishing to sell,
are requested to communicate with the Editors.

The following Separata are also available ;

The Birds of Kenya & Uganda, Parts 1 — 9, Vol. I (van Someren) Shgs. 5/- each.

Parts 1 — 3, Vol. II (van Someren) Shgs. 5/- each.

Note : — The above are paged in sequence and suitable for binding in volumes.
(Fully illustrated.)

The Butterflies of Kenya and Uganda, Parts 1 — 10 (van Someren) Shgs. 5/- each.
Note : — The above are paged in sequence and suitable for binding in volumes.

The followinq Reprints are available at Shgs. 1/- each.

Notes on the marriage customs of the Kipsigis
Pest status of Coffee feeding insects

Fluvial Geology, etc .

Mimicry, natural selection, etc.

Comparative series of skulls, etc

Religious beliefs of the Kipsigis

Nesting habits of T^oma East Africa Birds

Notes on Charaxes * Pythodorus

Masai social customs

Life histories of some East African Lept.

The Age- of the" Rift Valley

Marriage customs among the Masai

Annual Report, 1932 ...

Luo; marriage customs •

Cult of 'Mumbo

Brid^-Price, Nandi

Bantu of Kavirondo

Kikhyu Land Tenure,, etc

Geographical distribution of animals ...
The Organic Cell

Lumb-wa Caves

Report on the Bajun Islands

Captive mammals

Game disease

Geographical distribution of butterflies

Notes on the birds of Jubaland

Masai Shields and Spears

Tribal Organisation of the Nandi

Notes on the Wasanye

Sedimentary Rocks

Cetoniinae

Fishing in Kavirondo Gulf

African Sign-writing

Origin of Kenya and Uganda Tribes

Fossorial Hymenoptera

History, of the Nandi

Fluctuation of Lake Victoria

History of the Rift Valley
Lycaenidae

Chrysomelidae

Origin of the Masai

Nutrient deficiencies in Coffee ...

Virus diseases on plants ...

Geology of Usongo area

(Orchardson)

(le Pelley)

(Reck)

( Carpenter)

(Leakey)

(Orchardson)

(Mclnnes)

(Evans)

(Whitehouse)

(Jackson)

(H. L. Sikes)
(Storrs Fox)

(Shaw)

(Nyangweso)

(Huntingford)

(Owen)

(Barlow)

(Carpenter)
(Wynstone Waters)
(Hobley)

(Barton)

(Loveridge)

Percival)

(Carpenter)

(van Someren)
(Storrs Fox)
(Hemsted)
(Champion)
(Glenday)

(Gedye)

(Dobbs)

(Hobley)

(Bolton)

(Carpenter)

(Huntingford)

(Brooks)

(Gregory)

(van Someren)
(Gedye)

(Luck)

(Beckiey)

(le Pelley)

(Grace Stockley)

Supplement No. 1. Check list of the Birds of East Africa and Uganda (van
Someren) Shgs. 5/-

,, 3. Check list of the Reptilia from the British territories in East

Africa (Loveridge) ... Shgs. 3/-

,, 4. Migration of Birds (van Someren)

Shgs. 3/-

O^e Journal

OF THE

East Africa and Uganda
Natural History Society

April- July, 1934. Vol. XII Nos. 3 and i

CONTENTS.

PAGE

The Butterflies of Kenya and Uganda, NYMPHALIUAE,

Genus Euphaedra. Part I, Vol. II. Illustrated. By

V. G. L. VAN SOMEREN, F.R.E.S-, F.L.S., Etc 50

Descriptions d’Eucnemididae et Elateridae Nouveaux Pro-
venant du Coryndon Alemorial Museum de Nairobi,

Kenya Colony. By E. Eleutiaux 90

In search of Teleki’s Volcano A« M.« CHAMFiON ^ ^18

The Limestone Caves and Hot Springs of the Songwe Eiver
(Albeya) Area with Notes on the Associated Guano
Deposits. By E. O. Teale and F. Oates 130

Annual Eeports and Balance Sheet ... 138

Editor :

V. G. L. van Someren.

Additional copies to members, 7/50; non-members, 15/-.
Date of Publication: June, 1935.

PRINTED 3Y THE EAST AFRICAN STANDARD, LTD.

All Eights Ee served.

East Africa and Uganda Natural History Society

PATRONS:

HIS EXCELLENCY SIE JOSEPH BYENE.
Sir EDWAED NOETHEY, g.c.m.q.

PRESIDENT:

H. M. GAEDNEE, Esq., b.a., For. Dipl.

vice-presidents:

A. B. PEECIVAIj, Esq., p.z.s., m.b.o.d
H. J. ALLEN TUENEE, Esq.

EX. COMMITTEES

A. F. J, GEDYE, Esq., f.r.e.s., f.z.s.
H. L. SIKES, Esq., b.a., b.e.,

F.G.S., M.INST.C.E.

R. DAUBNEY, Esq., M.sc.,

M.R.C.V.S.

C. B. SYMES, Esq._, f.r.e.s.

R. F, MAYER, Esq., o.b.e. f.z.s.

A. S. HOWARD, Esq.

CAPT. V. WARD.

R. MURRAY HUGHES, Esq., f.g.s.
J. MacDONALD, Esq., d.f.c..

B.SC., F.L.S.

H. 0. WELLER, Esq., b.sc., m.i.c.e.

J. R. HUDSON, Esq., b.sc.,

M.R.C.V.S.

R. H. le PELLEY, Esq., ph.d,,

B.sc., A.R.C.S., F.R.E.S.

M. H. FOX, Esq., b.sc., a.i.c.
CANON ST. A. ROGERS, m.a.,

F.R.E.S.

R. E. DENT, Esq., f.z.s.

C. J. T. BARTON, Esq., o.b.e., m.a.
A. V. BECKLEY, Esq., m.c., m.a.,

A.I.C.

MRS. E. B. SHAW.

H. COPLEY, Esq.

HON. TREASURER:

HUMPHREY SLADE, Esq.

HON. SECRETARY AND CURATOR:

V. G. L. VAN SOMEREN, l.r.c.p.&s. Ed., l.e.f.p.&s., l.d.s.,

R.C.S. Ed., F.I.C.D., F.L.S. , F.R.E.S., M.B.O.U., C.F.A,0,U., C.M.Z.S., &C.

BOTANIST:

E. NAPIER.

LIBRARIAN:

H. KOTTKE.

O^e Journal

OF THE

East Africa and Uganda
Natural History Society.

Jan. — ApL, 1935. Vol. XII. Nos. 5 and 6

CONTENTS.

Butterflies of Kenya and Uganda. Supplement to Vol. I.
Ilustrated. By V. G. L. van Someren, f.r.e.s., p.l.s.,
etc.

PAGE

147

Future Development of the Kipsigis with special reference to

Land Tenure. By I. Q. Orchardson ... ... ... 200

A Short Account of a Stone Age Culture from a Eockshelter

of Mount Elgon. By Major F. Moysey ... ... ... 211

Eeview : H. L. Sikes ... ..

Annual Report and Balance Sheet

Editor ;
V. G. L. VAN

Additional copies to members, 10/-; non-mem
Date of Publication : March, 1936.

221

fl ^

SOMER^|S^

PRINTED 2Y THE EAST AFRICAN STANDARD, LTD.

All Rights Reserved.

East Africa and Uganda Natural History Society

PATRONS:

HIS EXCELLENCY SIB JOSEPH BYRNE.
Sir EDWARD NORTHEY, g.c.m.g.

president:

H. L. SIKES, C.B.E., B.A., B.E., F.G.S., M.INST.C.E.

vice-presidents:

A. B. PERCIVAL, Esq., f.z.s., m.b.o,u
H. J. ALLEN TURNER. Esq.

EX. COMMITTEE

A. F. J. GEDYE, Esq., f.r.e.s., f.z.s.

R. DAUBNEY, Esq., m.sc.,

M.R.C.V.S.

A. S. HOWARD, Esq.

J. MacDONALD, Esq., d.f.c..

B.SC., F.L.S.

H. 0. WELLER, Esq., b.sc., m.i.c.e.

P. WYNN HARRIS, Esq., m.a.

M. A. BLACK, Esq.

H. M. GARDNER, Esq., m.a. For.Dipl.

J. R. HUDSON, Esq., b.sc.,

M.R.C.V.S

CANON ST. A. ROGERS, m.a.,

F.R.E.S.

R. E. DENT, Esq., f.z.s.

H. COPLEY, Esq.

L. S. B. LEAKEY, Esq., ph.d., m.a.
BARTON ECKETT, Esq., a.l.a.

J. C. RAMMEL, Esq., m.a. For. Dipl.
C. R. CLARK, Esq.

A. V. BECKLEY, Esq., m.c., m.a., a.i.c

ACTING HON. TREASURER:

V. G. L. van SOMEREN.

HON. SECRETARY AND CURATOR:

V. G. L. VAN SOMEREN, l.r.c.p.&s. Ed., l.r.f.p.&s., l.d.s.,

R.C.S. Ed., F.I.C.D., F.L.S. , F.R.E.S., M.B.O.U., C.F.A.O.U., C.M.Z.S., &C.

BOTANIST :

E. NAPIER.

LIBRARIAN;

J. TUXEN-HANSEN.

O^e "Journal

OF THE

East Africa and Uganda
Natural History Society

April-July, 1934. Vol. XII Nos. 3 and 4

CONTENTS.

PAGE

The Butterflies of Kenya and Uganda, NYMPHALIDAE,

Genus Euphaedra. Part I, Vol. II. Illustrated. By

V. ‘G. L. VAN SOME-REN, F.R.E.S., F.L.S., Etc. ... ... 59

Descriptions d’Eucnemididae et Elateridae Nouveaux Pro-
venant du Coryndon Alemorial Museum de Nairobi,

Kenya Colony. By E. Fleutiaux 90

In search of Teleki’s Volcano ... ... ... ... 118

The Limestone Caves and Hot Springs of the Songwe Eiver
(Mbeya) Area with Notes on the Associated Guano
Deposits. By E. O. Teale and F. Oates 130

Annual Eeports and Balance Sheet 138

Editor :

V. G. L. VAN SOMEREN,

Additional copies to members, 7/50; non-members, 15/-.
Date of Publication ; June, 1935.

PRINTED BY THE EAST AFRICAN STANDARD, LTD.

All Eights Eeserved.

Plate A,

a «

-C s
o

o

£5 Cq

Eggs of Euphaedras.

Plate B.

Fig. 1.

Fig. 3. Fig. 2.

Larvae and pupae of Enphaedras.
Fig. 1 — E. medon fraudata.
Fig. 2 = E. Uganda.

Fig. 7i — E. spatiosa.

!

I

Plate C.

Larvae and ])upae of Eiiphaedras.
Figs. 1 and 2, E. neophron /If fora/ is.
Figs. 3 and 4, E. neophron nieriiensis.

THE BUTTERFLIES OF KENYA AND UGANDA.

Part I. Vol. II.

Family : Nymphalidae,

Sub-family : Nymphalinae.

Genus : EUPHAEDRA.

Introduction.

The members of this Genus are West African for the most part,
but some few species range into Uganda and the adjacent parts of
Kenya, and two species at least are peculiar to the East African
Territories.

They are, for the most part, large-sized butterflies with rather
heavy bodies and broad wings, conspicuously coloured in shades of
green, blue, purple and brown, and black. Their colours nevertheless
harmonise with their surroundings to a remarkable degree. The sexes
are very alike in colour, but the females are generally larger.

In practically all the species, a varying degree of variation is
found, more particularly in the females, and in some at least, there is
evidence of a development towards a mimetic colouration and pattern,
influenced by certain common distastefvi models within their distribu-
tion. Moreover, some of the species are in themselves distasteful and
we find a degree of similarity inter se which lends protection to
the association. Some of these species are themselves models to
other species of other genera (Cf. Ch. tiridates, Ch. numenes^ Gh.
bipunctatus, and cedreatis form of Ch. etheocles. All in the female
sex).

All the Euphaedras are forest insects, spending the greater part of
the day in deep shade, not so much amongst dense vegetation as in
open undergrowth overshadowed by larger trees, which yet allow rays
of sunlight to penetrate to the ground. For although shade-loving,
these insects are addicted to sun-bathing, when unmolested, but as
soon as they are disturbed they seek the shelter of the shadows.

All members of this genus have characteristic larvae : green above
and paler green to whitish below, with sometimes conspicuous dorsal
markings, and on the latero-dorsal aspect of each segment a long spine
adorned with lateral branched spines and feathering which lie flat and
spread out on either side of the body so as to touch each other, and the
surface on which the larva is resting. The whole aspect is fern-like
and feathery. The pupa is characteristic also, being somewhat slender
for its size, angular, and ornamented with metallic tubercles. The
empty case is thin and glass-like.

59

Very similar pupae and larvae are found in the near genus
EURYPHENE, which will be dealt with later.

Much remains to be learnt regarding the early stages of several
species of the genus, and it is only by breeding on a large scale that we
shall be able to determine the degree of variation in a given species,
and the relationship between the so-called species.

EUPHAEDRA NEOPHRON LITTORALIS, Talbot.

PL I, figs. 1 and 4, 6 .
PI. II, figs. 1 and 2, 9 .

Talbot. Trans. Ent. Soc., 1929, p. 486.

Expanse : Male 53-65 mm. Female 75-90 mm. General colour
violet with black apex to fore-wing crossed by orange bar. Sexes
almost alike. Palps orange.

Male :

F.-w. : basal half bluish -violet, distal half black, slightly more
smoky towards the hind angle; tip of wing orange-tawny and extend-
ing in below the dark costa; black distal portion of wing crossed by an
orange bar 6-8 mm. wide extending from the costa to a point above
the hind angle where it curves and narrows into the smoky angle.
One or two black spots are present toward the mid-point of the cell.
H.-w. : Bluish -violet becoming smoky at the margin.

Underside :

F.-w. : Ground colour ochrfeous, with a light tawny-brown basal
patch and two irregular diffuse brownish bars crossing the disco-cellular
region; a diffuse whitish sub-costal mark, corresponding with the sub-
costal part of the orange bar above. Two, sometimes three, black dots
in the cell.

H.-w. : Ground colour and marks as in the f.-w.; one black dot in
the cell ; two diffuse whitish rings toward the anal angle.

In some specimens the whole of the underside is tawny, with
scarcely any darker brownish marks, but the orange bar of above is
indicated by a yellowish tone.

Female :

Very like the male, but larger. The black spots in the fore- wing
cell larger and sometimes coalescent. H.-w. margin often with white
fringing inter-nervularly.

Underside :

F.-w. : Ground colour light purply-grey-brown ; cell with a whitish
patch towards apex carrying two black dots on proximal edge; a

60

Plate

5 •

^

Tj ~ S'

bX) bJO b/'

£ S

CM

pinkish- white bar corresponding in position to the orange bar above is
continued through the mid-discocellular by two diffuse whitish spots
to mid-point on hind margin; apex with whitish spot; two rows of white
discoceilular spots: There is sometimes a brownish dusting toward

the base and toward the outer margin.

H.-w. : Ground colour as in the fore-wing; cell with one black dot
surrounded by a diffuse whitish area., a whitish discoceilular bar
followed by two rows of sub-marginal spots forming more or less
occelate marks at the hind angle.

Early Stages:

This species lays its eggs on two species of Deinbollia, hurbonica
and kilimanscharica (Sapindaceae), depositing them in groups or
singly, on either the upper or underside of the leaves; sometimes on
the flowering stem. The eggs are creamy to yellow with a decided
pearly lustre when first laid, but they turn greyish, then almost black
just before the larva emerges. The egg stage lasts about seven days.
In shape the egg is domed, ornamented with hexagonal facets which
are depressed and between the facets are spines. Vide PL A., fig 2.

When the larva first emerges it is somewhat transparent, of a
greyish colour with a black head and adorned with lateral branched
spines which are clear and transparent and hardly noticeable. No
dorsal ornamentation is present until the third moult when a pink band
appears on the 6th segment and a pink spot outlined in blue is
apparent on the 2nd segment. With each successive moult, the colour
becomes more green. The mature larva is sage green with darker
green bands along the anterior and posterior edges of each segment
and each has a dark central sj;ot. There are two blackish spots on
the dorsum of the 2nd segment on either side of the pink, and a long
oval pinkish spot on the 6th segment. The lateral feathery spines are
long, c. 10 mm., translucent greenish, and brownish at the tips with
just a touch of blackish on the three pairs at the anal end. Each
spine is adorned with numerous fine lateral spines, but the feathering
is not so wide in this species as in E, spatiosa. The feathery spines
of the first two segments are held in a forward position to cover the
head; the lateral ones are contiguous and form a flat feathery border
around the body, and lie in contact with the surface of the leaf on
which the insect is resting. The usual position taken up is along the
mid-rib of the leaf. The mature larva is 55 mm. in length, including
the spines. When ready to pupate, the larva turns translucent and
indication of the dorsal marks vanishes. The larva curls ventrally
after spinning a pad of silk to which it attaches its hind suctorial
“ legs.” It hangs suspended for roughly twelve hours before it
actually pupates and the larval skin is shed. The skin is pushed off
and closely compressed so that it eventually has the appearance of a
feathery star.

61

The pupa is characteristic of the group. The colour is pale
translucent apple ^een. The head is strongly bifid, the two projec-
tions are golden with black tips. From the dorsal aspect the thorax
and wing cases form a long wedge with slight projections at the
“ shoulders ” of the wings, and from the edge of the wing cases the
abdominal segments are sharply truncated toward the cremaster. The
dorsal aspect of the abdominal segments up to the edge of the third
segment rise abruptly to a peak, to be followed by a slight depression
over the fourth and fifth segments, followed again by another rise
which slopes to the cremaster. The dorsal ornamentation is as
follows: a golden spot at the wing “shoulders,” two large golden
spots outlined in black at mid-point between the head and the lateral
angles; a heart-shaped golden spot at a point corresponding to the tip
of the thorax; two large oval golden spots outlined with black at the
angles of the wing and the abdomen, with a bluntly crescentic spot
at the apex of the abdominal segments carrying a rounded projection
on its concave edge; this is also golden and outlined with black. There
IS a further triangular golden mark at the centre of the dorsum of the
7th segment. The Cremaster is stalked, with two rounded projections
laterally on the last and penultimate segments. On the ventral
aspect the only marks are blackish streaks on the mid-point of the
wing-cases.

At the coast, the pupal stage lasts three weeks.

Distribution and Habits :

Limited to the coastal forests and plantations of Kenya. It must
be noted, however, that this coastal race is connected with two other
races, namely violacea of the Kilimanjaro area, and to a lesser degree
with 7neruensis of the Mt. Kenia rain forests; the linking with this
latter takes place along the Tana Eiver.

Although a forest species, this insect is found in almost all
localities where there are any sheltering clumps of trees; thus one finds
it in cocoanut plantations where mango and other fruit trees have been
planted at intervals and a collection of other lesser trees have been
allowed to grow up. It is common in certain parts of Mombasa Island
where suitable conditions, as just described, exist. Nevertheless the
presence of its food plant is essential, and fortunately this is a common
species not only on the island but all along the coast. The females
are more partial to shady places, but the males are given to flitting
or rather gliding to and fro in shade interspersed with sunlit patches.
Like others of this group, the flight is characteristic, consisting of one
or two wing beats followed by a gliding with wings held horizontal so
as to display the wonderful colours. This flight is always close to the
ground and is very deceptive, as one learns by experience when
attempting to capture the insect. It appears leisurely and slow, but

62

Plate II.

hO

03

1 and 2. Euphaedw neophron Uttoralis, 9, upper and underside.
S. Eu phaedra neophron meriiensis, 9-
1. Euphaedra neophron violacea, 9-

the insects are quick sighted and can accelerate and avoid capture with
ease. Females are usually found in the vicinity of the food plants,
and they, and to a greater degree the males, are to be found feeding
on rotting fruits which are fermenting.

EUPHAEDRA NEOPHRON VIOLACAE, Butl. PL I, fig. 3, d.

PL II, fig. 4, 9.

This race inhabits the Kilimanjaro area, and differs from the
coastal form in the ground colour of the upper side; this is much more
purply-violet.

There is the same difference in size between the sexes and in the
colour of the under-surfaces. There is no difference in the early stages
or habits.

PiSTEIBUTION :

Is found throughout the forest on the foot-hills of Kilimanjaro,
extending to the Taveta forest and lower Pare mountains and along
the Lumi Eiver. It occurs also in the Dabida district, but here we
find intermediates toward the coastal race.

EUPHAEDRA NEOPHRON MERUEN8I8, Sb.-sp. nov.

PL I, fig. 2, d.
PL II, fig. 3, 9.

Intermediate in colour between the race littoralis and violacea,
but differing from both in the shape of the fore- wing orange bar, more
particularly on its proximal border which is less wavy and is not
extended in a curve toward the hind-angle and does not reach vein 2;
the median black bar is thus straighter and broader. Furthermore
the outer edge of the fore-wing is distinctly brownish and carries a
rusty fringe. The hind-wing smoky border shades into brownish and
the fringe is rusty coloured. There is thus a tendency toward the race
ellenhecki, Pag., of Abyssinia. Type, male, Meru Forest, Sept.,

1927. Dr. van Someren Coll. A series of paratypes in my collection.

/

EUPHAEDRA NEOPHRON ELLENBECKI, Pag. (Not figured.)

Differs from the other East African races by being smaller and in
barring the basal portion of the fore-wing and the hind-wing yellow-
brown and hardly differing in colour from the sub-apical bar of the
fore- wing.

Distribution :

This race is included on the evidence of a specimen taken by Col.
S. A. Neave, March, 1912, Uchwenyi (? Itwani) Forest, near Witu.

63

EUPHAEDRA MEDON FRAUDATA, Thurau.

PL III, figs. 1 — 4, d'd'.

PL IV, figs. 1 and 3, 9 , fig. 2, d .

= inaequabilis, Thur.

— peculiaris, Lathy.

Expanse: Male, 55-68 mm.; female, 60-98 mm. Sexes unlike.

General colour bottle green or olive-brown with sub-apical
yellowish bar.

Male :

F.-w. : Ground colour bottle-green with often a golden tinge; the
cell usually with two black dots, and a black bar along the apex; the
apical half of the wing is suffused with blackish scales, giving a dark
appearance to this area; the tip is white, while the transverse sub-
apical bar is yellow.

H.-w. : Uniform bottle-green, often with a golden tinge; margin
dusky with a greyish fringe.

Underside:

Dull yellowish-green; fore-wing cell with three black dots; tip
white; a sub-costal white mark corresponding in position to the com-
mencement of the sub-apical bar above; a sub-marginal ill-defined,
often broken, darkish bar is present on fore and hind-wings; h.-w. cell
with one or two black dots; an interrupted white bar from about the
mid-point of the costa to the apex of the cell.

Female :

Ground colour golden-olive brown; fore- wing bluish along the
mid-costa; apex with a white tip; apical half of wing darkened with
blackish scales; sub-apical bar yellow, often with a greenish tinge.
H.-w. uniform golden-olive brown with greyish fringe, and often with
a purplish reflection along the margin.

Underside :

F.-w. : Yellowish-olive with matt surface; two to three black dots
in the cell; an interrupted white sub-apical bar; tip white; a series of
dark greenish angled spots forming a sub-marginal bar.

H.-w. : Ground colour as fore-wing; cell with two black dots; an
interrupted white bar from mid-costa to beyond the middle of the
wing, the costal spot outlined proximally with black; a sub-marginal
olive interrupted bar; fringe greyish.

In some males, the dark scaling of the fore-wing is limited to the
proximal border of the sub-apical bar only, so that the apex is golden

64

Plate III.

oa

'igs. 1 — 3. Variations of Eu phaedra rnedon fraudata.
'ig. 4. I^nderside.

A

i,

i

r

(

Plate IV.

Figs. 1 and 3. Ujjper and underside of Eu phaedra medon fraudata, 9-
Fig. 2. Variation of underside.

green like the base. There is sometimes a black spot at the apex of
the cell on the underside. In both sexes, the ground colour is richer
and darker when the insect is fresh but the colour fades out, both above
and below, within a day or two, losing its bluish sheen and becoming
more golden.

Early Stages :

The food plant of this species is the Nkuzanyana of the Baganda,
Phialodiscus zambesiacus (Sapindaceae). The eggs are deposited
singly, on the upper surfaces of the leaves. They are pearly white
when first laid, then darken, to become greyish two days before the
larva emerges. In shape they are domed, the surface is covered with
hexagonal facets, at the angles of which are glistening spines. The
egg stage lasts seven days.

The newly emerged larva is translucent greyish-green, with a large
black head, and fine transparent hairs project from the lateral aspect
of each segment. The larva is unicolourous until the third moult
when a pink band appears on the 8th segment. In this stage it is
very similar to the larvae of other Euphaedras, the distinguishing
feature being the colour of the dorsal band.

The mature larva measures 45 mm. in length; is pale sage-green
in ground colour, with slightly darker bands on the front and back
edge of each segment. The 8th segment is decorated with a bright
pink band 3 mm. wide bordered by dark green. The feathery lateral
projections are often 15 mm. long and lie with their margins touching.
The position taken up by the resting larva is usually along the mid-
rib of the leaf, and is very cryptic. The larval stage lasts from three
weeks to a month. It pupates on the under surface of the leaf, either
toward the margin or along the mid-rib. As the larva hangs it curves
ventrally, and gradually becomes translucent, losing all trace of the
dorsal mark.

The pupa is a translucent apple green, with gold-coloured orna-
mentation on the dorsum. Viewed dorsally, it presents the following
characters : the head is bifid, each projection gold in colour with a
black “ comma ” mark; at the latero-distal aspect of the head are two
black streaks on a golden base, then follows a slight expansion at the
shoulders of the wing-cases, each with a black crescentic mark on a
golden spot; the apical projection of the thorax is golden with two
parallel black dots; then follows a slight constriction corresponding
with the commencement of the abdominal segments and then a more
rapid widening out to the angle of the wing-cases; at this point there
is a large conical golden mark outlined with black and carrying a black
oentral dot; between the wing projections, the abdominal segments
rise in an acute angle the apex of which has a golden elliptical mark
with a black mark on the concave edge and two black dots on the

65

convex; the abdominal segments then taper rapidly to the cremaster
which consists of a central stalk with two rounded knobs golden in
colour and black spotted, one above the other; there is also a golden
central spot in the mid-abdominal region. There is a lateral series of
black dots along the spiracular line. The wing cases on the ventral
surface are curved, and the abdominal segments strongly ventricose,
and adorned with two golden spots, black-dotted.

The pupal stage lasts about a month, but is influenced by heat
and humidity.

Distribution and Habits :

This is a forest species which ranges throughout the forests of
Uganda, and extends into the Kavirondo country. It is more plentiful
in its western and central areas of distribution.

It is partial to the more open, less tangled parts where shade and
shadow alternate with patches of sunlight. One finds them along
forest paths which are shaded with overhanging trees. They prefer
places where the ground is damp and the atmosphere humid. Males
are more in evidence than females, for these latter seek the open
spaces in the undergrowth and are difficult to detect, unless one has
the fortune to observe them ovipositing; they then flit about from one
food plant to another, pausing just long enough to deposit an egg.
After laying three or four they settle on the damp mould of the floor
of the forest usually in some little patch of sunlight, with their wings
outspread. Males are partial to sun-basking, and will rest on some
low herb with out-spread wings, or often on the ground, but ever alert.
When disturbed they fly low; two or three rapid wing beats, a low
glide, and they settle. They will maintain this manoeuvre for quite
a long distance along a pathway, keeping just out of reach of the net,
before they suddenly turn ofl into the undergrowth. They feed largely
on decaying fruits which have fallen to the ground.

The females are very similar in colour to the next species, and
both enter into the mimetic association with the various forms of
Charaxes females already cited in the introductory notes. The white
bar on the under-surface of the hind wings helps to distinguish these
females from the following species.

EUPHAEDRA SPATI08A, Mab. PI. V & VI, figs. 1 and 2, d and 9.

Expanse : Male 80-95 mm. Female 95-120 mm. General colour
olive-brown with sub-apical yellow bar on dark ground. Sexes very
similar.

Male:

F.-w. : Basal half of costa bluish-green; basal half of wing olive-
green-brown; apical half from apex of cell to mid-point on outer

66

Plate V.

Euphaedra spatiosa, and 9- Pepper surfaces.

• Of

Plate VI.

Eu phaedra spafiosa, ^ and 9- Upper surfaces.

margin, olive-black; tip with conspicuous white spot, sometimes the
white extending along the edge of costa; a sub-apical yellow bar almost
straight along the distal margin, indented on the proximal margin,
average width 5 mm. and with a yellow streak along the hind-costal
margin.

H.-w. : Unicolourous olive-green-brown, with a whitish fringe. In
fresh specimens the general ground colour is deeper, more olive, less
brown. Many of the males have a strong purply-blue to bronze
irridescence at the anal angle of the hind- wing.

Underside. Both sexes :

Ground colour matt olive-grey, sometimes with a bluish green
tinge; a black spot in the f.-w. cell; tip of wing white; costa slightly
ochreous whitish at base; a whitish sub-apical bar corresponding to
half the bar on the upper side. H.-w. with a black spot in the cell;
a whitish bar from mid-costa toward apex of cell. Both wings with
a dark olivaceous bar beyond the middle, outlined distally with
crescentic light hoops, the tips of the hoops touching a sub-marginal
pale bar conforming to the outline of the wing.

Early Stages :

This species lays its eggs singly on the upper surfaces of the leaves
of sapling plants of Phialodiscus zambesiacus and Paulinnia 'pinnata
(Sapindaceae). The egg is a beautiful object when viewed through
a magnifying glass, especially with sunlight on it. It is dome-shaped
covered with depressed facets hexagonal in outline and between the
facets there are flexible spines. The facets and spines glisten with a
pearly lustre. The whole egg reminds one of the form of an
Echinoderm. The egg takes seven days to mature. The newly
emerged larva is translucent white with fine black hairs set out from
the lateral aspect of each segment, save the last. Each hair or spike
is covered in fine white lateral spines. The head is dark brown with
a black midline. It remains this colour until the third moult. It
then turns grey-green still with a semi-translucent appearance and
most of the lateral feathery spines become translucent greenish save at
the tips and base which remain dark; the first and last pair remain
dark throughout their length but the lateral feathering is white. A
blue-black band appears across the 8th segment and the head turns
brown. The mature larva is a strikingly beautiful object 70 mm. long,
of a pale sage green, slightly darker along the front and hind margins
of each segment. The blue-black band on the 8th segment stands out
conspicuously. The lateral body feathering is developed to a maxi-
mum. Those on the first segment are directed forward over the head;
the last pair backward over the anal segment. All are bluish -grey,
darker at the base and yellowish at the tips.

67

The larva lies along the mid-rib of the leaf when at rest, with the
lateral feathered spines in contact with the surface of the leaf. They
are somewhat sluggish and very prone to bacterial infection, and when
this happens they liquify and decompose rapidly. When about to
pupate the larva selects a spot usually on the projecting mid-rib on
the under-surface of a leaf or sometimes on a twig and here spins a
silken base to which it attaches its hind suctorial legs. It then curls
ventrally and brings the feathery lateral spines forward to cover the
ventral surface. The skin is shed within twenty-four hours.

The pupa is similar in general characteristics to many of this
group. The colour is a pale translucent green ornamented with large
golden spots accentuated with black. The general distribution of the
golden marks is similar to that of the previous species, but the marks
are larger, and the abdominal prominence is more accentuated.

Distribution and Habits :

These insects are entirely inhabitants of the thick shady forests
of Uganda, and are found resting on the ground or skimming low over
the surface of some forest path where sunlight alternates with shade.
They rest with their wings outspread, and though of a large size are
elusive and difficult to capture Females are much more addicted to
the shade of the undergrowth than are the males, but both sexes feed
on the juices of fallen decomposing and fermenting fruits and berries.

EUPHAEDRA UGANDA UGANDA, Auriv.

PI. VII, figs. 1 and 2, <S , fig. 3, 9 .

PI. VIII, figs. 1 and 2,99.

Expanse : Male 75-88 mm. Female 100-110 mm. Sexes unlike.
Male :

F.-w. mostly a rich blue-black, with a blue costa, a purply-blue
base and a patch of the same colour toward the middle of the hind
margin. A sub-apical white bar consisting of three to four spots,
tinged violet-blue on the margins; varies in width from 2-5 mm. A
small white tip at apex; margin slightly scalloped,

H.-w. : Strongly violet-purply-blue in the central area dusky at
margins; margin strongly scalloped and bearing white internervular
spots. The blue- violet colour changes to a more purply tone when
the first bloom of the freshly emerged insect goes.

Underside:

Matt grey-blue with greenish tinge; three black spots in the cell,
with one at apex; a sub-apical whitish bar. H.-w. : Ground colour
similar; one black dot in cell; an indistinct whitish bar beyond the
middle, more pronounced at the costa.

68

Plate VII.

1

ind 2. Eu phaedra Uganda Uganda,
Eu ph a edr a uga n da uga n da , 9 •

Plate VIII

Euphaedra Uganda Uganda, 9. Undersurfaces.

Female :

Somewhat variable. F.-w. : General ground colour sooty-black
with violet along the costa, at the base and along hind margin expand-
ing to a distinct violet-blue area at the centre of the hind-margin; tip
narrowly white; sub-apical bar white, consisting of four white spots
edged with blue. H.-w. with sooty brown-black ground colour with
a strong purply patch in the centre. Both wings scalloped, the hind
one, more so. Underside as in the male three large black spots in
the cell of f.-w., one in hind- wing cell.

Early Stages :

The eggs of this species are laid singly or in twos on the upper
surface of the young plants of Rhus subcoriaceus (Sapindaceae),
also on Paulinnia pinnata of the same family. They are a high dome
covered with depressed facets, hexagonal in outline and between each
facet is a spine. These spines are recumbent when the egg is first
laid, but spring up as the surface dries. The colour of the egg is
pearly white and glistens.

The larva emerges in seven days, and is at first a translucent
grey-green with short lateral spines and a black head. This coloura-
tion is maintained until the third moult, when the head turns
brownish and a dorsal deep pink bar appears on the 8th segment. The
larva is then pale green. At the next moult it becomes sage green in
colour, with the dorsal mark more prominent; the feathered latero-
dorsal spines are 12 mm. in length and translucent green, with just
a faint tinge of ochreous at the tip. As the larva rests these spines
spread out around it so that the whole of the body outline is covered
and the general outline is a long oval 45 mm. x 30 mm.

The pupa is very similar to that of E. medon^ but is not so orna-
mented with golden spots on the pale apple-green ground colour.

Distribution and Habits :

Most plentiful in the forests of Uganda : Budongo, Bugoma, Tero,
Mawakota, Mabira, Entebbe, and the forests of Busoga.

Like others of this group their habitat is the deep shady forest
with damp floor to which sunlight penetrates in patches. They keep
low to the ground in flight and when at rest; the females only rising
to a few feet when depositing their ova.

They sit with their wings almost completely spread, but of an
evening when roosting the wings are closed.

69

EUPHAEDRA (UGANDA) f. NIT I DU LA, Norn. nov.

PL IX, figs. 1 and 3, 6 and 9.

PL X, figs. 1 and 3, d and 9.

= Uganda viridis, Eoths.*

Expanse : Male 75-80 mm. Female 90-105 mm. Sexes unlike.
Male :

F.-w. : Greater part of distal portion of the wing black; costa,
base and hind margin, blue-green to posterior angle; the black extend-
ing to, and filling half or more of the cell; tip of wing with a narrow
white tip; wing strongly scalloped with white spot in each depression;
sub-apicai bar white with greenish tinge along edges, composed of
three large, and one small, spots. Two darker black spots visible in
the cell.

H.-w. : Base and margin blackish, rest of wing blue-green; a sub-
marginal row of diffuse greenish spots follow the contour of the outer
margin of the wing.

Undeeside :

Matt grey-green sometimes with a bluish tinge; three, two, or
one black spots in the cell; sub-apical bar white as also the tip of the
wing and the indentations on the border. H.-w. with a similar
ground colour with a diffuse whitish bar just beyond the middle,
widest at sub-costa; a row of whitish sub-marginal spots are just
visible. One black spot in cell.

Female :

F.-w. : Base of wing to hind angle, and base of costa, violet
purple, scaling most visible just beyond middle of hind margin on a
brownish base; rest of wing brown-black; tip narrowly white; margin
strongly scalloped, and concave between veins 4 and 5, giving the
apical portion an elongate appearance; sub-apical bar of four spots,
white with violet tinge at edge, particularly on the last spot.

H.-w. : Ground colour brownish, slightly darker at margin and
base and with a strong purply scaling in the centre of the disc to the
anal angle; sometimes a series of paler violet-purply sub-marginal
spots present. Margin strongly scalloped with white spot in each
indentation.

Underside as in the male.

* The name viridis is preoccupied by viridis, Snffert., and a substitute name
is here used.

70

Plate IX.

hO

\

'igs. 1 and 3. Eiiphaedm {ugamia) nitidula, and 9-
'igs. 2 and 4. Eu phaedra [uganda] kakamegae , 9 and (j'.

Plate

1

1 and 3. Euphaedra {uganda) nifidida, and 9 undersurfaces.

2 and 4. Euphaedra [uganda] kakamegae, 9 and undersurfaces.

Eaely Stages :

As for E. Uganda. This insect has been described as merely a
form of E. Uganda. It is true that their distribution coincides to a
certain extent, but such breeding of the two as has been done by me,
has shown that the two breed true to type and furthermore, the
nitidula form has a greater extension eastward, and is represented in the
Kakamega-Nandi area by a form which is described later. In addi-
tion, the fore-wing in the female is more accuminate and the margin
more strongly scalloped. For the time being I prefer to keep the two
distinct. There is a strong similarity of marking on the underside
between this insect and E. preussi.

Distribution and Habits :

As already mentioned, the range of this insect is from the forests
of Western Uganda to those of the Eastern Province in Busoga, and
thence eastward to Nandi as a distinct form. In habits they resemble
E. Uganda.

EUPHAEDRA {UGANDA) KAKAMEGAE. Sub.-sp. Nov.

PI. IX, figs. 4 and 2, d and 9 .

PI. X, figs. 2 and 4, 9 and cT.

Male :

In size, this race agrees with typical nitidula. It differs in having
the upper surface more strongly blue-green, and the margins of the
wings more strongly scalloped. The distal black area of the fore-wing
is more restricted, so that the black spots in the cell are more clearly
visible. The under-surface presents a striking difference : the ground
colour is more tinged witfl olive-green, on the grey-base; the spots in
the cell are very prominent; the sub-apical white bar is distinct, and
beside the white tip and the white at the marginal indentations, there
is a series of grey-blue sub-marginal spots running from the costa to
the hind-angle. The hind-wing is olive-grey-green with a discal bar
just beyond the middle; a series of sub-marginal grey-blue large spots
follow the contour of the wing from the costa to the anal angle; the
indentations on the margin of the wing have white streaks.

Female :

Upper sidCj very similar to that of nitidula, but the sub-apical bar
is wider and purer white; and the purply- violet scaling on the discs of
both wings stronger. The underside is a replica of that of the male,
but the white and blue-grey marks are even more distinct, and thus
there is a strong resemblance to E. preussi.

Early Stages :

This race has not been bred to my knowledge.

71

Distribution and Habits :

The range of this form is confined to the forests of North
Kavirondo to Nandi, and Kisii.

Type : Male, Kakamega, March, 1934. Jackson leg. in Nairobi
Museum. A long series in the Jackson col. and others in the Nairobi
Museum.

EUPHAEDRA OLIVACEA, Grunb. PL XI, figs. 2 and 4, d d.

PL XII, figs. 3 and 4, $ 9. PL XIII, figs. 2 and 4, 9 d.

Expanse : Male 70-75 mm. Female 90-100 mm. Sexes unlike.

Male :

F.-w. : Costa and basal half of wing bottle-green with golden or
blue reflections according to lighting; apical half only slightly darker
or may be suffused with black scaling; two diffuse black spots in the
cell; apex narrowly white tipped; sub-apical bar white and narrow,
consisting of four oblique marks; wing fringe greyish, with white dots
at the indentations. N.B. — Some individuals have the dark apical

suffusion extending toward the base of the cell and reaching vein 2;
thus more like E. preussi of which olivacea is considered a race by
many.

H.-w. : Uniform bottle-green with reflections as described above;
margin slightly dusky, with the fringe greyish and white spotted in
the indentations of the margin. Some individuals have a strong
bluish irridescence at the anal angle and at the cell.

Underside :

Uniform matt grey-green with a brownish tinge; cell with two,
three or four spots, the last at the apex; the sub-apical bar clear and
white. H.-w. : Ground colour as fore, with a whitish streak along the
costa up to vein 7; a diffuse interrupted whitish “ flare ” across the
wing just beyond the middle; slight indications of grey-blue sub-
marginal row of spots; white streaks in marginal indentations.

Female :

F.-w. : Ground colour bronzy-brown with purply suffusion at base,
and blue along the base of the costa; apical half suffused with blackish
scales from the apex of the cell to the hind angle. In some individuals
the black extends into the cell and obscures the two blackish spots
which are otherwise visible; tip narrowly white, and some white in
indentations at margin. Sub-apical bar narrow and white. H.-w. :
Ground colour bronzy-brown with purply suffusion over mid-discal
area; some dusky scaling along the margin, and sometimes an indica-
tion of sub-marginal spotting.

.7^

Plate XI.

Figs. 1 and 3. Eiiphaedra preussi, (5 c^.

Figs. 2 and 4. Euphaedra (preussi) o/ivacea, <3' c5'.

r

Plate XII.

03

and 2. Eupliaedra preussi, 9 9-

and 4. Eupliaedra preussi olivacea, 9 9-

Plate XIII.

'll

Plate XIV.

and 2. Enphaedra preussi f. sordida, and 9-
and 4. Euphaedra preussi i. sordida, undersurfaces.

Undebside :

F.-w. : Bluish-grey with purply tinge toward hind margin; cell
with three black spots and sometimes one at apex; sub-apical bar white
and distinct; white marginal spots more clear than above.

H.-w. : Ground colour as fore- wing; cell with one large black spot;
a bluish to white streak along costal margin continuous with a whitish
bar clear cut proximally, diffuse distally just beyond the middle;
diffuse greyish sub-marginal spots present; white streaks on edge, at
indentations, clear.

Eaely Stages : Not yet bred.

Distribution:

The forested areas of Central Uganda to Busoga.

EUPHAEDBA {PRE8U81) f. 80RDIDA, Talbot. PL XIV, figs. 1—4.
Expanse : Similar to the preceding.

Described by Talbot as a sub-species of prewssL Trans. Ent.
8oc., 1929.

Allied to olivacea, Grunb.; much darker, and with a row of sub-
marginal spots on the hind- wing. ’ ’

Male :

Besembles olivacea, but is more bluish-green. F.-w. : Above
with the median area to the sub-apical band blackened. Sub-apical
band very narrow, white, and more oblique than in olivacea, the two
middle spots longer than in this form, the one in 4 extending more
distal. Hind-wing with a weakly defined black distal border bearing
a series of bluish-green sub-marginal spots.

Underside:

Olivaceous mixed with ferruginous, darker than in olivacea. F.-w.
in the sub-median area dusted with bluish- white. H.-w. with a post-
diseal band of white stripes, the anterior three nearly equal, the
posterior three short and narrow; some of these stripes almost touch
the sub-marginal bluish-white spots; the usual white sub-costal stripe
is partly broken up by the ground-colour at its middlco

Female:

F.-w. : Proximal half violet-blue, distal half black-brown. White
sub-apical band a little broader than in olivacea and agreeing with the
male in its shape, the more distal extension of the stripe in 4 always
distinguishing this band from the one in olivacea. H.-w. : Violet-blue
excepting a black-brown border; a sub-marginal row of olive-blue
spots.

Underside :

^ Ferruginous marked with bluish-white. Fore-wing dusted with
bluish-white over the median and sub-median areas. Hind- wing very
strongly marked with bluish-white ; a post-discal band is merged with
a white proximal area, and distally extends to the bluish-white sub-
marginal spots. The bluish-white sub-costal stripe is almost broken
near its middle by a dark patch, and vein 8 is striped with blackish.”
Type : Male and female in Oxford U. Museum. Paratypes
Nairobi Museum. Dr. van Someren, Mawakota, Uganda.

Distribution and Habits:

This form is so far noted only from the central forested areas of
Uganda.

EUPHAEDRA (PREUSSI) f. LACTEATA, Talbot.

PI. XV, figs. 1 and 2.

Trans. Ent Soc., Dec., 1929.

This was described from a female and male, but the description
is based on the former.

Female :

” Distinguished from other forms by its bluish-white colouration.
Probably a phase of the previously described race. F.-w. : Above with
proximal area bluish -white faintly dusted with yellowish brown,
extending in one specimen to cellule 3, and occupying the usual blue
or brown area seen in all preussi and eleus form. The distal black-
brown area is shot with deep blue. A sub-apical band of four spots,
the one in 4 somewhat oblong in the type and narrower and more
oblique in the paratype.

” H.-w. of the same colour as proximal area of fore-wing. A
broad black-brown marginal border as in eleus, Drury, bearing a series
of eight white spots which are slightly edged with blue proximally.

Underside :

” Ferruginous, paler over the areas which are white on the upper-
side. Cell of fore- wing with two black spots in the middle, a black
point near its base and two black dots against the disco-cellulars 4 and
5. Hind-wing with a broad white sub-costal stripe almost reaching the
sub-marginal spot in 7, traces of white post-discal patches, a black dot
in cell below origin of vein 7, and sub-marginal spot as above, edged
with bluish-black proximally.

Male :

Upperside colouration similar to the female f.-w. with the basal
area dusted and tinged with green. Two small rounded black spots

74

Plate XV.

Euphaedra preussi f. lacfeata, and 9-

in middle of cell; sub-apical band narrower than in the female. Under-
side similar to the female paratype. Fore-wing with the two black
cell-spots as above, the low'er one obsolete. H.-w. with the discal band
strongly marked.”

Female type : Buamba Forest, Uganda. G. D. H. Carpenter and
Dr. Wiggins. Male allotype and female type, Mawakota Forest, Dr.
van Someren.

EUPHAEDRA PREUSSI NJAMI, Stand. PI. XXVIII, fig. 1.
Female :

Costa blue-green to almost the tip; basal area blue-green, becom-
ing paler and more bluish over hind marginal area to hind angle and
reaching cellule 2. Distal portion of wing blue-black, sub-apical band
white, of four spots, the third largest and longest, the fourth set distal.
The black area extends to the greater part of the cell and obscures two
dark spots.

H.-w. : Pale bluish particularly centrally, and darker at the base;
a blackish marginal border with bluish diffuse spots.

Underside :

Ferruginous green, more rusty basally. Cell with three large
black spots ; a whitish streak below the costa contiguous with the white
sub-apical band; tip white as also the indentations on the margin; a
series of indistinct bluish sub-marginal spots most apparent at hind-
angle.

Distribution :

On the extreme western forests of Uganda, Buamba Forest. This
is an intermediate form toward lacteata, Talbot.

EVPHAEDRA PREUSSI. PI. XI, figs. 1 and 3, d d.

PI. XII, figs. 1 and 2, 9 9. PI. XIII, figs. 1 and 3, 9 and d.

Expanse of both sexes similar to olivacea,

Male :

Costa and basal area rich dark blue-green from mid-cell to
posterior angle; distal portion of wing dark green-black, darker on the
proximal edge of the sub-apical bar; sub-apical bar white or tinged
with creamy, narrow, the fourth spot narrower and set distal to the
third. Two black spots sometimes visible in the cell.

H.-w. : Mostly dark blue-green, slightly blackish on the marginal
border and purplish along costa; a sub-marginal row of indistinct
bluish spots.

75

Undebside:

Dull olive-green, slightly ferruginous at base; three black spots in
the cell, and sometimes a black mark at apex; a sub-apical band,
white, as above. H.-w. : Ground colour as fore, with a marked sub-
costal bluish streak; one black spot in cell; very small sub-marginal
dots and a slight bluish “ flare ” in the post-discal area, not forming
a bar.

Female :

Basal area bronzy-brown with purply reflections proximally and
along the costa; in area lb colour paler; distal portion of wing brown-
black from the apex of the cell to hind-angle, or from mid-cell; two
black spots in cell; tip white edged; sub-apical band white and narrow
and almost parallel sided. H.-w. : bronzy-brown with a strong
purply suffusion over the whole, except the marginal border which is
dusky brown.

Undebside :

F.-W. : Tip white edged; ground colour olive matt, with lilac tinge
at hind border; cell with two or three black spots. Sometimes the
ground colour is strongly tinged ferruginous.

H.-w. : Ground colour as in the fore-wing; the usual sub-costal
white to bluish streak is present; there is no distinct post-discal pale
band, but a diffuse “ flare ” of bluish most distinct beyond the cell.
No sub-marginal series of spots, or only very small and faintly
indicated.

Eably Stages:

This has not been bred.

Distbibution and Habits:

This type of preussi is found in the forests of Western Uganda,
particularly in the Bugoma-Budongo areas. It is richer and darker
than the form oUvacea. ■

EU PHAEDRA PARADOXA, Neave. Pl. XVI, figs. 1—6, d d

PI. XVII, figs. 1—5, d d.

This is a very variable species and the following notes and descrip-
tions of new forms are the result of a critical examination carried out
by Prof. Hale Carpenter and myself. Before dealing with the entire
material at my disposal, some 130 specimens, and indicating the
variations and intermediate forms we will give the results of the
examination.

Notes on Euphaedm pamdoxa, Neave, with descriptions of new
forms, by Prof. G. D. Hale Carpenter and V. G. L. van Someren.

.76

Plate XVI.

Eu phaedra paradoxa paradoxa, showing variation in the .

Plate XVII.

~Knphaedra paradoxa paradoxa, (j'.
Figs. 1 — 4. Variation on undersurface.
Fig 5. A melanistic variety.

The original description of the species is as follows: —

“ Euphaedra paradoxa, sp. nov. Neave. Nov. Zool, 1904, XL,
pp. 333-34.

Female: Dull red-brown with glossy greenish-black margin.
Upperside : Fore-wing glossy greenish-black with a narrow dirty white
oblique sub-apical bar extending from sub-costal nervule to near distal
margin halfway between third radial and first median nervules.
Starting from inner margin from base to near posterior angle is a
patch of dull red-brown with a slight green tint running up to and
invading the base of cell and angle between median nervure and
second median nervule.

“ Hind-wing: The same dull red-brown colour, with a narrow
uniform distal margin of glossy greenish-black, bearing inter-nervular
spots of paler green.

“ Upperside : A dull pale olive-green, paler toward the margins.

“ Fore-wing: Costa bufi coloured at base and again toward the
apex. Sub-apical bar white.

“ Hind-wing : Basal and middle portions darker green, consider-
ably paler in discal area. A row of very faint greenish sub -marginal
spots in internervular spaces of distal margin. Inner margin and
internal and sub-median nervures covered with buff-coloured hairs.
Fringe blackish, dotted with white, especially at apex of fore-wing.
Expanse 62 mm. Type, female, Ugaia, South Kavirondo, January,
1903.” (N.B. — The type is really a male. — Authors.)

The original description of this species quoted above, alluded to
the type as a female. It proves, however, to be a male. As a result
of examination of a long series of this insect from practically the type
locality, South Kavirondo to the north-east of Lake Victoria, the
following notes are possible.

The type male, on the upper surface is obviously an intermediate
between the red-brown form, with the general resemblance to E. eleus,
and a dark green form such as E. preussi preussi or E. medon. The
narrow sub-apical whitish band is set less transversely and more
antero-posteriorly than in most species except preussi which seems
very closely related. The chief difference from preussi is on the
underside where the strongly-marked white stripe on the costal
margin of the hind-wing is lacking or may be faintly suggested at the
root of the sub-costal nerve toward the base of the wing. Three black
spots are indicated in the cell of the fore-wing by a few black scales;
when present in other specimens they are seen to be poorly developed
compared with preussi, or even with medon in which they are smaller
and less well developed than in preussi. The pale marks on the under-
surface of the hind- wing are more correctly termed “ greenish-white ”
and form a continuous patch as in E. Uganda, crossing the ouTer half

77|

of the wing from vein 8 and 3. The outline on the proximal edge of
this pale area corresponds closely with a less well defined difference
of shade in the same place in the male of preussi preussi.

The series obtained contains certain well marked forms to which
no names have been given. The following are therefore proposed :

(1) A form of paradoxa male which very closely resembles the normal
bronze-green male of preussi preussi, Stgr. For this we propose
the name PREUS80IDE8, f. nov. PL XVIII, figs. 1—4.

The very narrow whitish sub-apical bar, slightly narrower than in
preussi, is, as in the paradoxa form, set somewhat less transversely
than in most Euphaedra, and is greenish-white. The hind border of
the hind-wing has a sub-marginal row of dark angular spots, better
defined than in preussi, which mark the inner edge of the slightly
paler ‘ ‘ internervular spots of the paler green ’ ’ described for the type
paradoxa.

The underside does not differ appreciably from that of the type,
but the three spots in the cell of the fore-wing, one near the base and
two distal, are distinct, though smaller than in preussi. In the type
specimen of p. preussoides there are no spots on the hind-wing under-
surface : another specimen has one near the root of vein 7. Other
]3aratypes have the bases of the costa of fore and hind- wing on the
under-surface yellowish, and some have the apical portion of the fore-
wing dusted with the same colour.

Type, male, Suna, South Kavirondo, Kenya Colony, April, 1932,
Dr. van Someren. In Hope Dept., Oxford University Museum;
paratypes, and 15 topotypes in Coll, van Someren.

The so-called female type of paradoxa being really a male, the
female allotype is here described. The specimen selected is one
nearest in appearance to the male type.

E. paradoxa paradoxa, female ALLOTYPE

Sub-apical bar white instead of dirty- white as in the male, and is
divided into three sections by black scales along veins 4 and 5. The
large pale areas are red-brown with a strong green tinge; the pattern
as in the male. The hind- wing has a more defined sub-marginal row
of spots than in the male; they appear as black-bordered slightly
bluish lunules. The under-surfaces shows little difference from that
of the male, except that there are traces of whitish spots in the posi-
tion of the lunular marks of the upper side.

Allotype, female, Suna, South Kavirondo, Kenya Colony, April,
1932, in Hope Dept., Oxford University Museum. Paratypes in GblL
van Someren; 14 specimens.

78

Plate XVIII.

o

E H [thaedra paradoxa f. pretissolde.

Plate XIX.

03

Euphaedra paradoxa f. rufescens. Figs.

Plate XX.

03

Euphaedra paradoxa undersurfaces.
'. ntfescens. Fig. 3, f. vansoinereni. Figs. 2

.J

Some female specimens of this very variable species incline very
strongly to a red-brown with no greenish tint and the sub-marginal
lunules are well developed and bluish-white, thus bearing a very strong
resemblance to E. eleus, Hypolimnas missipus female and Danaida
chrysippus. To this form we give the name E. paradoxa t. nov.

RUFE8GEN8. PL XIX, figs. 1—4. PL XX, fig. 1.

The type specimen and many others show very strongly on both
surfaces of the fore-wing, the two distal black spots in the cell. On
the under surface the whitish markings are more sharply defined and
distinct than in the male type or female allotype; the sub-marginal
white spots are as in the allotype.

In some specimens there is a distinct white sub-costal stripe on
the under-surface of the hind-wing between veins 7 and 8; an exten-
sion to the margin of the wing of the basal white mark on the
sub-costal nerve which is present in most specimens. This white
stripe increases the likeness to eleus produced by the red colouration
and pale sub-marginal hind- wing spots. Type, female, Suna, South
Kavirondo, Kenya Colony, April, 1932. In Hope Dept., Oxford
University Museum. A series of 20 in Coll, van Someren.

As with other Euphaedra, there is a very distinctive female form
the general ground colour of which is a pale bluish-green. The follow-
ing description is submitted by Prof. Hale Carpenter.

E. paradoxa f. ?iov. VAN80MERENL PL XXI, figs. 1 — 4.

The pattern is as in paradoxa paradoxa, but the pale areas are of
that peculiar pale bluish-green so hard to describe. The sub-apical
bar is very pure white; the type specimen has well developed sub-
marginal lunular markings on the hind- wing, while some show them
more faintly. The two distal spots in the cell of the fore-wing, not
shown on the underside, are indicated on the upperside as large and
blurred. The pale area on the underside of the hind-wing is
conspicuous. The upper surface, as with the male form preussoides,
is extraordinarily like the corresponding sex of preussi preussi, but the
lack of the costal stripe on the hind-wing, the presence of the large
pale discal patch, and the absence of the black spots on the underside,
distinguish paradoxa vansomereni from preussi. It also bears a strong
resemblance to a pale form of Uganda.^

Type, female, Suna, South Kavirondo, April, 1932. In Hope
Dept., Oxford University Museum. Dr. van Someren. Paratypes
in Coll, van Someren. 12 specimens.

79

It is possible that when the much needed revision of the genus
Euphaedra is undertaken, paradoxa may prove to be a race of Uganda,
or preussi; decision must await anatomical investigation.

I now propose to describe other forms of this variable species.

E. paradoxa i. nov. COMIXTA. PI. XXII, figs. 1 — I.

A male form which presents the following characters : Almost the
entire fore-wing greenish-black rather darker at the proximal border
of the sub-apical band. The fore-wing pale areas greenish-golden and
limited to the distal end of la and lb, but not reaching to the hind
angle. The base of the wing is thus suffused with dark green. The
spots in the cell are seen but clouded by the general green scaling.
The hind-wing base is greenish; the discal area greenish-golden; the
marginal border dark green without any indication of sub-marginal
spots, but there are darker green angular marks in the margin, base
toward edge. The under-surface is as in the form preussoides.

Type, male, Suna, South Kavirondo, Dr. van Someren leg., April,
1932, in Coll, van Someren. Paratypes, nine, in my collection. This
form links the typical paradoxa with the form preussoides.

E. varadoxa f. nov. FEATHERI . PI. XXIV, figs. 1 — 4.

— PL XX, figs. 2—4.

This is a female form represented by a long series, 14 examples
in my collection. They differ from the female allotype of paradoxa
by the greater degree of black of the fore-wing which covers the cell
as a clouding of blackish, thus obscuring the two large spots in the
cell, and also covers the basal portion of the wing. The pale areas
are thus restricted to the mid portion of areas la, lb, and the base
of 3 but it is of a bright bluish-green with orange scaling in 2 and
bluish distally. The hind- wing basal area is greenish-orange dusted
with blackish scales, but the distal portion is orange and clear-cut
corresponding to the white band of the underside. The marginal
border is black with bluish lunules proximally edged with stronger
black; indentation on the wing margin is strongly white.

Type, female, Suna, South Kavirondo. van Someren. In my
collection.

This form is dedicated to my late friend, W. Feather, who helped
me to obtain my material, and who did so much to increase our
knowledge of African Lepidoptera.

80

Plate XXI.

K)

CM

En phaedra paradoxa f. vansoiiie re ni .

1 — 3, upper surface. Fig. 4, under surface.

Plate XXII.

Eupkaedra paradoxa f. comixta, S d-

Plate XXIII.

CM

Eupliaedra paradoxa, (5' S, showing variation on the underside.

Plate XXIV.

hO

CM

E ti phaedra paradoxa f. feat/ieri, 9 9-

other individual variations not represented in series are as follows :

(a) Males similar to nominate paradoxa but with dark areas black
with little or no greenish tinge, and fore- wing bar white.

(b) Males in which the whole of the fore -wing is greenish black
except for a white sub-apical band, and the hind-wing all dark
green except for a small diffuse patch of gold just beyond the
middle.

(c) Males in which the fore-wing dark areas are dark green with
greenish-white sub-apical band. H.-w. border green with
scarcely a trace of sub-marginal spots.

(d) Similar to (c) but fore-wing band yellow.

(e) Very similar to (c) but with fore- wing band almost absent and
the basal area of the hind- wing strongly green. Vide Pis. XVI
and XVII.

The chief variations are thus in the colour and width of the fore-
wing bar or band; the degree of greenish scaling and its extent. On
the underside, the presence or absence of a sub-costal white streak
on the hind-wing; the size and number of the cell spots; the width of
the white bar beyond the middle and the ground-colour variation from
green to golden olive to rusty. Variations in the various female forms
are due, apart from the ground colour, to the extent of the black of
the apical half. In many, this colour extends through the cell, thus
obscuring the cell spots and reaching the base; the width and colour
of hind-wing marginal border and size and colour of sub-marginal
spots; and the width of the fore-wing bar.

Most of these variations are depicted in the accompanying plates.

Early Stages :

Though common in its area of distribution, this species has not
been bred.

Distribution :

So far as is known, this species is limited to the patches of forest
in the South Kavirondo area, and to the Lolgorien district. One odd
specimen taken in 7/5/13 was from the Chepalunga Forest.

EUPHAEDRA ELEU8 ALTERNUS, nom. nov. for.

— Euphaedra eleus latifasciata, Talbot.*

PI. XXV, figs. 1—4. PI. XXVI, figs. 1—4. PI. XXVII, figs. 1—4.

Talbot, Trans. Ent. Soc., Dec., 1929.

Type as given op. cit.

Expanse : Male, 70-85 mm. Female, 95-110 mm. Sexes much
alike, orange-red with black borders carrying white marks.

* The name latifasciata is preoccupied by latifasciata, Holland.

81

Male :

F.-w. : Basal half red-brown to orange-brown, extending from, the
base to the apex of the oell, thence to the root of vein 3 and posteriorly
to the sub-margin of the hind-angle; the costa is greenish for its most
part; apical half of the wing black or green-black with a sub-apical
bar of four white or yellowish-white spots, the third one longest, the
fourth small and set distal to the third. A double bluish spot is
sometimes present sub-marginal at the hind angle. Cell with two,
one, or no black spots.

H.-w. : Orange to red-brown; black at extreme base below costa;
veins black-scaled; marginal border black carrying a sub-marginal
series of pale spots, seven in number of almost equal size, -either white,
or bluish sometimes accentuated proximally with deeper black than
the ground. Margin strongly scalloped with white in indentations.
Body with four white spots on front of thorax and two on the sides;
abdomen white lined.

Underside :

F.-w. : Eufescent to rusty, slightly darker towards apex, some-
times green-tinged, sometimes with a purply tinge; cell with one, two,
or three, or no black spots, sometimes one at apex; sub-apical band
white; often a double spot at hind angle.

H.-w.; Ground colour as fore; a well-marked sub-costal white
streak extending from base to first submarginal white spot; a series
of sub-marginal white spots in position as above, often accentu-
ated proximally with black border; just beyond the mid-line a series
of whitish marks varying in size from definite streaks to mere spots.
Margin with white in indentations.

Female :

General pattern as in the male; ground colour usually paler and
more orange; fore-wing sub-apical band broader and white. Dark
areas of fore and hind-wing black with occasionally a blue tinge; hind-
marginal spots white, white tinged with blue or pale blue, the lower
ones slightly larger.

Underside:

As in the male but ground colour paler. Some specimens with a
whitish “ flare ” at base of fore-wing.

Early Stages ;

I have not bred the species.

Distribution and Habits :

These Euphaedra bear a strong resemblance to certain diurnal
moths with which they form a mimetic association.

82

Plate XXV.

ro

03

Eupliaedra eleus alternns.

Fig. 2, f. alternus (^ . Fig. 3, f. coprates

Plate XXVI.

"m

S s
PP

be be

5"-

° 'o

O) <B

"2

M cc

s s

T3 'T3
C C3

_bO_M

03

Plate XXVII.

hO

E aphaedra eleus alternus.

Fig. 1, (5' f- rufohrunneus. Fig. 2, 9 underside.
Fig. 3, 9 f- rattrayi. Fig. 4, S underside.

In forested areas throughout Uganda eastward to Elgon and
Kavirondo to Nandi. The general habits are very similar to other
Euphaedra but on the whole they are more given to frequenting the
more open parts of the forest, not seeking dense shade to any great
extent. The form 0RIENTALI8, Roths., occurs at the coast of
Kenya on the Rabai Hills.

I now propose to deal with the various forms which have been
given names.

E. eleus f. rattrayi, E. Sharpe. PI. XXVII, fig. 3. PI. XXVI, fig. 2.

Differs from the nominate form in having the light areas of the
fore-wing suffused with greenish, particularly distally but retaining
some rufescent scaling at the base; the costal area of the hind-wing
also green-scaled.

This form should be referred to as merely an aberration, and is
rare. The specimen figured is in the collection of my friend T. H. E.
Jackson, and was taken at Kakamega.

Form coprafes, Druce. PI. XXV, fig. 3.

Differs from the nominate form in having the dark areas of the
fore and hind-wings strongly tinged with green, that of the fore-wing
not extending into the cell which has two black dots, nor does it
extend beyond the root of vein 3.

Form rufobrunneus , Stoneham. PL XXVII, fig. 1.

Diverges from the nominate form in having the brown areas very
dark mahogany, with an extension of the fore- wing black into the cell
and also basally thus obscuring the cell spots. The underside is very
dark and tinged with green. This is merely an individual aberration.

Form orientalis, Roths.

Differs from the nominate form in having a broader white sub-
apical bar. The dark areas of the f.-w. extending to vein 3. Coast.

For the other varietal names applied by Stoneham, I would refer
to Bull. Stoneham Museum, No. 10, June, 1932. The name recog-
nised above, is the only one I am prepared to support; the remainder
are hardly worth separation under different names as the characters are
small and unstable. In the descriptions no mention is made of the sex
of the “ type,” an important point.

Furthermore, Talbot described the Uganda-Kenya race of eleus^
and though the colour of the spots in the hind-marginal border is not
mentioned, one of Stoneham ’s names might be a synonym, as Talbot’s
description has priority.

83

I have, however, made a careful examination of Talbot’s descrip-
tion and type and compared it with the various forms named by
Stoneham: as none of these apply, a substitute name for Talbot’s
latifasciata is here given.

EUPHAEDRA CROCKERI CAERULE8CEN8, Gr.-Sm.

This species is mentioned on the evidence of one specimen in the
British Museum, labelled Karubi Forest, Nairobi.

Seitz, in Macrolepidoptera of the World, Vol. XIII, p. 185, gives
this as a form of xypete. It is figured as gausape, pi. 44a. I suggest
that the species does not occur in Kenya and the label on the specimen
is an error.

EUPHAEDRA 8ARITA INAN0IDE8, Holl.

PI. XXVIIIa, fig. 4. PL XXVIIIb, fig. 2.

Expanse, male, 75 mm.

Male :

F.-w. : With a green-blue area covering most of la and the basal
two-thirds of lb, this same colour covering the apical portion of the
wing from the apex of the cell, toward the tip and outer margin; this
area traversed by an indistinct sub-apical whitish band; cell and the
remainder of the wing, blue-black; two black cell spots indicated.

H.-w. : Basal area blackish, disc of wing light-bluish-green;

marginal border blue-black, and at its junction with the pale area a
series of faintly indicated bluish spots margined inwardly with black.

Underside :

F.-w. : Greenish-grey with an ochreous tint; cell with three black
spots; sub-apical band white. H.-w.: Ground colour as fore-wing
more golden tinted along inner margin; cell with one small black spot;
sub-marginal spots faintly indicated as also a whitish band beyond the
middle.

A variety of the male, from Uganda, is as follows :

F.-w. : Blue black with a bluish sheen at the base; a blue patch
along the hind margin; costa blue; sub-apical bar slightly clubbed
bluish to white below costa; extreme apex white; small white dots at
mid-internervular point on fringe. H.-w. : Ground colour black with
a large blue patch, the blue sheen extending toward the base. Fringe
with distinct white spots. Underside : Greyish-olive suffused with
golden along the inner fold of the h.-w. F.-w. cell with three black

spots; apex of cell with two black dots; area corresponding to the sub-
apical bar of above, whitish. H.-w. cell with one black spot toward
upper side and one toward apex; a slight whitish “flare” on disc, and
slight whitish sub-marginal spots; fringe black with white dots at mid-
internervular points. (Jackson Coll.)

84

Plate XXVIIIa.

■ ^ ^

E II phaedra edirrndsi, .

E u uhop-dra sarita i/iatioldes.

Plate XXVIIIb.

E u phaeilra sarita inanoides, cj'.
Upper and undersurfaces.

Plate XXVIIIc.

Fig. 1. Euplwedra edirardsi, 9-
Fig. 2. EiipJiaedra sarita inanoides, 9-

The female is not represented in my collection, and descriptions
are incomplete; a figure is given on PL XXVIIIc. The characteristic
“ clubbed ” end of the sub-apical bar is well shown.

Eakly Stages :

I can find no record of these.

Distribution :

This species ranges from the Congo into Uganda along the Semliki
at Dwamba Forest and Mpanga. It is strictly a western species. The
specimens figured were taken by Prof. Carpenter, and T. H. E.
Jackson.

EUPHAEDRA EBERTI, Auriv. PI. XXVIIIa., fig. 2.

Expanse : 75-80 mm. in male.

Male :

F.-w. : Very similar to sarita inanoides, the green colour being
distributed over the basal half of the wing and again beyond the cell
toward the outer margin and the apex, this greenish area traversed by
the whitish-green sub-apical band. The distal portion of the cell, an
area across the wing and the wing-margin blackish; two large obscured
black spots in the cell. H.-w. : Almost entirely blue-green slightly
dusted with blackish at the base; marginal border black with obscure
black and bluish spots.

Underside :

Matt greenish-grey; cell with three black spots, the base of the
cell golden; sub-apical band white. H.-w. : Ground colour as fore-
wing, base of costa brick to orange-red; one black spot in cell; practi-
cally no white band beyond middle, and sub-marginal spots very
indistinct.

Early stages unknown.

Distribution :

Within the Uganda Protectorate, this species ranges from the
Congo into the Semliki at Dwamba Forest, Toro.

EUPHAEDRA EDWARDSI, Hoeven. PI. XXVIIIa, fig. 3.

PL XXVIIIc, fig. 1.

F.-w. : Ground colour dark olive green; a large black spot at base
of Ib; three large black spots in cell, often two at apex of cell. H.-w. :
Marginal border green with paler areas triangular centrally; disc of
wing orange-brown; a large black discocellular spot in 4; two large and
one small spot in the cell.

85

Undeeside :

F.-w. : Greyish over apical half, greenish basally; cell with three
large black spots; base of wing with slight orange tinge. H.-w. : Base
of costa and marginal border greenish-grey, disc greyish-orange; three
black spots in cell; two at base of costa, one in 4 and one in 7; a white
sub-costal streak with black base present.

E. edwardsi viridis, Suffert.

This has the basal area of the hind-wing dusky green and the cell
spots are small or indistinct.

Early stages unknown.

Distribution :

Dwamba Valley, Toro, Daro Forest and Tero Forest, taken by
Neave and Carpenter. A Congo species which has a limited extension
into Uganda.

EUPAEDRA RUSPINA, Hew. PI. XXIX, figs. 1—4.

Expanse : Male 70-90 mm. Female 90-105 mm. Sexes alike.

Male :

F.-w. : General colour orange-brown; apical portion black, with
this colour extending along the costa to almost the base but all along
the costal edge, and as a narrow line along the outer margin; a sub-
apical interrupted bar of three white spots, the upper one small and
often indicated by a few white scales. Small white marks on margin
of outer edge.

H.-w. of the same ground as fore-wing with a slightly richer tint
distal to the cell; marginal border black, narrow at outer angle and
expanding to the anal angle which has an angular projection; margin
white at indentations.

Underside :

Pattern as above, more or less; sub-apical bar wider and general
colour jjaler, while the dark apex of the fore- wing is tinged with
greenish. Eight white spots on marginal border, and one on anal fold.

Female :

Very like the male, but often paler and white spots larger. The
anal angle is not produced, to a point. The thorax has four white
spots at front and two along the sides ; abdomen white lined and
spotted.

Early stages unknown to me.

86

Plate XXIX.

CM

Eu phaedm ruspina.

Plate XXX.

Eu phaedra eusemoides imitans, 9 and

Plate XXXI.

Euphaedra xypete cyanea, and 9-

Distribution :

In forested areas of western to eastern Uganda. In general habits
it resembles other Euphaedra, but its flight is more swift and gliding,
each glide being longer sustained. It is associated in flight with the
diurnal moth Aletis helcita, and certain members of the genus
Xanthospilopteryx which it mimics.

EUPHAEDRA EUSEMOIDES IMITANS, Holl.

PL XXX, figs. 1 and 2.

F.*w. : Ground colour black, apex white-tipped and white friuge
spots. Sub-apical bar cream, consisting of two contiguous spots distal
to the apex of the cell, and one larger, more rounded spot toward
margin and more toward the apex; a cream transverse bar crosses the
cell followed by a pear-shaped spot toward the base of area two.
A creamy streak along the hind-margin but not reaching the hind
angle. H.-w. with the greater part orange-red, dusky at base and
with a black border and white marks in the fringe; three black spots
in the cell.

In the female, the creamy streak along the hind-margin of the
fore-wing is more marked; the red area in the hind-wing greater in
extent and there is a submarginal row of double whitish to bluish spots.
The black spots in the h.-w. cell are only indicated and not defined.

Early stages unknown.

The specimens figured are in the British Museum. I am indebted
to the Museum authorities for this plate,, also that of E. cyanea.

Distribution :

Forests to the western side of Uganda; Daro and Budongo.

EUPHAEDRA XYPETE CYANEA, Holland. PI. XXXI, figs. 1 and 2.

Belated to coerulescens, Gr.-Sm.

“ F.-w. : The basal area is bright blue from the base to the middle
of the cell and thence outwardly to nearly the inner angle of the wing.
Beyond this bright blue area, the outerline of which is quite straight,
the remainder of the wing is rich velvety black, interrupted, however,
by a sharply defined post- apical band of bright blue, which is much
more sharply defined than is the case in coerulescens and does not
extend as far downward toward the inner margin . . . ”

“ The middle of the upper side of the hind-wings ... is bright
blue , . . .” “ On the underside . . . the cell is green or

greenish ochraceous.” “ The dark spots in E. cyanea which appear
in the cell of the fore-wing are . . . small . . .” “ The spots in

the cell of the secondaries are also very greatly reduced or disappear
and the discal spots beyond the cell . . . are smaller and the red

8T3

of the costal border in some specimens spreads downward into the diseal
area of the wing as a faint reddish shade.”

” The females in cyanea are marked exactly as are the males but
have much greater expanse of wing, and the post-apical band of the
primaries on the upper side is paler blue.”

Extracted from the original description, Bull. Am. Mus., Vol.

XLni, pp. 178-9.

The specimens figured are in the British Museum and I am
indebted to this Institution for the photograph.

Bisteibution :

Eorests of Western Uganda.

EUPHAEDRA ZADDACHl. Sharpe. PI. XXXII, figs. 1 and 2.

E. -w. : Velvety black with a green sheen at the base; sub-apical
bar creamy, slightly clubbed at marginal end; a second bar crosses the
mid portion of the wing from the apex of the cell through the base of
2 and thence into lb. H.-w. : Base and marginal border black, no
sub-marginal spots but white fringe along the extreme edge at inter-
nervular spaces; central area yellowish-red, the veins creamy yellow.

Underside :

F. -w. : Cell creamy with greenish tinge, three black spots; hind
marginal area blackish; the second creamy bar of above present below
and outlined with black ; beyond this bar the colour is olive tinged with
pink and two large arrow-shaped blackish marks are present distally;
the sub-apical bar is creamy edged below with black; a series of broken
sub-marginal black marks extend almost to the apex, while the outer
edge is black with small white spots in fringe; apical portion of wing
olive white-tipped. H.-w. : Cell with three black spots; ground colour
pinkish-red, strongest along the sub-costal area, and suffused with
ochreous along inner border; a creamy patch is present at distal part
of cell, and a larger patch of the same colour sub-basal in 2-6 with black
marks in 5, 6, and 7. A sub-marginal row of double black spots in
each internervular space from outer angle to anal angle followed by an
area of olive tawny, becoming more green toward the anal angle, out-
lined on the edge with black carrying white spots on the fringe at mid-
point of marginal scalloping.

E. z f. CHRI8TYI, Sharpe. PI. XXXIIa, figs. 3 and 4.

PI. XXXIIb, figs. 1 and 2.

F.-w. : Similar to the above; h.-w. differs in having the patch
creamy with a slight greenish tinge basally, and the black marks of the

88

Plate XXXIIa.

'igs. 1 and 2. Eaphaedra zaddachi zaddachi, cT <S • Figs. 3 and 4. E. z. christyi, <d' S.

1

I

:

Plate XXXIIb.

Euphaedra zaddachi christyi, ^ and 9-

underside showing through. Underside : F.-w. as in the above form
but lacking the pinkish tinge between the creamy bars. H.-w. :
Ground colour creamy with greenish tinge and pinkish -red limited to
the sub-costal area.

Distribution and Habits:

This species is found in the forests of western Uganda and extends
east as far as Kampala area. They bear a remarkable resemblance to
certain day-flying distasteful moths such as Xanthospilopteryx superha,
poggei and atribasalis, also the Hypsid moth similis. The black and
white females resemble X. gruernergi and somewhat, Amauris niavius
and its associates. There is an undoubted mimetic association between
these insects.

DESCRIPTIONS D’EUCNEMIDIDAE ET ELATERIDAE
NOUVEAUX PROVENANT DU CORYNDON MEMORIAL
MUSEUM DE NAIROBI, KENYA COLONY.

PAR E. Eleutiaux,

Correspondent du Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle de Paris.

EUCNEMIDIDAE.

PLE8I0F0RNAX, Bonvouloir, 1866.

Genotype : P. gravis, Bonvouloir.

P. TURNERI, n. sp.

11 mm. 1/2. Allonge, 4troit; brun, un peu plus clair que les
41ytres; pubescence jaune. Tete convexe; punctuation assez grosse,
peu profonde, ombiliquee, serr^e et rugueuse, carene interoculaire -
interrompue sur la base de I’^pistome; ^pistome aussi large en arrite
que I’espace susantennaire. Antennes brunes, d^passant la moiti4 du
corps, minces, filiformes; 2e article trfes petit; suivants longs et
graduellement allonges. Pronotum aussi long que large a la base;
l^g^rement arqu4 sur les c6t4s, graduellement r^tr^ci en avant, con-
vexe, aplati en arri^re, ponctu4 comme la tete; angles post^rieurs
aigus, non car6n4s. Elytres longs, parallMes jusqu’a la moiti6,
r^tr^cis au delk, conjointement arrondis au sommet, finement et dens4-
ment ponctu^s, 14gerement strips. Dessous de meme couleur, fine-
ment ponetu4, surtout sur Tabdomen. Hanches post^rieures tres
larges en dedans, fortement r4tr4cies et presque nulles en dehors.
Pattes testacies.

Kaimosi (A. Turner). Museum, Paris.

Ressemble beaucoup ^ P. borealis, Eleutiaux; plus 4troit; ponc-
tuation plus grosse, plus serr4e, ombiliquee, rugueuse.

ELATERIDAE.

AGRYPNUS, Eschscholtz, 1829.

Genotype : Elater tomentosus, Eabricius.

A. ACUMINATU8, n. sp.

30 mm. Allonge, tr^s attenue en arriere; noir presque opaque;
pubescence nulle. Tete plate, deprimee au milieu en avant; punctua-
tion forte et peu serree. Antennes noires, tout k fait mates ^ partir
du 4e article, depassant notablement la base du pronotum, graduelle-

90

ment r^tr^cies vers le bout ; 2e et 3e articles petits ; suivants comprim6s
et serriformes. Pronotum k peine plus long que large, sinu6 sur les
cot^s, l^g^rement r4tr6ci en avant, peu convexe; base assez brusque-
ment d^clive, avec un tubercule obtus au milieu; ponctuation tr^s
grosse en avant, beaucoup plus fine en arriere; angles postdrieurs
aigus, divergents, car6n4s pres du bord lateral jusqu’au dela de la
moiti4. Elytres l^g^rement plus larges que le pronotum a la base,
arrondis aux 4paules, fortement att^nu^s en arriere, conjointement
arrondis au sommet, convexes; ponctuation des stries bien marqu4e ^
la base, tr^s l^g^rement sur le dos, fortement sur les cbt4s. Dessous
noir; pubescence rousse tres I4g^re. Propectus fortement ponctud sauf
en avant du prosternum. Pointe prostemale 14g4rement creus4e en
goutti^re. Arri4re-corps finement et dens4ment ponctu4. Pattes
noires; pubescence en brosse sous les tarses.

Thua Eiver, novembre (MacArthur). Mus4um, Paris.

Ressemble beaucoup ^ A. infuscatus, Klug; en difi^re par la taille
notablement plus grande; par la ponctuation du pronotum beaucoup
plus grosse en avant et tr4s fine en arriere; par les stries des 41ytres
tr4s 14g4rement ponctu4es sur le dos.

LACON, Castelnau, 1836.

Adelocera, Latreille, 1834 (non Latreille, 1829).

Genotype : Elater fasciatus, Linn4.

L. MACARTHURI, n. sp.

6 mm. 1/2. Oblong; noir opaque, un peu rougeatre aux angles
post4rieurs du pronotum; pubescence grise et brune, p*eu serr4e, plus
courte sur les 41ytres. Tete plate, cribl4e de gros points. Antennes
testac4es, I4gerement serriformes a partir’du 4e article; 2e et 3e articles
petits. Pronotum plus long qua large, graduellement r4tr4ci en avant,
convexe, cribld de gros points; angles post4rieurs plats, aigus, non
divergents, non car4n4s. Elytres plus larges que le pronotum, arqu4s
sur les c6t4s, convexes, fortement stries de r angles rapproch4es de gros
points. Dessous noir, fortement ponctu4; pubescence brune, courte,
peu serr4e. Sutures prosternales largement siIIonn4es jusqu’^ la base.
Propleures 14g4rement impressionn4s pr4s de la suture. Epipleures
des 41ytres subparall41es, tronqu4s carrdment en arriere. Episternes
m4tathoraciques plus 4troits et parall41es. Hanches post4rieures
41argies en dedans, pas plus larges en dehors que les 4pisternes. Pattes
testacies.

Hola, Tana River, novembre (MacArthur). Mus4um, Paris.

Ressemble k L. Alluaudi, Fleutiaux; forme plus courte; dlytres
plus largement ovales ; ponctuation du pronotum moins serr4e ; celle des

91

^lytres de meme grosseur sur toutes les rangdes et rugueuse ; alors que
chez Alluaudi, les rang^es de gros points sont altern^es avec des
rang^es de points moins gros et la surface non rugueuse.

BRACHYLACON, Motschulsky, 1858.

Genotype: B. microcepftulus ^ Motsehulsky.

B. TBSTACEUS, n. sp.

4 112 h 4 mm. 3/4. Oblong; testac4, un peu obseur sur les
41ytres; pubescence grise assez longue, peu serr4e. Tete carr4e, plate,
siUonn^e au milieu, fortement ponctu^e. Antennes testac4 clair, serri-
formes; 2e article petit; 3e presque aussi long que le suivant, mais
moins large. Pronotum aussi long que large, tres sinu4 sur les c6t4s,
r^trdci en avant pres des angles ant^rieurs, peu convexe, d4prim4 en
arriere; ponctuation grosse et peu serr4e; angles post^rieurs plats,
aigus, non divergents, non cardn^s. Elytres paralleles k la base,
14gerement arquds des avant la moiti^, conjointement arrondis au
sommet, convexes, unis, strips de rang^es de gros points alternant
avec des rang^es de points moins gros. Dessous testac4, fortement
ponctud. Prosternum saillant en arriere; sutures prosternales
sinueuses, largement ouvertes presque jusqu’aux hanches ant^rieures,
sillons dorsaux des propleures rapproch^s des sutures prosternales,
droits profonds, n’atteignant pas le bord en avant. Sillons tarsaux du
m^tasternum obliques, dirig^s un peu en dessus des hanches pos-
t^rieures. Epipleures des Elytres larges, r4tr4cis en arriere, tronqu4s
carr^ment post^rieurement. Episternes m^tathoraciques 4troits, nuls
en arriere. Hanches post^rieures tres 4troites en dehors, 4largies en
dedans. Pattes testac4 clair.

Ziwani, avril (MacArthur). Collection Eleutiaux et Coryndon
Memorial Museum, Nairobi, Kenya Colony; Thua Biver, novembre
(MacArthur). Idem.

Differe du genotype par sa forme oblongue beaucoup plus ^troite.

ADELOCERA, Latreille, 1829.

Lacnn des auteurs.

Genotype : Elater ovalis, Germar.

A, KINANGOPA, n. sp.

6 314 a 7 mm. Court, ovale, subd4prim6; brun noiratre, un peu
rougeatre sur la suture des dlytres et parfois aux angles post4rieurs du
pronotum; pubescence squamiforme brune, courte et peu serr4e. Tete
plate; ponctuation grosse. Antennes testacies, brunes h la base; 2e
et 3e articles petits, suivants plus longs et l^gerement dentes. Pro-
notum aussi long que large k la base, parallels, arrondi en avant, peu

92

convexe d^prim^ en arriere; ponetuation grosse et peu serr^e; angles
post^rieurs plats, non divergents, non car4n4s. Elytres courts,
paralleles a la base, arrondis en arriere, peu convexes, strips de gros
points; interstries plans, tr^s finement et espae^ment pointings.
Dessous de m^me couleur; pubescence semblable. Pattes ferrugi-
neuses.

Kinangop, mars (Turner). Collection Fleutiaux et Coryndon
Memorial Museum, Nairobi, Kenya Colony.

Differe de A. foeda, Cand^ze; plus court; plus brilliant; ponctua-
tion du pronotum moins serr^e; interstries des Elytres plus finement
ponetu^s.

TYLOTARSUS, Germar, 1840.

Genotype : T. cinctipes, Germar.

Sous-genre Lobitarsus^ Schwarz (L. decoratus, Schwarz).

T. TECTU8, n. sp.

11 mm. Oblong, subd^prim^; noir; pubescence squamiforme
grise et brune cachant la surface. Tete plate; ponetuation grosse et
serr^e. Antennes brunes, noiratres k la base. Pronotum S peu pres
aussi large que long, parallele, arrondi en avant, convexe, assez
brusquement d4prim4 h la base; ponetuation grosse et assez serr4e;
angles post^rieurs plats, aigus, non divergents, non car^n^s. Elytres
paralleles, arrondis au dela de la moiti4, peu convexes, strips de rang^es
rapproch4es de gros points masques par des squamules. Dessous
et pattes couverts de la meme pubescence squamiforme. Sillons
tarsaux des propleures presque en travers, non nettement limites.
Sillons tarsaux du metasternum aboutissant avant Tangle posterieur
exteme.

Lower Tana-Sabaki, avril-mai (Turner et Mac Arthur). Collection
Fleutiaux et Coryndon Memorial Museum, Nairobi, Kenya Colony.

Bessemble ^ T. marmoratus, Candeze, mais plus court, plus large;
squamules plus grosses, grises et brunes.

T. LUCTUS, n. sp.

8 mm. 1/2. Allonge ; noir opaque, brun rougeatre aux angles
posterieurs du pronotum et aux epaules; squamules brunes mdlangees
de squamules grises formant des taches tres petites sur toute la
surface. Tete plate fortement ponctuee. Antennes noires, court es,
moniliformes, tres legerement dentees. Pronotum legerement plus
long que large, subparallele, faiblement retreci en avant, convexe,
deprime en arriere, fortement et densement ponctue; bords lateraux
creneies; angles posterieurs droits, plats, non carenes. Elytres
paralleles h la base, arques sur les cotes, arrondis au sommet, convexes,

93

fortement ponctu4s-stri48, avec une rang4e de points moins gros sur
les interstries. Dessous noir, dens^ment et fortement ponctu4;
squamules grises plus nombreuses. Pattes brunes.

Lower Tana-Sabaki, avril-mai (Turner et MacArthur). Museum,
Paris.

Voisin de T. ohacurus; pronotum plus arrondi en avant, angles
post^rieurs non divergents; ^lytres pas plus larges que le pronotum.

T. OBSCURUS, n. sp.

9 mm. AllongA; noir, piquets de squamules brunes m41ang4es de
quelques squamules grises. Tete d4prim4e au milieu, fortement
ponctu^e. Antennes serriformes a articles courts, testacies, brunes h
la base; 2e et 3e articles petits. Pronotum h peu pr^s aussi large que
long, sinu4 lat^ralement, r^tr^ci en avant seulement pr^s des angles
ant^rieurs, convexe,^ d6prim6 k la base, fortement et dens4ment
ponctu4; angles post^rieurs plats, divergents, obtus, non cardn^s.
Elytres plus larges que le pronotum, l^gerement arqu4s sur les c6t6s,
graduellement r^tr^cis en arriere, rugueusement et fortement ponctu^s-
strips. Dessous noir, fortement et dens4ment ponctu6. Sillons
tarsaux peu profonds sur les propleures, nuls sur le m^tasternum.
Pattes noires; t arses testac^s.

Kilimafeza, f^vrier (MacArthur). Museum, Paris; S. Masai Ees.,
novembre (T. J. Anderson). Imperial Institute of Entomology,
London.

Voisin de T. samburensis, Eleutiaux (sub Lacon); moins long,
moins parallele, squamules obscures; ponctuation plus grosse, rugueuse
sur les Elytres; bords lat^raux du pronotum tr^s faiblement cr4nel6s.

HEMIGLEUS, Candeze, 1857.

G6notype : H. caffer, Candeze.

H. ELEGAN8, n. sp.

4 mm. Allong6; noir avec des taches testacies aux angles
post^rieurs du pronotum et sur les Elytres, aux 4paules, sur la suture,
transversalement au dernier tiers et a I’extr4mit4; pubescence squami-
forme brune et grise m6lang4e. Tete plate, arrondie en avant, 14g^re-
ment impressionn^e au milieu; ponctuation peu serr^e. Antennes
assez longues, greles, noires, les deux premiers articles testac4s; 3e de
meme forme et presque aussi long que le suivant. Pronotum plus long
que large gracieusement arrondi sur les c6t4s, k peu pres ^galement
r4tr4ci en avant et en arriere, convexe sur le dos; ponctu4 comme la
tete, moins densement au milieu; angles post^rieurs aplatis. Elytres
l^g^rement plus larges a la base que le pronotum, assez longs, I6g^re-
ment arquds lat4ralement, convexes, non strips, ponctu4s sans ordre.

Dessous noiratre, rugueux. Prosternum large; mentonni^re saillante.
Pattes testae^ pale.

Chania E., 7,800 pieds, juillet (E. E. Dent). Collection Eleutiaux
et Coryndon Memorial Museum, Nairobi, Kenya Colony.

Voisin de H. Chappuisi, Eleutiaux; taille moindre; meme forme
mais plus convexe; se distingue notamment par les t aches testacies.

ENDICROl^YCHUS, M^quignon, 193L
Dicronychus, Eschscholtz, 1836 (non Brull6, 1832.)

Genotype : D. senegalensis, Castelnau.

E. STRIATUS, n. sp.

16 mm. Allong4; noir brillant; glabre. Tete convexe; ponctua-
tion forte et serr6e. Antennes noires ne d4passant pas la base du
pronotum, l^gerement comprim^e; 3e article notablement plus long
que le second, un peu plus court que le 4e. Pronotum un peu plus
long que large, trapezoidal, arrondi aux angles anterieurs, convexe,
brusquement d^clive a la base; ponctuation forte et peu serr^e; angles
posterieurs aigus, leg^rement caren^s. Elytres paralieies jusqu’^ la
moitie, rdtreds au del^, convexes, profond^ment stries-ponctu4s ; inter-
stries tr^s convexes et finement pointilies. Dessous noir brillant.
Ponctuation du propectus assez forte, moins serr^e sur les propleures,
effac4e tout a fait en arriere. Arriere-corps a ponctuation peu serr4e.
moins forte sur Pabdomen. Pattes noires.

Kitui Boma, novembre (Mac Arthur). Museum, Paris; Machakos,
Kenya Colony, novembre (Dr. van Someren). Imperial Institute of
Entomology, London.

Se distingue par sa couleur noir brillant, glabre; ses antennes
courtes; ses dytres profond^ment strips. Sa place est dans le
voisinage de D. cruentipennis, Candeze.

PANTOLAMPRUS, Candeze, 1859.

Genotype : P. nitens, Candbze.

P. TERM1EATV8, n. sp.

17 mm. Allonge, elliptique; tete et pronotum noir brillant ^ 14ger
reflet bronzd, pubescence noire dress^e; dytres jaunes avec au sommet
une petite tache violette, pubescence jaune dress4e. Tete l^gdement
aplatie en avant; ponctuation peu serr^e. Antennes noires, ddpassant
peu la base du pronotum, serriformes a partir du 3e article. Pronotum
h, peu pres aussi long que large, graduellement r4tr4ci de la base au
sommet, peu convexe, brusquement d4prim4 pr4s de la base; ponctua-
tion peu serr4e effac^e vers Parride. Elytres convexes, fortement

95

strids-ponctu^s ; interstries tres convexes tres finement pointillds.
Dessous noir brillant; ponctuation Idgdre. Pattes noires.

Mawakota, avril (Dr. van Someren). Collection Fleutiaux,
Coryndon Memorial Museum, Nairobi, Kenya Colony et Imperial
Institute of Entomology, London.

Cette espece et quelques autres : P. sulcicollis, Schwarz {Plasoni,
Candeze), P. ligneus, Canddze, pourraient, en raison des- dlytres non
mdtalliques et profonddment strids, former un sous-genre pour lequel
je proposerai le nom de XANTH0LAMPRU8.

PROPSEPHUS, Hysiop. 1921.

Psephus, Canddze, 1859 (non Kirby, 1826).

Gdnotype : P. beniniensis^ Canddze.(^)

P. KAIM0SIU8, n. sp.

16 mm. 1/2. Allongd, elliptique; brun brillant; pubescence
jaune. Tete peu convexe, densdment ponctude. Antennes brunes,
ddpassant k peine la base du pronotum, subfiliformes ; 3e article plus
long que le 2e, un peu plus court que le 4e. Pronotum Idgdrement
plus long que large ^ la base, trapdzoidal, peu convexe, avec deux
impressions distinctes en dedans des angles postdrieurs; ponctuation
Idgere et peu serrde; angles postdrieurs aigus, k peine divergent s,
brievement cardnds. Ely tres paralldles, rdtrdcis seulement dans le

tiers postdrieur, convexes, tres Idgerement ponctuds-strids; interstries
plans et presque indistinctement pointillds. Dessous de meme couleur;
ponctuation plus grosse en avant, graduellement plus fine sur Parridre-
corps. Hanches postdrieures graduellement rdtrdcies en dehors.
Pattes brunes; lamelles des tarses longues.

Kaimosi, mars-avril (A. Turner). Collection Fleutiaux et Coryn-
don Memorial Museum, Nairobi, Kenya Colony, et Imperial Institute
of Entomology, London.

Voisin de P. Fleutiauxi, Schenkling (P. Alluaudi, Fleutiaux, 1919,
non Fleutiaux, 1903); plus large, plus brillant; pronotum plus rdtrdci
en avant; ponctuation du pronotum beaucoup plus fine et dcartde;
dlytres k stries trds Idgdres.

P. TURNERI, n. sp.

16 mm. Long, attdnud; brun; pubescence jaune. Tete convexe
en arriere, plate en avant; ponctuation grosse et serrde. Antennes
brun clair, dd'passant la base du pronotum, comprimdes vers la moitid,

(1) Le genotype designe a le 3e article des antennes notablement plus long que le
2e, alors que la description du genre dit : Se tres petit, 3e egal a celui-ci ou
un peu plus grand, mms, sauf deux exceptions, plus petit que le J^e. A mon
sens le choix de P. elimatus eut ete plus heureux.

96

amincies au bout; 3© article un peu plus long quo le suivant. Pro-
notum plus long que large, graduellement r^tr^ci en avant, convexe,
d^clive ^ la base, sillonn6 au milieu en arri^re; punctuation gross© et
serr^e; angles postdrieurs longs, aigus, k peine divergents, fortement
car4n4s. Elytres longs att4nues, convexes» brusquement d^clives k
la base, fortement ponctu4s-stri4s ; interstries k punctuation tr^s fine
et espac^e. Dessous de meme couleur. Pattes brun clair; lamelles
des tarses tr^s longues.

Kaimosi, mars-avril (A. Turner). Museum, Paris.

Forme allong^e de P. semicastaneous , Candeze; couleur uniforme,
aspect a peine brillant; tete et pronotum fortement et dens4ment
ponctu4s.

P. GRATI08US, n. sp.

8 1/2 a 9 mm. Allong4; brun k peine brillant; pubescence grise.
Tete d4prim4e au milieu; punctuation large, superficielle, ombibqu6e.
Antennes brunes, comprim^es, ddpassant la base du pronotum; 3e
article l^g^rement plus long que ie suivant. Pronotum plus long que
large; c6t4s droits et graduellement r4tr4cis en avant, convexe,
brusquement d4prim4 k la base et bri^vement impressionn4 au
milieu en arri^re, ponctu6 comme la tete; angles postdrieurs aigus,
longuement car4n4s. Elytres tres l^gerement r^trdcis en arri^re,
arrondis au sommet, convexes, fortement ponctu4s-stri4s; interstries
plans, 4pars4ment pointings. Dessous de meme couleur. Pattes
testacies; lamelles des tarses longues.

Bukoba, septembre-novembre (Eev. J. W. Hunt), collection
Fleutiaux; Kaimosi, mars-avril (A. Turner). Coryndon Memorial
Museum, Nairobi, Kenya Colony.

Voisin de P. mutatus, Fleutiaux; moins att4nu4 en avant et en
arriere, d’une seule couleur sombre; pronotum relativement moins
long.

P. EPIPLEURALIS, n. sp.

10 mm. 1/2. Large, ovale; brun, presque noir sur la tete et le
pronotum, peu brillant; pubescence grise I6gere. Tete faiblement
impressionn4e au milieu; ponctuation forte, serrde, ombiliqu6e.
Antennes fines, ne d^passant pas la base du pronotum, brun clair; 3e
article aussi long que le 4e. Pronotum un peu moins long que large
k la base, arqu6 sur ies c6t4s et fortement rdtr^ci en avant, peu con-
vexe, d^clive a la base, finement sillonn4 au milieu en arriere; ponctua-
tion large, ombiliqu^e, serrde sur les flancs, moins gross© et plus nette
au milieu; angles post4rieurs aigus, non divergents, nettement car6n4s
pres du bord lateral. Elytres arqu4s sur les c6t4s et graduellement
r4tr4cis, convexes; 14gerement ponctu4s-stri4s ; interstries plans et

97

espac4ment ponctu^. Dessous brun, ^pipleures des 41ytres ferrugi-
neux, Pattes testacies; lamelles des tarses longues.

Bukoba, septembre-novembre (Eev. J. W. Hunt), collection
Fleutiaux et Coryndon Memorial Museum, Nairobi, Kenya Colony.

Rappelle P. discolor, Schwarz, pour la forme courte; plus large-
ment ovale; moins convexe; brun peu brillant; 3e article des antennes
aussi long que le suivant; pronotum plus r^tr^ci en avant, ponctuation
moins grosse sur le dos.

P. BUG0SI8SIMUS, n. sp.

14 mm. Allong4, att^nud; opaque, noir, 41ytres brun clair;
pubescence grise. Tete peu convexe, d4prim4e en avant, bord
ant^rieur avanc4; ponctuation large, ombiliqu^e, serr4e. Antennes
brunes, atteignant la moiti4 du corps, l^gerement comprim^es,
amincies vers le bout; 3e article aussi long que le 4e. Pronotum un
peu plus long que large, peu r6tr4ci en avant, peu convexe, impres-
sionn4 le long de la base, sillonn^ au milieu en arriere jusque vers la
moitie; ponctuation tres large, superb cielle, ombiliqu^e, tr^s serr4e;
angles post4rieurs longs, aigus, non divergents, fortement car4n4s.
Ely tres longs, 14g^rement att^nu^s en arriere, tr^s fortement strips de
rang^es de points gros, nets, profonds et tres rapproch^s; interstries
plans, finement et 4pars4ment pointings. Dessous noiratre; pubes-
cence grise; ponctuation grosse et serr4e sur le propectus et le m6ta-
sternum, moins forte et moins serr6e sur I’abdomen. Hanches
post^rieures brusquement elargies en dedans. Pattes ferrugineux
obscur; lamelles des tarses longues.

Kaimosi, mars-avril (T. Turner). Museum, Paris.

Voisin de P. semicastaneus, Cand^ze; aspect opaque; ponctua-
tion beaucoup plus forte et tres serr4e.

P. INCURVUS, n. sp.

11 mm. Oblong; brun brillant, plus foncd sur le pronotum, un
peu rougetoe a la base des 41ytres; pubescence grise l^g^re. Tete
fegerement convexe en arriere, d^prim^e en avant; bord ant^rieur
saillant; ponctuation in^gale, grosse et serr4e. Antennes brun clair,
ne d^passant pas la base du pronotum, faiblement comprim^es; 3e
article deux fois plus long que le 2e et moiti^ moins que le 4e. Pro-
notum a peu pr^s aussi long que large, arqu4 sur les c6t4s, r6tr4ci en
arriere, davantage en avant, convexe, brusquement deprim6 a la base,
sillonn^ au milieu post^rieurement; ponctuation grosse et serr4e; bord
lateral un peu creusd en gouttiere en arriere; angles post^rieurs aigus,
incurves, brievement et nettement car6n4s en diagonale. Elytres sub-
parallMes, arrondis et r^tr^cis au dela de la moiti^, convexes, forte-
ment ponctu^s-stri^s; interstries plans, moins fortement et espac4ment
ponctu^s. Dessous et pattes de meme couleur.

Mombasa, mars (van Someren). Museum, Paris.

Eemarquable par la forme du pronotum l^g^rement dilatd en
dehors pres des angles post^rieurs incurves et creus4 en dehors de la
carene interangulaire. Se place dans le voisinage de P. opacus,
Fleutiaux.

P. SCABER, n. sp.

10 mm. 1/2. Oblong; brun, un pen plus clair sur les ^lytres,
opaque; pubescence grise. Tete presque plate; ponctuation large,
ombiliqu4e, bien marquee. Antonnes fines, filiformes, d^passant a
peine la base du pronotum, brunes; 3e article deux fois plus long que
le 2e et beaucoup moins que le 3e. Pronotum l^gerement plus long
que large, peu r^tr^ci en avant, convexe, brusquement d^cRve en
arriere; ponctuation ombiliqude et rugueuse; angles post^rieurs aigus,
non car^n^s. Elytres faiblement r4tr4cis en arriere, arrondis au
sommet, tres convexes; ponctu4s-stri4s ; interstries rugueux. Dessous
et pattes de meme couleur. Lamelles des t arses longues.

Sekoke, juillet (A. Turner). Mus4um, Paris.

Rappelle P. granulipennis , Cand^ze; antennes filiformes; 3e
article notablement plus long que le 2e; stries des 41ytres plus forte-
ment ponctu4es; interstries non granuleux, simplement rugueux.

P. 80MEREN1, n. sp.

10 mm. Ovale; noir peu brillant; pubescence noire. Tete peu
convexe, abaiss^e en avant, fortement et dens4ment ponctu^e.
Antennes noires, d^passant 14gerement la base du pronotum, sub-
moniliformes, a articles triangulaires ; 3e notablement plus long que
le 2e et l^gerement plus court que le 4e. Pronotum aussi long que
large h la base tres r4tr4ci en avant de la base au sommet, convexe,
brusquement d4clive h la base; ponctuation forte, r^guliere et serr6e;
angles post^rieurs aigus, non divergents, car4n4s en diagonale.
Elytres subparall^les jusqu’apres la moiti^, r4tr4cis au delk, convexes,
strips, uniform^ment et finement ponctu4s. Dessous noir, ponctua-
tion 14g^re. Hanches post^rieures graduellement r^tr^cies en dehors.
Pattes noires; lamelles des tarses peu d6velopp4es.

Nairobi, mai (Dr. van Someren). Collection Eleutiaux et Coryn-
don Memorial Museum, Nairobi, Kenya Colony.

Aspect d’un Lissomus. Eessemble a P. discolor, Schwarz; forme
plus courte, aspect moins brillant; pronotum moins arrondi en avant,
ponctuation plus serr^e ; Elytres plus uniform4ment et dens^ment
ponctu^s.

P. NAIROBIANUS, n. sp.

9 mm. 1/2. Ovale; noir, pronotum largement bord4 de jaune
lat^ralement, sauf ^ Textr^mit^ des angles post^rieurs, Elytres 6gale-

99

merit hordes de jaune jusqu’a la troisieme strie; pubescence grise,
CQurte et clairsem^e. Tete plate, abaissbe en avant, fortement et
densbment ponctude. Antennes noires, ne dbpassant pas la base du
pronotum, l^g^rement serriformes a partir du 3e article qui est presque
aussi long que le suivant. Pronotum a peine aussi long que large k la
base, arrondi sur les cot 6s et notablement retr6ci en avant, convexe,
fortement et dens6ment ponctu6; angles post6rieurs courts, aigus,
brievement et faiblement car6n6s. Elytres arqu6s sur les c6t6s,
convexes, fortement ponctu6s-stri6s ; interstries, convexes et plus fine-
ment ponctues. Dessous noir c6t6s des propleures, sauf Pextr^mit^
des angles postdrieurs et 6pipleures des 61ytres jaunes; pubescence
grise plus apparente qu’en dessus. Hanches post6rieures graduelle-
ment r6tr6cies en dehors. Pattes noires; lamelles des t arses peu
d6velopp6es.

Nairobi, avril (Dr. van Someren). Mus6um, Paris.

Meme forme courte que P. Somereni, en differe par la large
bordure exteme jaune.

P. MERUANUS, n. sp.

11 mm. 1/2. Oblong, epais; noir peu brillant; pubescence noire.
Tete plate, oiimpressionnde, fortement et dens6ment ponctu6e.
Antennes noires, ne d6passant pas la base du pronotum, 16g6rement
serriformes k partir du 3e article; ce dernier presque aussi long que le
suivant. Pronotum aussi long que large, arrondi sur les c6t6s et
notablement r6tr6ci en avant, tres convexe, brusquement d4clive a la
base; ponct nation forte et serr6e; angles post6rieurs longs, aigus,
car6n6s. Elytres un peu 61argis jusqu’au del^ de la moitid, arrondis
et r6tr6cis en arri^re, tres convexes, fortement ponctu6s-stri6s ; inter-
stries convexes et plus finement ponctu6s. Dessous noir; ponctuation
moins grosse qu’en dessus. Hanches post6rieures graduellement
r6tr6cies en dehors. Pattes noires. Lamelles des t arses peu
developpdes.

M6ru, mai (Dr. van Someren). Mus6um, Paris.

Plus grand et plus massif que P. somereni; plus convexe; 61ytres
dilates en arriere.

P. MACARTHURR n. sp.

11 mm. Allong6; brun noir brillant; pubescence brune. Tete
peu convexe 16gerement impressionn6e au milieu; ponctuation assez
forte et serr6e. Antennes noiratres, d6passant la base du pronotum,
comprim6es; 3e article plus long que le 2e et moiti6 moins long que
le 4e. Pronotum plus long que large, 16gerement r6tr6ci en avant;
c6t6s cintr6s; surface convexe en avant, impressionn6e le long de la
base, finement sillonn6e au milieu en arriere; ponctuation moins prp-

100

fonde et moins serr^e que sur la tete; angles post^rieurs dirig^s en
dehors dans la prolongement du bord lateral, aigus et car6n6s. Elytres
plus larges que le pronotum, parallMes jusqu’k la moitid, rdtrdcis au
dela et arrondis au sommet, convexes, brusquement d^clives ^ la base,
finement strids-ponctu^s; interstries 4pars4ment ponctu^s. Dessous
de meme couleur, dpipleures et bord infdrieur des Elytres rougeatres.
Pattes brunes; lamelles des tarses longues.

Kitui Boma, novembre (MacArthur). Musdum, Paris.

Meme forme que P. ischiodontoides, Fleutiaux; noiratre; 3e
article des antennes notablement plus court que le 4e.

P. GEDYEI, n. sp.

11 mm. Allongd; brun rougeMre; pubescence brunatre. Tdte
convexe, ddprimde au milieu; bord antdrieur saillant; ponctuation
grosse, ombiliqude, serrde. Antennes brunes, comprimdes, ddpassant
peu la base du pronotum; 3e article de meme longueur que le 4e.
Pronotum Idgdrement plus long que large, rdtrdci en avant, peu con-
vexe, brusquement ddclive en arriere, sillonnd au milieu a la base;
ponctuation grosse, ombiliqude, serrde; angles postdrieurs aigus, non
divergents, fortement cardnds prds du bord latdral. Elytres paralldles,
arrondis en arridre au dela de la moitid, convexes, fortement ponctuds-
strids; interstries plus finement, Idgerement et espacdment ponctuds.
Dessous de meme couleur. Pattes plus claires; lamelles des tarses
longues.

Kaimosi, mars-avril (A. Turner). Musdum, Paris.

Forme allongde comme P. ineptus, Ganddze; plus paralldle; tete
impressionnde au milieu, bord antdrieur plus avancd; ponctuation du
pronotum plus grosse, carene des angles postdrieurs plus nette; dlytres
plus paralldles, interstries a ponctuation plus Idgdre et plus espacde.

Dddid a M. A. F. J. Gedye, du Coryndon Memorial Museum, de
Nairobi.

P. MARAQ0LINU8, n. sp.

8 1/2 d, 9 mm. Allongd; noir peu brillant; pubescence brune.
Tete plate, impressionnde au milieu, fortement et densdment ponctude.
Antennes brunes ou noiratres, ddpassant h peine la base du pronotum,
subfiliformes ; 3e article aussi long que le 4e. Pronotum a peu prds
aussi long que large, Idgdrement arqud sur les cotds, rdtrdci en avant,
peu convexe, brusquement ddclive tout a fait h la base, sillonnd au
milieu en arridre; moins fortement et densdment ponctud que la tete;
angles postdrieurs aigus, non divergents, Idgdrement cardnds. Elytres
attdnuds, convexes, strids-ponctuds ; interstries plans, espacdment et
plus finement ponctuds. Dessous noir. Pattes brunes ou noiratres;
lamelles des tarses longues.

101

Maragoli, octobre (Dr. van Someren). Collection Fleutiaux et
Coryndon Memorial Museum, Nairobi, Kenya Colony.

Plus petit que P. hrunneiventris, Schwarz; noir; pubescence
brune; 41ytres graduellement att^nu^s.

P. BUKOBANUS, n. sp.

14 mm. Elliptique; noiratre, peu brillant; pubescence jaune.
Tete peu convexe; punctuation assez forte et serr^e. Antennes brun
rougeatre, filiformes, ne d4passant psus la base du pronotum; 2e et 3e
articles petits, subglobuleux, sub^gaux. Pronotum k peu pr^s aussi
long que large a la base, graduellement et fortement r^tr^ci en avant,
convexe en avant, brusquement d^clive a la base, sillonn^ au milieu
en arriere; punctuation presque aussi grosse que sur la tete, serr4e;
angles post^rieurs longs, aigus, non divergents, fortement car4n4s.
Elytres att^nu^s, convexes, 14gferement stri4s-ponctu4s ; interstries
plans et finement pointings. Dessous de meme couleur; punctuation
14gere. Hanches post^rieures anguleusement r4tr6cies en dehors.
Pattes brunes; lamelles des t arses longues.

Bukoba, septembre-novembre (Eev. J. W. Hunt). Collection
Fleutiaux et Coryndon Memorial Museum, Nairobi, Kenya Colony.

Sa forme elliptique et les 2e et 3e articles des antennes petits le
rapprochent de P. valens, Candeze; taille moindre; plus noir,
punctuation du pronotum moins serr4e, non rugueuse; stries des
Elytres plus I4geres; ^pipleures de la meme couleur que les Elytres;
pattes brunes.

P. Z1WAN1U8, n. sp.

12 mm. Allong4; brun noir opaque; pubescence grise. Tete peu
convexe en arriere, aplatie en avant, fortement et dens6ment ponctu^e.
Antennes brunes, d^passant peu la base du pronotum, filiformes, plus
minces vers le bout; 3e article un peu plus long que le 2e et plus court
que le 4e. Pronotum plus long que large, graduellement r4tr4ci en
avant, convexe, brusquement d^clive a la base, bri^vement sillonn^e
au milieu en arriere; punctuation forte, moins serr4e que sur la tete;
angles post^rieurs k peine divergents, aigus, non car^n^s. Elytres
longs, graduellement r4tr4cis en arriere, tres convexes, brusquement
d^clives a la base; punctuation peu serr4e surtout vers le bout, plus
grosse k la base; stries fines. Dessous de mtoe couleur. lattes
brunes; lamelles des tarses longues.

Ziwani, avril (Mac Arthur). Musdum, Paris.

Ressemble a P. granulipennis , Candeze; 3e article des antennes
un peu plus long que le 2e ; pronotum et Mytres plus longs ; ces derniers
non rugueux.

102

P. CASTANEUS, n. sp.

8 mm. 1/2. Allong4, brun peu brillant; pubescence grise. Tete
aplatie, abaiss4e en avant, assez fortement et dens^ment ponctu^e.
Antennes brun clair, filiformes, ne d4passant pas la base du pronotum;
2e et 3e articles courts, 4gaux; 4e plus long. Pronotum l^g^rement
plus long que large, peu r^tr^ci en avant, peu convexe, sillonn4 au
milieu en arrik-e; punctuation assez grosse sur les cotes, plus fine et
moins serr^e sur le dos; angles post^rieurs aigus, non divergents,
indistinctement car^n^s. Elytres att4nu4s, convexes, fortement stri^s-
ponctu^s; interstries plans, finement et espac4ment pointing. Dessous
plus fonc4. Pattes brun clair.

Kaimosi, mars-avril (A. Turner). Collection Fleutiaux et Coryn-
don Memorial Museum, Nairobi, Kenya Colony.

Aspect de P. puerilis, Schwarz; plus 4troit; stries des 41ytres
notablement plus fortes et plus profondes.

P. HUNTI, n sp.

9 1/2 a 10 mm. Allong4; noir peu brillant; pubescence brune
m41ang4e de quelques polls gris. Tete peu convexe, fortement et
dens^ment puncture. Antennes noires, ne d^passant pas la base du
pronotum, filiformes; 3e article un peu plus long que le 2e, beaucoup
plus court que le 4e et d’une autre forme. Pronotum k peine plus long
que large, tr^s r4tr4ci en avant, convexe, brusquement d^clive tout k
fait en arriere; punctuation grosse et tr^s dense; angles post4rieurs
aigus, non divergents; l^g^rement car4n4s. Elytres tr^s att^nu4s,
convexes, fortement stri^s-ponctu4s ; interstries convexes et ponctu4s
moins fortement. Dessous et pattes noirs; lamelles des t arses longues.

Bukoba, septembre-novembre (Eev. J. W. Hunt). Collection
Fleutiaux et Coryndon Memorial Museum, Nairobi, Kenya Colony.

Ressemble a P. maTagoUnus ; plus large k la base du pronotum et
des 4lytres, d’une forme elliptique; 3e article des antennes plus court
que le 4e et d’une autre forme; punctuation du pronotum beaucoup
plus dense et plus grosse; interstries des 6lytres convexes et sub-
rugueux.

MELANTHOIDES, Cand^ze, 1865.

Genotype : M. latimanus, Cand^ze.

M. BRUNNEUS, n. sp.

11 mm. Allonge, 4troit; brun rougeatre; pubescence grise. Tete
triangulairement aplatie au milieu en avant; punctuation assez serr^e.
Antennes brunes, testacies a la base, filiformes, ne d^passant pas la
base du pronotum; 3e article plus long que le 2e et plus court que le
4e. Pronotum notablement plus long que large, 14g^rement sinu4

103

lat^ralement, convexe, tr^s faiblement sillonn^ au milieu; ponctuation
assez forte et peu serr^e; angles post^rieurs longs, aigus, divergents,
car4nds. Elytres paralleles jusque vers la moiti4, r4tr4cis au delh,
convexes, iBnement ponctu4s-stri4s ; interstries plans, tr^s l^gerement
et 4parsdment pointings. Dessous de meme couleur, finement et densd-
ment ponctu4. Pattes testae^ pale.

Lower Tana-Sabaki, avril-mai (Turner et MacArthur). Museum,
Paris.

Plus long et plus fonc4 que M. plancus, Erichson; plus convexe;
pronotum plus fortement ponctu4.

PHEDOMENUS, Candeze, 1889.

Genotype : P. venustus, Candeze.

Subgen. Domenephus, Fleutiaux (type : P. flavangulus, Candeze).

P. GEDYEI, n. sp.

4 112 k 5 mm. Court, large, ovale; jaune, orn6 d'un dessin noir
plus ou moins ^tendu occupant le milieu du pronotum, la moiti4
ant^rieure des Elytres (sauf un espace humeral) et une bande irr^guliere
transversale pres de I’extr6mit4, prolong4e sur la suture jusqu’au
sommet; pubescence gris jaunatre. Tete r^guli^rement convexe,
arrondie en avant; ponctuation fine et peu serr4e. Antennes fines,
filiforrnes, test ace clair, ne d^passant pas la base du pronotum; 3e
et suivants plus longs et plus gros. Pronotum 14gerement plus long
que large, arrondi sur les c6t4s, r4tr4ci en avant, plus faiblement en
arriere, peu convexe, brusquement d4clive ^ la base, brillant; ponctua-
tion fine et peu serr4e; angles post^rieurs grands, aigus, non divergents,
car4n4s pr^s du bord lateral; carene prolong^e jusque vers la moiti4 et
continu^e en avant sous forme de cote obtuse. Elytres courts, plus
4troits que le pronotum, arquds sur les c6t6s et r4trdcis en arriere,
conjointement arrondis au sommet, peu convexes, a peine brillants,
ponctu4s-stri4s ; interstries plans, finement pointings. Dessous et
pattes testae^ clair.

Kampala, d^cembre (A. E. J. Gedye). Collection Fleutiaux et
Coryndon Memorial Museum, Nairobi, Kenya Colony.

Forme courte de P. angularis, Schwarz; tres reconnaissable ^ son
dessin noir sur fond jaune.

7E0L01DE8, Schwarz 1906.

Genotype : Heteroderes sequester, Candeze.

i®. RABAINUS, n. sp.

5 mm. 3/4. Oblong; noir peu brillant; pubescence noiratre. Tete
peu convexe, arrondie en avant; ponctuation fine, irr^guli^re, serr^e.

104

Antennes greles, ne d4passant pas la base du pronotum, brunes; 2e
article long, presque ant ant que le 3e et de meme forme. Pronotum
aussi long que large, l^gerement arqu4 sur les cot^s, arrondi et r4tr4ci
en avant, tr^s faiblement r4tr4ci en arri^re, peu convexe, assez
brusquement ddclive vers la base; punctuation espac^e, entremel^e de
points tres fins et tres lagers; angles post^rieurs courts, d4prim4s en
dessus, a peine divergents, arrondis A la pointe, longuement carSnds.
Elytres l^gerement arqu4s sur les c6t4s, r^tr^cis en arriere au dela de
la moiti4, peu convexes, ponctu4s-stri6s ; interstries plans, finement et
dens^ment pointings. Dessous de meme couleur. Pattes brunes.

Eabai, janvier-f4vrier (A. F. J. Gedye). Museum, Paris.

Different de M. spissus, Candeze par la forme moins convexe, un
peu ^tranglde vers la base du pronotum et des Elytres; I’aspect plus
brillant, la pubescence noire ; le pronotum faiblement rdtr^ci en arriere ;
les dlytres arrondis a partir des dpaules.

jE. C0NVEXU8, n. sp.

7 mm. Oblong, convexe; brun noir opaque; pubescence jaune.
Tete convexe, dens^ment et in^galement ponctu^e. Antennes testacies,
subfiliformes, n’atteignant pas la base du pronotum; 2e et 3e articles
4gaux, un; peu plus courts que le suivant. Pronotum plus long que
large, parallele, arrondi aux angles ant^rieurs, convexe, brusquement
d^clive en arriere; punctuation forte, dcartee, fine dans les intervalles
des gros points; angles post^rieurs grands, aigus, non divergents, brieve-
ment unicar4n4s. Elytres parallMes jusque vers la moitid, arrondis et
r6tr4cis au dela, convexes, ponctu4s-stri4s ; interstries finement rugueux.
Dessous de meme couleur. Pattes testacdes.

Sekoke, juillet (A. Turner). Musdum, Paris.

Convexe comme spissus, Candeze, mais plus allongd et plus
dtroit; pronotum notablement plus long; stries des dlytres moins forte-
ment ponctudes, interstries tout k fait plans.

ANCHASTUS, J. Leconte, 1853.

Gdnotype: A. digitatus, J. Leconte.

A. UMB1LICATU8, n. sp.

7 mm. Elliptique; brun noir; pubescence jaune. Tete convexe;
bord antdrieur arrondi; punctuation assez grosse, ombiliqude, serrde.
Antennes testacdes, subfiliformes; 3e article de meme longueur que le
4e. Pronotum aussi long que large k la base, trapdzoidal, peu convexe;
punctuation large, superficielle, ombiliqude, peu serrde sur le dos,
dense et rugueuse sur les cotds; angles postdrieurs aigus, non diver-
gents, brievement et finement bicardnds. Elytres peu convexes, fine-
ment strids; interstries plans et rugueux. Dessous de meme couleur;

105

ponctuation forte et ombiliqu4e sur le prosternum, rugueuse sur les
propleures, l^g^rement marquee sur Tarri^re-corps. Pattes testacies.

Thua Eiver, novembre (Mac Arthur). Museum, Paris.

Voisin de A. Weiset, Schwarz; moins grand, noiratre; pronotum
trapezoidal k ponctuation plus large et superficielle sur le dos.

MELANOXANTHUS (Eschscholtz), Castelnau, 1836.

Genotype : Elater melanocephalus, Fabricius.

M. CONSIMILIS, n. sp.

5 mm. Allonge; noir brillant, avec une grande tache jaune ivoire
au milieu des eiytres; pubescence noire. Tete convexe; ponctuation
assez forte, peu serree. Antennes noires, epaisses, n’atteignant pas la
base du pronotum; 2e et 3e articles subegaux; 3e plus long que le
suivant. Pronotum plus long que large, h, peine retreci en avant, con-
vexe, brusquement dedive h la base; ponctuation peu profonde,
ombiliquee, espacee; angles posterieurs aigus, non divergents, carenes.
Eiytres attenues de la base au sommet, rugueux a la base, fortement
ponctues en rangees, mais non stries. Dessous et pattes noirs.
Hanches post^rieures plus larges en dehors que les ^pisternes m4ta-
thoraciques.

Kaimosi, mars-avril (A. Turner). Museum, Paris.

Appartient au groupe homogene lateplagiatus, Fairmaire, hilu-
natus, Candeze, bistellatus, Gand^ze; plus grand que ce dernier, plus
allonge, moins elliptique; pronotum sensiblement plus long que large,
entierement noir.

CARDI0PH0RU8, Eschscholtz, 1829.

Genotype : Elater gramineus, Scopoli.

C. TURNER!, n. sp.

4 mm. 3/4 ^6. Oblong; noir brillant; pubescence obscure,
grisatre sur les bords. Tde peu convexe, finement et dens4ment
ponctu4e. Antennes noires, brunes a la base, ne d^passant pas la base
du pronotum; articles ^paissis au sommet; 2e un peu plus court que le
' suivant. Pronotum aussi long que large, arrondi sur les c6t4s, 4gale-
ment r^tr^ci en avant et en arride,, tres convexe, brusquement d^clive
a la base; ponctuation nette, fine et serr4e, entremd^e de quelques
points un peu plus gros; angles postdieurs courts, obtus, nullement
divergents, bri^vement car^n^s latdalement; limites latdales inf4r-
ieures courbes, bien marquees, presque entires, effac4es seulement
tout pres du bord antdrieur; sillons basilaires longs. Eiytres ovales,
arrondis au sommet, convexes, fortement ponctu6s-stri4s ; interstries
tres finement et espac4ment pointillfis. Dessous noir. Pattes brunes.

106

Vari4t4 ornaticollis . Pronofcum rouge avec une tache noire au
milieu en avant. Variation similaire k celle que pr4sente G. histrio,
Erichson.

Naivasha, mai (H. J. A. Turner). Collection Fleutiaux et Coryn-
don Memorial Museum, Nairobi, Kenya Colony.

Aspect de Dicrony chus magnicollis , Fleutiaux; mais par sea
griff es simples est un vrai Gardiophorus . Punctuation du pronotum
moins 4gale; angles post^rieurs nullement redresses, obtus au sommet.
Elytres moins ovales. Antennes noires, plus courtes. Pattes brunes.

G. SOMERENI, n. sp.

13 mm. Allonge, robuste; brun, plus clair sur les Elytres; pubes-
cence grise. Tete plate en avant, in4galement, mais densdment
ponctu^e. Antennes brun clair, ne d^passant pas la base du pronotum,
tines; articles elargis vers le bout. Pronotum aussi long que large, sinu^
sur les c6t4s, convexe; ponctuation in^gale, assez serr6e; angles pos-
t4rieurs courts, redresses, brievement et obtus^ment car6n4s; limites
lat^rales inf^rieures effac^es en avant. Elytres retr^cis seulement au
dela de la moiti4, convexes, fortement ponctu^s-strids ; interS|tries
legerement convexes, finement et rugueusement ponctu^s. Eessous
brun noiratre, plus clair sur le prosternum; ponctuation fine et serrde.
Pattes brun noiratre, plus clair sur le prosternum; ponctuation fine et
serr4e. Pattes brun noiratre; tibias ant^rieurs et tarses brun clair.

W. F. Leg, Kibwezi, d^cembre (Dr. van Someren). Museum,
Paris.

Eessemble a C. chappuisi^ Fleutiaux; plus robuste; ponctuation
du pronotum irr^guliere, m41ang4e de points fins et de points plus gros.
Antennes plus courtes a articles legerement noueux. Stries des
Elytres plus fortement ponctu4es; interstries faiblement convexes.

C. KAIM08IUS, n. sp.

8 a 8 mm. 1/2. Allongd; brun noir k peine brillant, plus clair aux
4paules; pubescence grise. Tete plate, rebord4e en avant; ponctua-
tion serr^e. Antennes brunes, filiformes, d^passant la base du pro-
notum; 2e et 3e articles sub^gaux^ plus courts que le suivant. Prono-
tum plus long que large, parallele, peu convexe; ponctuation in4gale;
sillons basilaires nuls; angles post^rieurs non divergents, car4n6s;
limites lat^rales infdrieures a peine distinctes seulement en arri^re.
Elytres Mgerement plus larges que le pronotum a la base, parall^les,
arrondis et r^trdcis en arri^re, fortement ponctues-stri^s ; interstries
finement pointings. Dessous de meme couleur. Pattes brunes.

Kaimosi, mars-avril (A. Turner). Collection Fleutiaux et Coryn-
don Memorial Museum, Nairobi, Kenya Colony.

107

Yoisin de C. ohsoletus, Gerstaecker; plus allong4; moins brillant;
antennes plus longues; pronotum parallel e; 41ytres plus larges que le
pronotum.

C. NAIROBIANUS, n.

9 mm. Allong^; testac4 k reflet obscur; pubescence grise. Tete
plate, rdtr^cie en avant; bord ant^rieur arrondi; ponctuation fine et
serrde. Antennes testacies, filiformes, ddpassant la base du pro-
notum; 2e article deux fois plus court que le 3e; suivants 4gaux.
Pronotum l^g^rement plus long que large, sinu4 sur les c6t4s, non
r^trdci en avant, convexe, brusquement d^clive en arriere, tres fine-
ment et dens^ment ponctu4; sillons basilaires bien marques; angles
post^rieurs petits, non divergents, car^n^s en dehors; limites lat^rales
inf^rieures Idgeres, visibles seulement en arriere. Ely tres plus larges
que le pronotum k la base, subovales, convexes, fortement ponctu^s-
strids; interstries convexes et tres finement pointings. Dessous de
meme couleur. Pattes testacies, longues et minces.

Nairobi, avril, h la lumiere (van Someren). Museum, Paris.

De couleur plus pale que C. ocularius, Eleutiaux; tete r6tr4cie en
avant, a bord ant^rieur non transversal; yeux moins gros; pronotum
de meme forme; ponctuation plus fine, plus nette, plus r^guliere efc
serr4e; pattes plus minces et plus longues.

C. TANANUS, n. sp.

6 mm. 1/2. Allong^; noir peu brillant, extreme base des 41ytres
rougeatre; pubescence sombre. Tete peu convexe; bord ant^rieur
Idgerement saillant, rougeatre, largement arrondi; ponctuation fine et
serr4e. ' Antennes testacdes, subfiliformes, ne d^passant pas la base
du pronotum; 2e article presque aussi long que lei 3e. Pronotum un
peu plus long que large, arqud sur les c6t4s, rdtr^ci en arriere, davan-
tage en avant, convexe, brusquement ddclive vers la base; ponctua-
tion fine, 4gale, serr^e; angles post^rieurs courts, aplatis, non diver-
gents; sillons basilaires assez longs; limites lat^rales infdrieures
Gourbes, completes. Elytres paralleles jusqua’a la moiti4, arrondis et
rte^cis en arriere, peu convexes, ponctu^s-stri^s, plus fortement sur
les cotds; interstries plans, tr^s finement pointings. Dessous noir.
Pattes testacies.

Lower Tana-Sabaki, avril-mai (Turner — MacArthur). Museum,

Paris.

Differe de G. disjunctus, Eleutiaux, par la taille un peu moindre;
Textreme base des 41ytres rouge toe; le pronotum plus r4tr^ci en
avant qu’en arrito, sa ponctuation plus fine.

108

C. DUPLICATUS, n. sp.

7 mm. Allong^; noir peu brillant, avec une petite tache rousse
aux 4paules; pubescence obscure. Tete peu convexe; bord ant4rieur
largement arrondi; ponctuation double, des gros points 4cart4s peu
marques entremel^s de petits. Antennes brunes, subfiliformes, ne
d^passant pas la base du pronotum; 2e article sub^gal aux suivants.
Pronotum plus long que large, 14gerement cintr4 sur les cot^s, un p’eu
plus r^tr^ci en avant qu’en arriere, peu convexe; ponctuation double
comme sur la tete; sillons basilaires bien marques; angles post^rieurs
courts, non divergent s, car4n4s; limites lat^rales inf^rieures effacdes
en avant. Elytres plus larges que le pronotum h la base, subparall^les,
arrondis et r4tr4cis au dela de la moiti4, convexes, pone tu4s -strips,
l^gerement dans la region suturale, fortement sur les c6t4s; interstries
plans, tr^s finement et ^pars^ment pointings. Dessous noir. Pattes
brunes.

Nairobi, 5,450 pieds, novembre (A. F. J. Gedye). Collection
Fleutiaux et Coryndon Memorial Museum, Nairobi, Kenya Colony.

Ressemble ^ C. tananus; pronotum l^gerement plus long, moins
r^tr^ci en avant; ponctuation double sur la tete et le pronotum.

C. THUANUS, n. sp.

6 mm. 1/2. Allong^; brillant, noiratre, bord ant^rieur du pro-
notum brun, Elytres brun plus clair surtout a la base; pubescence grise.
Tete d^prim^e; bord ant4rieur transversal; ponctuation fine et serr^e.
Antennes brun clair, subfiliformes, d^passant l^gerement la base du
pronotum; 2e article plus court que le 3e; celui-ci plus court que le 4e.
Pronotum aussi long que large, faiblement arqu4 sur les c6t4s, 4gale-
ment r6tr4ci en avant et en arriere, convexe; ponctuation fine, 4gale,
nette et serr^e; sillons basilaires courts; angles post^rieurs courts, non
divergents, car4n4s; limites lat^rales inf^rieures efiac^es en avant.
Elytres arqu^s sur les c6t6s, r^tr^cis vers le bout, convexes, assez
fortement ponctu4s-stri4s, faiblement convexes et pointings. Dessous
noiratre. Pattes brun clair.

Thua Eiver, novembre (MacArthur). Museum, Paris.

Difiere de C. gerstaeckeri, Fleutiaux, par le pronotum proportion-
nellement plus large, a ponctuation plus fine, les Elytres plus courts.

DICRONYCHUS, Brull^, 1832.

Genotype : D. ohesus, BruU4.

D. GEDYEI, n. sp.

7^7 mm. 1/2. Oblong; brun noir brillant, plus clair sur les
Elytres; pubescence grise. Tete peu convexe, finement ponctu^e.
Antennes testac4 pMe, ne d^passant pas la base du pronotum, faible-

109

ment serriformes ; 2e et 3e articles presque aussi longs que le snivant.
Pronotum h pen pr^s aussi long que large, arqu4 sur les c6t4s, h peine
r^tr^ci en avant, convexe, assez brusquement d^clive en arri^re;
ponctuation fine et peu serree; sillons basilaires assez longs, peu
marques; limites lat4rales fines, courbes; angles post^rieurs courts,
redresses, brievement car4n6s. Elytres subparalleles, arrondis k partir
de la moiti4, convexes, ponctu4s-stri6s, plus faiblement dans la partie
dorsale; interstries plans, finement pointings. Dessous brun; pubes-
cence grise plus dense sur I’arri^re-corps. Pattes testae^ pale.

Eejaf, juillet (A. F. J. Gedye); Mangalla, aout (A. F. J. Gedye).
Collection Fleutiaux et Coryndon Memorial Museum, Nairobi, Kenya
Colony.

Ressemble a D, tertius, Fleutiaux; moins brillant; ponctuation du
pronotum moins fine, stries des Elytres moins fortement ponctu4es.

D. LITTORALIS, n. sp.

7 mm. Allong4; brun brillant, plus clair sur les Elytres; pubes-
cence grise. Tete l^g^rement convexe, arqu4e en avant, finement
ponctu^e. Antennes testacies, fines, ne d^passant pas la base du
pronotum, a articles un peu dpaissis au sommet; 2e sensiblement aussi
long que le suivant. Pronotum tres l^g^rement plus long que large,
arqu4 sur les c6t4s, 4galement r4tr6ci en avant et en arriere, convexe,
brusquement d^clive a la base; ponctuation tr4s fine, peu serree;
sillons basilaires bien marques; angles post^rieurs courts, aplatis, non
divergents, brievement car^n^s; limites lat^rales inferieurs efiac4es en
avant. Elytres leg^rement plus larges que le pronotum a la base,
subparalleles jusque vers la moitii, arrondis et rdtr^cis au delk,
ponctues-stries, plus fortement sur les c6t4s; interstries plans, tres
finement pointillds. Dessous de meme couleur. Pattes testaedes.

Mombasa, avril (van Someren). Museum, Paris.

Ressemble k D. hunti, mais entierement brun avec les dlytres plus
clairs; 2e et 3e articles des antennes sensiblement ^gaux; ponctuation
du pronotum tres fine, 4gale et peu serree.

D. SECLUSUS, n. sp.

6 mm. 1/2. Allong4; brun clair, brillant; pubescence grise. Tete
d^prim^e; bord anterieur transversal; ponctuation fine et serr4e.
Antennes brunes, subfiliformes, d^passant la base du pronotum; 2e
article plus court que le 3e; ce dernier de meme longueur que le
suivant. Pronotum un peu plus long que large, l^gerement sinud sur
les cotes, faiblement 41argi en avant, peu convexe; ponctuation fine,
r^guliere et serree; sillons basilaires nuls; angles post^rieurs petits k
peine divergents au sommet, car4nds; limites inf^rieures 14g4res,
effac4es en avant. Elytres plus larges que le pronotum k la base,

110

r^tr^cis au del^ de la moiti4, peu convexes, ponctu4-stri^s, plus forte-
ment sur les cot^s; interstries plans, finement pointings, plus distincte-
ment vers le bout. Dessous de meme couleur. Pattes plus claires.

Thua Eiver, novembre (MacArthur). Museum, Paris.

Differe de D. littoralis par le pronotum plus longuement r^tr^ci en
arriere, plus large en avant, sans sillons basilaires, la ponctuation un
peu plus forte et plus serr6e.

D. HUNTl, n. sp.

7 mm. Allong4; noir peu brillant avec une petite tache rouge aux
4paules; pubescence obscure. Tete peu convexe; bord ant^rieur large-
ment arrondi, anguleux de chaque c6t4; ponctuation assez grosse et
peu serree. Antennes noiratres brunes vers le bout, articles 41argis au
sommet, les derniers moins 4pais; 2e moins long que le 3e. Pronotum
un peu plus long que large, l^gerement arqu6 lat^ralement, a peu pres
^galement r^tr^ci en avant et en arriere, peu convexe, brusquement
d^clive a la base, brievement impressionn6 au milieu en arriere ; ponc-
tuation grosse et 4cart4e en avant, moins forte en arriere, entremel^e
de points plus fins; sillons basilaires bien marques; angles post^rieurs
courts, aplatis, non divergents, brievement car^n^s lat^ralement ;
limites inf^rieures bien marquees, enti^res. Elytres un peu plus
larges que le pronotum, paralleles, arrondis vers I’extr^mit^, convexes,
assez fortement ponctu4s-stri4s, plus l^gerement au sommet; inter-
stries presque plans, a pointing fin et espac4. Dessous noir. Pattes
testacies.

Bukoba, septembre-novembre (Eev. J. W. Hunt). Museum,
Paris.

Eessemble a D. Gedyei; plus ^troit; pronotum relativement plus
long, ^ ponctuation double; 41ytres noirs avec une tache rouge aux
4paules, stries moins fortement ponctu^es.

D. M1L1TAB18, n. sp.

6 mm. 1/2. Allong4; noir brillant avec une tache rouge a Tangle
humeral des 41ytres; pubescence grise. Tete faiblement convexe;
ponctuation fine et serr4e. Antennes testacies, greles, subfiliformes,
ne d^passant pas la base du pronotmn; 2e article plus court que le 3e;
celui-ci aussi long que le suivant. Pronotum a peine plus long que
large, arqu4 sur les c6t4s, 4galement r4tr6ci en avant et en arriere,
convexe, brusquement d^clive en arriere; ponctuation tr^s fine,
r^guliere, assez serre6; sillons basilaires longs, bien marques; angles
post^rieurs courts, aigus, non divergents, car^n^s; limites lat^rales
inf4rieures effac^es en avant. Elytres ovales, convexes, fortement
ponctu^s-stri^s; interstries plans, tres finement pointings. Dessous
noir. Femurs noirs; tibias et tarses bruns.

Ill

Bejaf, juillet (A. F. J. Gedye). Museum, Paris.

Differe de D. Hunti par I’aspect plus brillant, la tache rouge des
4paules plus grande ; ponctuation du pronotum tres fine et uniforme ;
les antennes testacies; les femurs noirs.

D. GRANDICOLLIS, n. sp.

11 mm. Allong4; noir, 41jtres brun rougeatre, opaque; pubes-
cence grise tr^s Idgere. Tete plate, arrondie transversalement en
avant; ponctuation fine et serr4e. Antennes noires, fines, ne d^passant
pas la base du pronotum; articles ^paissis au sommet; 2e plus court
que ie suivant; 3e aussi long que le 4e. Pronotum plus long que large,
sinu4 sur les c6t4s, amplement arrondi en avant, r4tr4ci en arri^re,
tres convexe, brusquement d^clive h la base; ponctuation fine, nette
et serree; sillons basilaires nuls; angles post4rieurs courts non diver-
gents, bri^vement car^n4s; limites lat^rales inf^rieures effac4es en
avant. Ely tres un peu plus larges que le pronotum h la base, ovales,
convexes, fortement ponctu4s-stri6s, un peu moins dans la region
suturale; interstries convexes, finement ponctu^s. Dessous noir, tres
finement et dens4ment ponctu4. Pattes noires.

W. F. Leg, Kibwezi, d^cembre (Dr. van Someren). Museum,
Paris.

Remarquable par le pronotum amplement arrondi en avant et
r4tr4ci en arri^re, convexe, et par les ^lytres en ovale allonge.

D. RUBRIPENNIS, n. sp.

9 mm. Allong4; opaque, noir, 41ytres brun roux, sauf k Textr4mit4;
pubescence grise. Tete plate, finement et tr^s dens^ment ponctu6e.
Antennes noires, articles ^paissis au sommet; 2e court; 3e un peu plus
long, 4e plus long que le 3e. Pronotum plus long que large, 14g^re-
ment cintr6 sur les c6t4s, k peu pr6s aussi large en avant qu en arri^re,
peu convexe; ponctuation fine et serree; sillons basilaires nuls; angles
post^rieurs courts, non divergents, bri^vement car4n4s; limites lat^rales
inf^rieures effac6es en avant. Elytres un peu plus larges que le pro-
notum a la base, arqu^s sur les c6t4s, r6tr4cis en arri^re, peu convexes,
fortement ponctu4-stri4s ; interstries plans, tr^ finement pointings.
Dessous et pattes noirs.

W. F. Leg, Kibwezi, d^cembre (Dr. van Someren). Museum,
Paris.

Ressemble ^ D. grandicollis pour la couleur; moins convexe; pro-
notum non 41argi en avant; dlytres moins ovales; 3e article des
antennes plus court que le 4e.

D. VARI0L08US, n. sp.

8 mm. Allong^; opaque, tete et pronotum noirs, 41ytres bruns;
pubescence grise. Tete peu convexe, grossi^rement et subrugueuse-

112

ment ponctu4e. Anfcennes brunes, gr^les, ne d^passant pas la base
du pronotum, a articles 4paissis au sommet; 2e plus court que le 3e;
suivants 4gaux. Pronotum plus long que large, parall^le, arrondi et
r^tr^ci en avant au del^ de la moiti4, convexe, brusquement ddclive k
la base; ponctuation large, peu profonde, peu serr4e, entremel4e de
points petits; sillons basilaires bien marques; angles post^rieurs courts,
non divergents, car^n^s; limites lat^rales inf4rieures courbes, presque
entieres. Elytres parall^les, arrondis au sommet, convexes, tr^s forte-
ment ponctu4s-stri4s, un peu moins vers le bout; interstries tr^s fine-
ment pointings. Propectus noir; arri^re-corps brun. Pattes testae^
pale.

Siri N. Eav, juin (H. J. A. Turner). Museum, Paris.

Remarquable par sa forme parallele, la ponctuation double de la
tete et du pronotum et par la grosse ponctuation. des stries des Elytres.

D. BFJAFUS, n. sp.

7 mm. Allong4; brillant, tete et pronotum noirs, Elytres bruns,
plus pales lat^ralement ; pubescence grise. Tete 4troite, peu convexe,
finement et dens^ment ponctu4e; bord ant^rieur arrondi; yeux gros.
Antennes brunes, ne d^passant pas la base du pronotum; 2e article plus
court que les suivants. Pronotum plus long que large, arqud sur les
c6t4s, l^gerement r4tr4ci en arri^re, convexe, brusquement d^clive en
arriere, sillonn4 au milieu k la base; ponctuation fine, r4guli6re, nette
et serr^e; sillons basilaires courts, bien marques; angles post^rieurs
courts, non divergents, car4n6s; limites lat^rales inf^rieures presque
entieres. Elytres l^g^rement plus larges que le pronotum k la base,
arqu4s sur les c6t6s, convexes, fortement ponctu4s-stri4s en avant, un
peu moins en arri^re; interstries tr^s l^g^rement rugueux. Dessous
noir; 4pipleures des elytres et 4pistemes m^tathoraciques bruns.
Pattes brunes. '

Rejaf, juillet (A. F. J. Gedye). Museum, Paris.

Differe de D. variolosus par la forme moins parallMe; la ponctua-
tion de la tete et du pronotum fine, ^gale et serr^e.

PAnAGAEDWPHORTJS, Schwarz, 1895.

Genotype : Cardiophorus musculus, Erichson.

P. RABAINUS, n. sp.

S 112 k 4 mm. Oblong; noir brillant; pubescence grise. Tete peu
convexe; ponctuation nette et 4cart4e. Antennes fines, subfiliformes,
ne d^passant pas la base du pronotum, trois premiers articles testae^
pale, les autres noirs; 2e plus gros que le 3e et de meme longueur;
suivants notablement plus longs. Pronotum plus long que large, arqu6
sur les c6t6s, r4tr6ci en avant, peu convexe; ponctuation nette et

113

^cart^e; sillons basilaires courts, bien marqu^; angles post^rieurs
courts, plats, assez larges, arrondis au sommet; limit es latdrales pro-
longdes en avant jusqu’au del^ de la rnoiti^. Elytres faiblement
arqu^s sur les cotds, r^tr^cis en arriere, arrondis au sommet, peu con-
vexes, assez fortement ponctu4s-stri4s ; interstries plans, a ponctuation
fine et clairsem^e. Dessous noir. Pattes testacd clair.

Pabai, janvier (A. E. J. Gedye). Collection Eleutiaux; Masaka,
f^vrier (A. F. J. Gedye). Coryndon Memorial Museum, Nairobi,
Kenya Colony.

Jolie petite espece, plus courte que P. elgonensis, Fleutiaux; corps
entierement noir; pronotum k peine r^tr^ci en arriere; ponctuation
^gale et 4cart4e; Elytres relativement plus courts. Voisin 4galement
de P. liliputanus, Fleutiaux; meme aspect noir brillant; elytres plus
fortement strips; pattes entierement testae^ pale.

TROPIDIPLUS, Fleutiaux, 1903.

Genotype : T. tellinii, Fleutiaux.

T. M0MBA8ANUS, n. sp.

5 mm. 1/2. Oblong; tete et pronotum noirs, Elytres bruns;
pubescence grise. Tete peu convexe; bord ant^rieur arrondi; ponctua-
tion assez forte, peu serr^e. Antennes greles, testacies, n’atteignant
pas la base du pronotum; 2e article un peu plus court que le 3e; celui-
ci l^gerement plus long que le suivant. Pronotum aussi long que
large, sinu4 latdralement, largement arrondi en avant, un peu retr^ci
tout a fait en arriere, tres convexe, brusquement d^clive a la base;
ponctuation form^e de points espac^s et de points fins dans les inter-
valles; sillons basilaires nuls, remplac6s par une fine carene oblique
assez longue; angles post^rieurs aplatis, non divergents, car4n4s pres
du bord externe; Umites latdrales enti^res. Elytres parall^les,
arrondis en arriere dans le dernier tiers, convexes, stri4s-ponctu4s,
moins fortement sur le dos; interstries finement pointings. Dessous
noiratre. Pattes brun clair.

Mombasa, avril-mai (E. E. Dent). Collection Fleutiaux et
Coryndon Memorial Museum, Nairobi, Kenya Colony.

Difiere de T. turkanus, Fleutiaux, par la forme plus courte et
plus large, les Elytres bruns, plus profond^ment strips.

G4n. MOPLEONUS, n.

Une certain confusion regne parmi les insectes placds d’abord par
Cand^ze (Mon., 1863) dans le genre Pleonomus, M^n4tri^s. II en ^
plus tard (Catal. method., 1891) s4par^ quelques-uns sous le nom
in^dit de Nomopleus. La mtoe ann^e, Eeitter (Cat. Col. Eur.)

114

indique le genre Nomopleus pour strictus, Candeze, d’Espagne (laiss4
par I’auteur dans le genre Pleonomus). G’est seulement en 1905
(Best. Tab.) qu’il Ta d^crit comme sous-genre d'Athous, pour
elongatus, Brisout, 1866, ^galement d’Espagne, auquel il rapporte
strictus, Candeze, 1863 (sub Pleonomusi. Schenkling semble avoir
donn4 la priority a Candeze, puisqu’il a chang^ le noin de Keitter en
N eopleorwmus (Col. CataL).

Le nom de Candeze, non d4erit, s’ applique a un groupe h^t^rogene
d’esp^ces qui devront sans doute etre r^parties ailleurs(^). J ai moi-
meme fait entrer dans le genre Nomopleus, Candeze (Voy. All. et
Jeann., 1919)(^) deux especes qui me paraissent constituer un autre
genre sous le nom de Mopleonus, avec Gandezei comme genotype :

Corps oblong. Mandibules saillantes, falciformes. Front 4troit
en avant et abaiss4 au niveau du labre; cretes susantennaires car^ni-
formes. Antennes 4paisses, d^passant la moiti4 du corps; 2e et 3e
articles petits, globuleux, ^gaux. Limites lat^rales du pronotum
effac^es en avant; angles post^rieurs non car^n^s. Elytres sub-
parall^les, arrondis vers le bout. Prosternum sans mentonni^re; sutures
prosternales d4doubl4es. Hanches post^rieures 4troites en dehors,
brusquement dlargies en dedans. Pattes 4paisses; tarses simples;
griff es simples.

Se place dans le voisinage du genre Pseudonomopleus , Fleutiaux.
M. NOVUS, n. sp.

8 1/2 a 9 mm. Oblong, assez allong4; brun l^gerement bronzd,
plus ou moins ferrugineux a la base du pronotum et sur la suture des
Elytres; pubescence grise dress^e, m41ang4e de soies plus longues,
surtout sur les cot^s. Tete peu convexe, impressionn^e au milieu en
avant; bord ant^rieur abaiss4 au niveau du labre; punctuation assez
grosse, serr^e. Antennes noires, robustes, filiformes, h4riss4es de
poils jaunes, d^passant la moiti4 du corps; 2e et 3e articles courts,
globuleux, dgaux; suivants beaucoup plus longs. Pronotum a peu pres
aussi long que large a la base, faiblement et graduellement r4tr4ci en
avant, convexe sur le dos, brusquement d^clive vers la base, limitd
lat^ralement seulement en arriere; punctuation grosse, peu serr4e au
milieu, plus dense sur les cot^s; angles posterieurs obtus, non car6n6s.
Elytres un peu plus larges que le pronotum h la base, paralleles,
arrondis seulement vers le bout, con vexes, non distinctement strips,
fortement et irr^gulierement ponctu^s. Dessous de meme couleur.
Propectus grossiferement ponctud. Prosternum large; pointe postdr-
ieure longue, parallMe, arrondie a Fextr4mit6; sutures canalicul^es en

(1) Avec deux d’entre elles, j’ai cree le genre Pseudonom&pleus (Bull. soc. ent.,
France, 1931, p. 29).

(2) A^. alluaudi, Fleutiaux et N. eandezei, Fleutiaux.

115

avant, aboufcissant en arri^re en dehors des hanches ant4rieures.
Metastemum ^ ponctuation moins serr^e. Hanches post^rieures plus
^troites en dehors que les ^pisternes metathoraciques, notablement
^largis en dedans pres de leur bord interne. Abdomen k ponctuation
peu serr^e sauf sur le dernier arceau. Pattes noires, fouisseuses,
h4riss4es de polls gris, plus longs sur le dessus des tibias.

Nairobi, avril-mai (Dr. van Someren) (Type) Nairobi, 5450 pieds,
avril (A. F. J. Gedye). Collection Fleutiaux et Coryndon Memorial
Museum, Nairobi, Kenya Colony.

Differe de M. Alluaudi, Fleutiaux, par la taille plus grande, I’aspect
plus brillant et l^gerement bronz4 ; ponctuation du pronotum moins
large, plus profonde, moins serr4e.

M. SOMERENI, n. sp.

8 mm. 1/2. Meme coloration, m^me ponctuation, meme pubes-
cence que M. novus; mais de forme plus courte et plus large; antennes
plus longues. Differe notamment par la forme des branches lat^rales
de Forgane genital d qui sont droites, graduellement att4nu4es, k profil
abaiss4 au sommet, alors que chez M. novus, elles sont plus minces,
non r4 trades au bout, divergentes 5, Fextr^mit^.

Karura Forest, mai (Dr. van Someren). Museum, Paris.

LESNELATER, n. n.

pour Pachyelater, Lesne, Bull. soc. ent. France, 1906, p. 173, d ? (non
Pachyelater, Lesne, loc. cit., 1897, p. 117).

Genotype: P. mada^asco-nensis, Lesne, loc. cP. 1906, p. 174, 6
(non Lesne, los. cit., 1897, p. 102, 9 ?).

Les deux formes d^crites par Lesne sous le meme nom sont telie-
ment dissemblables que le doute est permis sur leur identity g4n4rique ;
d’autant qu’aucune observation n’est encore venu confirmer qu ’elles
repr^sentent les deux sexes d’un meme espece, comme il Fa. suppose.
Pour 4viter la confusion je propose de les tenir s4par4es.

Les especes appartenant a la faune de FAfrique orientale sont les
suivantes :

L. dubius, Schwarz (sub Cardiophorus) {Pachyelater Lesnei,

Fleutiaux).

L. smgularis, Fleutiaux (sub Cardiophorus).

L. unicus, Fleutiaux (sub Cardiophorus).

Par leurs mandibules saillantes et leurs pattes fouisseuses, ces
insectes paraissent apparent^s aux Physodactytinae.

116

L. VIGINU8, n. sp.

6 mm. 1/2. Elliptique, allong^; noir opaque, 41ytres avec une
bande ferrugineuse sur le c6t4, ne touchant pas le bord externe, moins
apparente en arriere; pubescence grise. Tete convexe, d4prim4e au
milieu en avant; bord ant^rieur saillant; ponctuation serr4e. Antennes
noires comprimees, assez larges, atteignant la moiti6 du corps; 2e
article petit, globuleux, 3e beaucoup plus long, de meme forme et
moins long que le suivant. Pronotum plus long que large, arqu6 sur
les cot^s, r4tr4ci en avant, convexe, brusquement d4clive k la base, non
limitd lat4ralement ; ponctuation serrde, moins sur le dos; angles
post4rieurs petits. Elytres arquds sur les c6t4s, attdnu4s en arriere,
fortement ponctu4s-stri4s interstries plans et rugueux. Dessous noir;
pubescence grise. F4murs assez gros, testac^s; tibias et tarses plus
foncds.

Lower Tana-Sabaki, avril-mai (Turner et Mac Arthur). Museum,
Paris.

Differe de L. unicus, Fleutiaux, par la forme g^n^rale plus 4troite;
bord ant^rieur de la tete plus avanc4, moins abaissd au milieu, plus
tranchant; antennes plus fortes et plus longues; 41ytres plus longs,
stries moins grossi^rement ponctu^es, interstries plans, plus larges et
rugueux, bande jaune plus confuse; femurs moins gros.

117

IN SEAECH OF TELEKFS VOLCANO.

My interest was first roused in this volcano by Mr. A. G. Baker,
the late Pirector of Surveys, who said to me just as I was departing
from Nairobi in 1928 on a safari to demarcate the Suk and Turkana
boundaries: “ By the way, though Teleki’s Volcano is mentioned in
the description of Provincial boundaries, we are not quite sure where
it is or whether it still exists. You may be able to help us.”

That he had some reason for saying this is borne out by a state-
ment which appeared in the Geographical Journal of April, 1898, by
Mr. H, S. H. Cavendish. It ran thus: ” On arriving at the south
end of the lake (Eudolf) I was surprised to find Teleki’s Volcano had
entirely disappeared, its place being taken by an entirely flat plain of
lava. We got hold of some Ligob men who lived at the south end
of Lake Eudolf, and within a couple of miles of the volcano, who told
us that about six months ago the lake overflowed and as the waters
rushed towards the mountain, the native name of which was Lubburua,
there was a vast explosion, after which the waters swept in where the
crater had been and put out the fire.”

In addition, such a weighty authority as the Enc. Britannic a
informs us as follows: ‘‘ Great changes have been reported since 1889.
In particular the great Volcano of Lubburua (Teleki’s Volcano) at the
south end of the Lake is said to have been destroyed between 1889 and
1897 by a sudden explosion ”

As it turned out I did not reach that region at all on that trip, and
so the position and existence of Teleki’s Volcano remained an
uncertainty.

Some years later I returned to the Turkana Province and deter-
mined to seek an opportunity to unravel the mystery, and with this
object in view I set out in April of 1931 with Mr. Baker Beall, the
District Commissioner of Southern Turkana, and Dr. Eobertson, the
Medical Officer at Lodwar.

We had, unfortunately, none of us studied the literature of the
area or we’ might have saved ourselves very much trouble. The
existing maps were so lacking in detail that they were of little or no
assistance. As the name implies, the original discovery of this volcano
must be attributed to Count Samuel Teleki, that redoubtable and un-
daunted explorer who, accompanied by Von Hohnel (who is still alive),
left Zanzibar in 1886 with a safari of 500 porters and returned three
years later with the news that he had discovered a volcano and two
lakes. The former was named after himself whilst the Lakes Eudolf
and Stephanie were called after the Crown Prince and Princess of
Austria. Only 200 of Teleki’s porters returned and his adventures
make wonderful reading. His dogged determination and courage are
perhaps only equalled in a similar field by those of General (then Major)

118

VOLCANO

SAfvIBURU

reference

H|» ftfli CvAt. f i

'

.Si.

R.-Cint U». fiv« «tr
Al^-.^ui*^ .»< Ifsa

■\ ,}v, Hutfs » WH

!V^- - W-.-: ' -

SOUTHERN RUDOLF TELEKIS

2*-*o'

^g-

TU R

Matuyahbrv

LAKE RUDOIF.

JsianUs.

LolaVY

Fovmev lava

t“ortv\evJava

RssaX*? ,f«5m tAihv
/ has K’OsV' tt

»,Ma,m cvahev v
™__L,l.o>%4h1'ud

6tack diAsk

t^rey CmdpTS

TELEKIS VOLCANO

NAGIRA MWAITEM

H. H. Austin who, eleven years later, made that wonderful trip from
Khartoum to Mombasa. The volcano when discovered was in such
a condition of thermal activity that Teleki had perforce to make his
way round the southern end as he could not cross the flow of molten
lava which enveloped its northern and eastern sides and extended for
a distance of about five miles to the shores of the lake. Whilst his
caravan was making this arduous detour, he made an attempt to
reach the summit, but was driven back by the fumes and gigantic
cracks, both of which made further progress an extremely hazardous
undertaking.

The only natives whom he mentions as living in the neighbour-
hood, but not in the close vicinity of the volcano (which was un-
inhabited), are the Lokob, who appear to be the fisher-folk of several
tribes from the area lying to the east — in fact paupers or El Molo who,
owning no stock, were driven to seek a living by fishing, and the
Bukenedji, who are undoubtedly the Samburu. I do not know if this
name is still in use for the tribe, or perhaps for a section only. The
area was visited by Capt. Welby in 1899 when the volcano was
apparently quiescent. A lava flow which he describes very graphically,
he considers from the condition of trees which had been overwhelmed
by it, to have been formed only about three or four years before. Still
later, Lord Delamere in 1900, and Capt. Stigand in 1912, I think
traversed this area, but neither, as far as I am aware, make any
mention of the volcano.

In 1917, however, Mr. Deck, when travelling in the Samburu
country, tells me he distinctly saw black smoke rising from that
neighbourhood, but was unable at that distance to say if it came from
the north or the south side of the barrier which divides the Suguta from
Lake Rudolf.

Mr. Juxon Barton, who in 1921 and 1922 was travelling in
Southern Turkana, informs me that the natives brought him terrifying
stories of a mountain of fire, and that he saw a glare at night which
gave support to their story. So much for the history of the volcano.

Setting out from Lodwar, the Government Station for Northern
Turkana, I joined my two coni23anions three days later at Ndiki on the
Kerio River. Our combined safari amounted to 30 camels, of which
eight were carrying water and the rest only half loads. We could thus
carry about 160 gallons of water, which would give us three days'
supply.

Leaving the Kerio, in which there was a little water flowing, we
struck south eastwards for a re-entrant in the long horizon of the
Loriyu plateau which forms the watershed between the Kerio and
Suguta Valleys. On entering the gorge the floor was found to consist
very largely of detrital material from the basement complex which
east of the Turkwel had been covered by a thick sheet of lava. At

119

Gautoro, where we rested for the remainder of the morning, we were
fortunate enough to find water in some holes in the river bed. Here
the junction of the overlying lava, an olivine basalt with the base-
ment complex, was well exhibited. Soon after midday, all receptacles
capable of holding water being filled, we ascended by a rugged path
up the southern side of the valley and found ourselves on the edge of
the boulder-strewn plateau. We set our teeth against a strong and
never-ceasing wind which blew dust and gravel into our faces, and
even caused the Turkana to use their forearms as protection. There
was no soil : it had all been blown away into the Kerio Valley below
and progress was only achieved by hopping from one big boulder to
another. By nightfall the beasts were tired out and many were
suffering from strained and bleeding feet. Early next morning we
stood on the edge of an escarpment of about 500 feet, looking down
into the parched valley of the Mugurr Eiver. As we descended the
escarpment, an excellent example of the successive and parallel fault
lines of the Eift Valley was exhibited, and at the foot we found our-
selves again on the Gneisses and Schist of the basement complex.

Here we made a great mistake, and instead of continuing our
easterly course, we allowed ourselves to be deflected south by our
advisers who, after the manner of African guides, assured us of the
insuperable difl&culties along the direction we wished to take. Making
our way as directed, we traversed broken country, where we found
ourselves back again on the basalt and volcanic tuffs. The presence
of water in a rock pool induced us to stop there for the night and make
an extra early start next morning. This we did, and stumbling over
boulder-strewn country, made a circuitous course to Gaikali. Here
we had our first view of the Suguta Valley, which was shimmering in
the heat and mirages of the midday sun. Eather late in the after-
noon we started on the descent, and as we got down, so we Began to
see the southern slopes of the natural barrier w’hich dams the Suguta
Valley. They were covered with volcanic cones in all stages of
disintegration. One of the party said : “ That looks just like the moon
through a telescope.” He described it well, and very beautiful and
striking the scene was as it lay bathed in the light of the setting sun.
One detached mass, standing like an island in the golden sands of the
Suguta, immediately arrested our attention, for we thought it must
be the volcano of which we were in search. Closer examination

through glasses proved this to be improbable. The horizontally
stratified brown and yellow tuff of which it was composed had, under
the agency of denudation, been so modelled as to impart to it the
appearance of a gigantic Gothic pile. We therefore dubbed it the
Cathedral Eock. Darkness fell upon us before we had reached the
bottom, and as a report was brought in that the camels carrying the
water were too exhausted to proceed further, we camped on the spot.

120

The next morning, an hour’s march brought us to Nadikum,
where was a little spring of fresh water under some dom palms, which
seemed to be the sole representatives of the vegetable kingdom in these
parts. Between us and the Cathedral Rock extended a sea of mud
and water inhabited, as far as I could ascertain, exclusively by
flamingo. The wrack at the edge, representing a high water mark,
was composed largely of their quills, as well as the skeletons and bones
of a^fish, which Mr. Dent has kindly identified for me as Tilapia
nilotica. An attempt to cross this quagmire nearly ended disastrously.
A specimen of the black slime, which underlay a yellow brown scum,
contained such a high percentage of soda that it was found to have
corroded through the tobacco tin in which it was placed, before the
end of the trip. Baker Beall decided to strike off northwards over
the barrier whilst the Doctor and I preferred to make an examination
of the southern slopes of the barrier. We first of all skirted along the
northern edge of the swamp, where we came on numerous hot springs,
until, under the shadow of a high cliff over which hung a cascade of
black lava, we found the spot where the Suguta disappears under-
ground. Whether it hereafter pursues an underground course to Lake
Rudolf or not I am unable to say, nor did I ever find any evidence of
it coming to the surface again.

The black lava we found to be an olivine limbergitic basalt of very
recent origin. It rested on the rocks which composed the barrier.
They had the appearance of Trachytes and Andesites of intermediate
age.

We pitched camp, and after tea walked up the slopes of the
barrier in the hope of being able to ascertain the origin of this field of
black lava. We had not proceeded far before we saw, perched high
up on the slopes, a cone-shaped heap of yellow and black cinders. It
was too far off to reach that evening, so we decided to tackle it the
next day. It proved further than we thought, and several big detours
had to be made to avoid deep and precipitous gullies. As we
approached our objective, we noticed the bare hard ground began to be
sprinkled more and more thickly with black lapilli. Interspersed were
volcanic bombs, from a hen’s egg to a football in size, lumps of molten
rock ejected with violence and flung some 1,000 yards or more from
the crater. It was lying as if it had but recently fallen and not blown
into heaps into protected places, and on examination proved to be
sharp and angular. It first made its appearance about one mile from
the cone, and became thicker as we approached. Eventually a lava
flow about 300 yards wide separated us from the base of the cone.
This was very jagged and rough with numerous spiracles and steam
holes, quite unweathered and without the least trace of vegetation.
On gaining the other side we found the lip of the cone about 150 feet
above us. The crater was elliptical with its longer axis oriented north

121

and south, and contained two if not three distinct vents. Detrital
material had, however, fallen back from the inner walls in sufficient
quantities to choke the throats. There was no thermal activity
beyond a slight sense of heat, a few sulphur fumaroles, from which
fumes may still have been issuing, and a number of steam vents dotted
about the country side. At the S.-W. edge of the crater lip a large
breach had occurred and from this had issued the black lava, which
had poured over an area estimated at between 12 and 15 square miles,
lying to the south and south-east of the cone. The inner walls of the
crater w^ere hung with chocolate coloured stalactites of clinker. To
the north lay another crater wffiich had been completely shattered,
evidently by an explosion. It was situated a little too far away, and
had evidently been of too large proportions, to be correctly termed a
parasitic cone. A mile north of this and we found ourselves standing
on the edge of a large crater, perhaps a mile across. It was obviously
very much older than those we had just left. The inner walls were
precipitous and in the form of a circle, slightly breached on the
southern side. The floor was 200 to 300 feet below the lip, flat, and
with a thin covering of scrub. From this point we had an excellent,
if somewhat distant, view of the geyser at Lokippi, nestling under the
Samburu Escarpment.

We returned to camp in the evening, quite convinced we had
rediscovered Teleki’s Volcano.* The next morning Baker Beall came
back, having reached the lake shore the evening of the day he set out.
The next he spent exploring and had met Turkana, who supplied him
with some fish and stories of the past. He gave a wonderful descrip-
tion of the lava flows along that rugged shore and of a big cone which
stood on the end of a peninsular of lava running out into the lake. He
did not think, however, that it was of recent origin and therefore could
not be the volcano Count Teleki had found in eruption. In fact he
had not spotted the real volcano any more than Cavendish had thirty-
four years before, and for the same reason, which will be explained later.
His photographs, wffien developed, proved beyond all doubt the
relative antiquity of the cinder cone he had seen.

A month or two later I managed to get the loan of a copy of Von
HohneFs work, and from the description contained therein was con-
vinced that neither the cone described by Baker-Beall nor the one
examined by Kobertson and myself could be the volcano which Teleki
discovered in eruption in 1888 : evidently Baker Beall had overlooked
it, or, as Cavendish had reported, it had been wiped off the map. A
few months later Baker Beall and Kennaway set off again in search of
the elusive volcano. They travelled down the Suguta and visited the
Lokippi Geyser, from which at regular intervals so vast a volume of

* From subsequent reading, I feel sure that it was the one discovered by
Cavendish and called Andrew Volcano after his companion.

122

boiling water surges to the surface, that it gives quite a new lease of
life to the river, which at that point had almost ceased to flow.

They then proceeded over the barrier, and Kennaway soon spotted
the volcano and was, as far as I know, the first European to reach
the lip of the crater. An injured foot prevented his companion from
accompanying him. He returned with some excellent photographs
and a detailed plane-table sketch, not only of the immediate area but
also of the Suguta to the south, and that intricate country along the
south-west coast line of the lake.

It was not till August of last year, however, that I could spare the
time to visit such distant parts again. This time, providing myself
with a theodolite and a plane table, I was able, by an extension of the
Kenya Triangulation, to fix with sufficient accuracy a few major points
in the vicinity on which to tie the plane table sketch accompanying
this article. The whole may be subjected later to some adjustments
for longitude and latitude. I refused to be deterred from following the
direction I wished — for I was sure it was more the Turkana fear of the
devils which haunted this land of fire and smoke, than the difficulties
of the route, which had prompted them a year before to lead us off to
the Suguta in the hopes that we should be contented with a view of
the less evil-omened geyser.

Leaving my camels behind in the Kerio, I made my way across
the Loriyu Plateau with four donkeys and a mule, and by five o’clock
next evening was standing on the eastern edge of the Plateau, evidently
at the very spot at which Teleki had forced his way up by a path so
steep and rocky, that the donkey carrying his pet monkey, Hamus,
had lost his footing and fallen over the side. We, too, had a rough
descent, man-handling the loads and pushing, pulling, and belabour-
ing the unwilling beasts. From the brink of this precipice a truly
wonderful panorama of African landscape is unfolded. It was evening,
and the sloping rays of the sun projected a deep shadow half way
across the silent surface of the lake, which lay 2,000 feet below. From
the opposite shore and out of a plain of lava, volcanic mountains rose
in tiers, cliffs and plateaux characteristic of the greatest physical
feature of the continent, to a distant horizon where the double peak of
Kulal pierced the deep blue sky, the remnants of a once mighty
volcano. A sandy beach below curved round to the southern shore,
deeply indented with capes, bays, and promontories, and on the end
of one was perched, like a gigantic mole hill, with all its symmetry of
contour, the cone Baker Beall had described so well. Other cones of
lesser size and perfection of shape seemed to pierce this dark field of
lava, thrown like a black mantle over the lower slopes of the barrier.
A high water mark was clearly visible at what appeared to be a
uniform height on several of these cones, and from a rough calculation
appeared to be about 250 feet above the present water level. To the

123

just as the northern slopes of the barrier begin to steepen, two
round black hills, back-grounded by the lower slopes of Mt. Nyeru,
were just discernible. The top of one I could see through the glasses
was coloured red, yellow, and green, and I could make out a small but
very well-formed crater. This surely could be none other than Teleki’s
Volcano, and so it proved to be. But for the strong sunlight behind
me I also might have overlooked it, as Cavendish and Baker Beall had
done.

After passing the night on a rocky ledge half way down, the
descent was continued next morning to about 300 feet above the lake,
where the remains of a raised beach were found, but in spite of as
thorough a search as time permitted, no trace of fossil remains were
seen. Just before reaching the foot, the junction with the basement
complex was again encountered, and looking northwards along the
cliffs I could very plainly see the characteristic moulding of the Gneisses
and Schists, extending eventually almost up to the top of the Escarp-
ment. North of the mouth of the .Mugurr Eiver the dip causes these
beds to come to the surface, and the lava cap, which is such a character-
istic feature of the Loriyu plateau, gives place to the more broken
features associated with the archaean rocks.

On gaining the water’s edge, men and beasts slaked their thirst,
and we followed along the grey sandy beach which I had observed from
above, to the mouth of the Neangoil Eiver. A solitary Grant’s Gazelle
scurried away on our approach, but bird-life vas more abundant. A
Goliath Heron was making his breakfast off a huge Tilapia, which an
hour later found its way to my table; two pairs of lesser black-backed
gulls, a pair of Egyptian geese, a pelican, and an egret or two were
seen. Stint, sandpipers, curlews, plovers, etc., so common on the
sandy shores of the lake elsewhere, were entirely absent. The sand
was composed of a mixture of volcanic and crystalline grains and
the water’s edge was here and there tinged with a delicate mauve, due
to the presence of large numbers of minute shells, which I have not
yet identified. The river has cut a deep channel into the deposits
which, when the lake level stood much higher, were the shoals about
its mouth. They consisted of a fine white mudstone of volcanic
material in which statification under current influence was very clearly
visible. Beds of coarser material occurred from time to time record-
ing the occurrence of exceptional floods. These deposits, which are
probably of upper Pleistocene Age, are well exposed in the cliffs over
30 feet high, which form the banks, and may e:3Eend for a considerable
depth below. With the exception of one fish vertebra no fossil remains
were found. About 500 yards up from the present mouth, a lava flow
has completely blocked the channel, and ends abruptly like the foot of
a glacier. The lava is a compact warm grey basalt and is not of very
recent origin. The lava stream evidently flowed from some fissure
which I could not detect, high up on the northern slopes of the barrier.

124

After a midday rest in the welcome shade of some dom palms in
the river bed, and a chat with some of the inhabitants whom I found
to belong to the Engebelai Section of the Turkana,* I set out in the
direction of Teleki’s Volcano with only three natives and a pack mule.
About two miles inland I struck some horizontal shelves of rock, which
proved to be raised beaches in which shells were very closely packed
together. The beaches were about 250 feet, by the aneroid, above the
lake level. For an hour or more our way lay through typically
volcanic country, across lava flows of various ages and in different stages
of weathering; vertical walls often marked their edges. A local
Turkana guided me for the first two miles, then showing me f’he best
direction, gave me his blessing and departed. I had, therefore, to find
my way as best I could, and about 5 p.m. we found ourselves at the
northern foot of a large round hill, which was rent in two, and appeared
to consist of concentric layers of red clinker, and from a fissure at the
base had recently issued a large volume of ropy lava, which, as far as
I could see, extended to the lake shore. Wo experienced some diffi-
culty in crossing this. On the other side the ground was covered in a
thick layer of grey cinders, which crunched crisply under the feet.
There were a few leafless trees, which appeared to be quite dead, and
an occasional tuft of coarse straw-like grass. The volcano was now
about a mile to the east and I hastened to take a photograph before the
sun was quite off it.

Rising with the first signs of light, I awoke my recumbent com-
panions, two of whom protested that the devil had entered their bones
so that they could even stand up. So, with only my Bugisho garden
boy carrying the survey instruments, and hung about with the other
impedimenta, I set out towards the volcano. At the foot a stream of
very recent lava, some 80 yards wide, lay across the path, and after
crossing this, which I found to consist of black limbergitic basalt with
small crystals of olivine, the ascent of the cinder cone commenced.
Eour open pipes were met with about half way, up. These varied from 3
to 6 feet in diameter. Viewed from above they suggested the inside
of a factory chimney. They had formed neither cone nor crater and
appeared to be bottomless.

A V-shaped gap seemed to indicate an easy line of ascent, and here
I noticed signs of vegetation in the form of a bush with a delicate
cream-coloured flower, kindly identified by Miss Napier as Caparis
galeata, and which is to be found growing amongst the coral rag cliffs on
Mombasa Island. I soon gained the summit, which consisted of a light
chocolate and ochre coloured clinker, the colour being due, I think, to
the sublimation of mineral gases, probably ferric chloride and sulphur-
etted hydrogen. A number of grey volcanic bombs lay around, but

* They stated that the Samburu no longer live on the lake shore. These Turkana
keep a few goats, but live mostly on fish and dom palm nuts.

125

they were neither as big nor as numerous as those round the Likaiyu
Crater. The position was soon fixed, and the altitude found to be 2,120
feet above sea level and 890 feet above lake level, which I have
accepted at 1,230 feet. The volcano itself stood approximately 200 feet
above the normal level of the ground on the south side, and 300 feet on
the north side, or lake side. From this position I noticed that I was
standing between two V-shaped rents* two hundred yards in length and
perhaps 60 feet in depth. Their longer axes were oriented approximately
north and south. The outer edge of the eastern one had the appearance
of the lip of a crater, but the outer edge of the western one was very
broken. In fact the whole area occupying the summit of the hill
reminded me of nothing so much as the more devastated portions of
the battlefields of France. The inner walls w^ere lined with chocolate-
red clinker. The outer slopes were of grey cinders which slipped away
from under the feet as one walked. The whole was elliptical in shape.
I paused a while to look at the view which lay before me. Far away
to the north could be seen the faint outline of South Island! set in a
wide expanse of deep blue water. On the foreshore some five miles
away at the end of a stream of lava which seemed to issue from under
my feet, stood the cone of Nabuyatom which in Turkana means “ Place
of the war horn,” from here as elsewhere a conspicuous feature of the
landscape. On the left stood the great escarpment which I had
descended two days before, and some fragmentary cones and curious
boil-like hills lay scattered like islands- in a sea of rugged rusty-looking
black lava. To the north-west, and not 500 yards away, was a most
curious phenomenon : a large mound covered with a thick coating of
fine jet black volcanic dust. It seemed to me that there was a slight
depression on the top. Its summit was apparently 100 feet lower than
the spot on which I stood. This volcanic dust not only completely
covered the mound but extended for about a mile beyond, with an
average breadth of about 800 yards, and effectively smothered all the
minor surface features like a carpet of black velvet. The wind had
evidently been from the S.-E. when Teleki’s Volcano had shot dust
into the air. Far away to the north-west was Kulal, the home of the
Rendili, whilst nearer were the eastern walls of the Eift standing back
a little from the shore and gradually merging into the foot hills of Mt.
Nyeru; behind, the steep slopes of the barrier, rising to some 3,000 feet
or more, afforded a near horizon, shutting out any distant view in this
direction. Here, however, lay a point of great interest, for in a small

* The name of the volcano in Turkana is Nagira-Mwaiten, which means place that
is split in two.

t This island might well be named on our maps Von Hohnel’s Island as a small
compliment to the man who first put it on the m^ of Africa, and by whose
careful notes and observations when accompanying Count Teleki added so much
to our geographical knowledge of this region.

valley at the foot of the older lavas was to be seen an orifice or fissure
from which great quantities of lava had obviously welled up and flowed
on both sides of the volcano. It was this flow, which was then molten,
which had so hindered Teleki in his attempt to approach the volcano.
One arm had followed down a valley on the eastern side of the cone,
and about a mile and a half north of where I stood, opened out and
formed a large lava-field which extended to the lake shore. The other,
after being deflected by the large black mound described above, opened
out into tw’o pear-shaped fields about a mile in width and perhaps two
miles in length, and did not, as far as I could see, extend as far as the
lake-shore. The former flow was crossed about a mile to the north by
a light grey stream of lava, obviously of still more recent date. From
my position I was unable to determine the point from which this last
flow issued. Whilst looking through tho glasses for Count Teleki ’s
Camp at Lotarr, I could see a number of lagoons which suggested a
group of submerged craters, and the idea has since struck me that a
slight rise in the lake level about thirty-five years ago might have
caused the water to flow into one of these and given rise to the story
which the natives told to Cavendish.

I then made my way round the eastern crest and striking some
deep and unpleasantly broad crevasses on the northern cinder slopes,
decided not to continue my attempts from this side to approach what
I could see was a well-formed crater, but to work down the forward
slopes on to the light grey lava stream below. This I succeeded in
doing and found the flow to rest directly on the grey cinders. The
edges stood up in a wall from 4 to 8 feet in height and were rugged
black and highly vesicular. The centre was grey in colour, very ropy,
and with a texture rather similar to thin glue. It splintered under
foot, and one had to proceed with caution, as huge steam cavities, some
exploded and exhibiting great yawning chasms, others intact like
gigantic bubbles, were of very common occurrence. These chasms
were armed with the most formidable looking spiracles of jagged lava
capable of inflicting the most unpleasant wounds on those unfortunate
enough to fall in. As one stood in that complete silence one could hear
the crackling of the lava all around. My companion was too terrified
to pose in one of the steam holes which I wished to photograph.
Following up this fiow to its source it was found to emanate from a
basal fissure on the N.-W. side of the cinder cone and not from the
crater, on the lip of which I found myself standing a few minutes later.
This I reckoned to be 120 feet from lip to lip with an inner wall of
loose material standing at the natural angle, and at the bottom of this
perfectly circular basin was an open pipe about 40 feet across, and
judged from stones thrown into it, apparently bottomless. The sides
of the pipe, as is seen from the accompanying photograph, are hung
with red clinker with almost stalactitic structure and have been worn

127

smooth by the passage of the material blown up through the pipe.

I formed the opinion that it was from this pipe that most of the dust,
cinders, and clinker which lay around had been ejected and possibly
the bombs, whilst the magma which forms the vast majority of the
ejected material of which these extensive lava-fields are composed,
would appear to have welled up with little or no violence from the
two orifices which I had just seen, and that the one I had just
examined must have opened and exuded lava since Count Teleki’s
visit. Working southwards I passed two more pipes of smaller
dimensions but of exactly similar structure. Here I joined up with
my tracks of the early morning and so completed the tour of the
volcano. From most of these pipes, though fumes, possibly of carbon
dioxide and sulphuretted hydrogen at a high temperature, were
issuing, on the occasion of my visit they caused no inconvenience. I
saw no sign of either smoke or steam. The discomfort, however,
which I experienced during the latter part of the morning could not,
1 feel sure, have been due entirely to the heat of the sun. The rapid
accumulation of geological specimens and their weight, added to the
other impedimenta which I was carrying, may, of course, have led
me to be mistaken in this. The camp at the Neangod Eiver was
reached that evening in time for a refreshing bathe, and it was with a
feeling of the utmost relief that the Turkana the next day ascended
by Teleki’s cliff path on to the Loriyu Plateau, where the appearance
of a lonely camel carrying fresh water from the Kerio was hailed with
great joy. The alkaline water of the lake, though at first not too
unpalatable, soon becomes most nauseating, and is especially disagree-
able when served with tea.

I do not propose to dw^ell at any length upon the extremely
interesting physiographical theories which are prompted by travel in
these regions. A glance at the map, however, suffices to suggest that
the deeply sunken trough in the Great Kift Valley, which it repre-
sents, may once have been covered by a single sheet of water and that
south of Von Hohnel's Island there existed yet another island or
group of islands where the barrier is now situated. There is no reason
to suppose that such islands were different in origin from those now
found in the lake, and may have consisted of one big island-crater a
mile or more across. From this gigantic opening in the crust of the
earth, enormous masses of molten rock were ejected, and spreading
east and west, formed the barrier now separating the Suguta Valley
from Lake Rudolf. The more recent origin of the Trachytic lavas
and Andesites, of which it is composed, and the existence of the very
big crater in the middle, lend support to this theory. Zoological
evidence in the form of the presence of Tilapia nilotica, a fish believed
to be foreign to other Kenya lakes, in the Suguta Swamp, as well as
Lake Rudolf, would seem almost to confirm it. An examination of

128

Ti'aversing the Lorigu Plateau.

The Likaiyu or Andrew Volcano with the shattered cone in front and the
Suguta Valley in the distance.

On the li]j of the Likaiyu Crater. Lava field in middle and Sugiita River

in far distance.

The raised Ijeach 310 fet above present Lake level on the escarpment
bordering the S.W. side of Lake Rndolf.

The lava flow blocking the channel of the Neangoil River.

The Teleki Volcano from the west. INIain crater marked by arrow.
Tlie dnst-covered hill to the left. Foreground grey cinders.

View from the summit of Teleki’s Volcano. Tlie most recent lava flow
showing light in foreground, Nahuyalom in middle, and Von Hohnel’s
Isle in far distance.

An exposed steam hole in the most recent lava how.

The most recent flow of lava, with Teleki’s
Volcano in the distance, showing the double
rent down the centi'e of the simmiit and the
crater on the right.

The pipe or throat of the main crater of Teleki’s Volcano. Note how the
opposite side is polished by the passage of ejecta. Tire portion out of
focus in the foi'eground is the tip of the crater.

the volcanic rocks on the Samburu side would be enlightening : in
fact, one may assume that further evidence only awaits discovery.

The Teleki and Likaiyu Volcanoes are perhaps but the dying
remnants of an activity greater than any now existing in this region
or elsewhere, but of which we have unmistakable proofs in many of
the older mountain masses of Kenya. It would, however, be injudi-
cious to assume that they are now extinct.

It is possible that activity has been prolonged by the continued
sinking of the floor of the Rift Valley (e.g. the displacement along a
line twenty miles in length from Solai to Baringo during the earth-
quake in 1928), causing a pressure on the magma below. This, as we
have seen from an examination of the lava fields, has a high steam
content owing perhaps to the percolation of lake water, which in
contact with the internal heat of the earth and molten rock, renders
the magma below particularly explosive. The superficial evidences
of this power have been described as throwing bombs, cinder, and
dust to a considerable height into the air. This relief is effected from
time to time at points of weakness or least resistance in the earth’s
crust. These occur naturally along the tectonic lines of the Rift
Valley and the orientation of these and other centres of present and
past activity in relation to its general trend is very conspicuous. It
is certainly no cause for surprise, for throughout Kenya volcanic piles
sucn as Menengai, Longonot, and 01 Domyo Nyuki (Suswa) are to be
found on the floor of the Great Rift, and more often than not in close
association with large expanses of water.

A. M. Chamhok

129

THE LIMESTONE CAVES AND HOT SPEINGS OF THE
SONGWE EIVEE (MBEYA) AEEA WITH NOTES ON THE
ASSOCIATED GUANO DEPOSITS.

By E. O. Teale and F. Oates
{Tangamyika Geological Survey).

The limestone caves and hot springs of the Songwe Eiver (Mbeya)
region of Tanganyika Territory were visited by Dr. Dantz and briefly
referred to in a description of his travels published in 1903(^), but their
existence was known to local missionaries before that date. A more
detailed description was given in 1906 by Fulleborn(2), who was
accompanied by Kohlschutter and Glaunig.

Fiilleborn refers to several caves in limestone and states that he
explored one for a distance of one kilometre without reaching the end.
As far as this point the cave was dry, but it was said by natives accom-
panying the travellers that there was a pool of water further in.
Mention is made of the enormous number of bats inhabiting the caves,
and of the deposits of bat-guano on the floors thereof. Thermal springs
are said to occur at intervals for several miles along the western side
of the valley, forming terraces of calcareous sinter some fifty feet or
more above the bed of the Songwe. The temperature of one spring is
given as 60° to 70° Cent., and an analysis of the water is quoted below :

Silica

Lime

Magnesia

Chlorine

Sulphuric anhydride

0.065 parts per thousand

0.065 ,,
0.034 „
0.026 ,,
0.169 ,,

j » » >

» » j >

J 5 , >

> ? 5 >

!

The temperature of another spring is given as 43° Cent., and the com-
position as somewhat similar but containing more lime (0.105) and
less sulphuric anhydride (0.094). The German name for the springs
was “ Grafin Bose Thermen,” the native name, “ Maronde." It was
said that the caves were used as refuge by the local natives when
raided by the Wangoni. Fulleborn suggests that the caves, which
may have served countless generations for protection, might yield
valuable prehistoric treasures.

Decent interest has been attracted to the area by the “ re-dis-
covery ” of the guano by Mr. L. E. Hickson- Wood, a settler of the
Mbeya District, who is exploiting the material to supply a local
market. The region was also visited by Mr. C. Gillman, Chief
Engineer of the Tanganyika Eailways, during his reconnaissance in

130

connection with railway surveys in the south-west highlands; more
recently (1933) by Mr. G. Milne, the Soil Chemist of the Amam
Institute; and in October, 1934, by the senior author.

Situation.

Taking the Mbeya Eange as a reference, the main cave is situated
near the village of Sukamawera on the west side of the Songwe Eiver,
twelve and a half miles west-south-west of Mbeya Peak, and eight and
a half miles south of Punguluma, the north-western end of the Mbeya
Eange. (Map reference : F.3, 1:300,000, Long. 33° 13' E., Lat.
8° 54' S.)

Present access to the caves is by a bush motor-track, which leaves
the Mbeya-Mbosi motor-road at a point eight miles west of Mbalizi and
turns north-westward for four miles over the volcanic plain, at which
distance the edge of the deep canyon-like valley of the Songwe and
several of its tributaries are reached. Thence, a precipitous and rough
motor-track descends some 600 feet to the Songwe and continues
onwards to the caves, which are reached three miles further on,
reckoned from the lip of the canyon. The hot springs occur at
intervals along this stretch of the valley.

This section of the road constitutes a severe test for motor cars
as well as for the nerve and skill of the drivers. At the time the caves
were visited by the senior author, however, one-ton loads of guano
were being hauled by motor transport up this astonishingly steep,
rough, and sinuous grade.

General Description of the Locality.

The scenic setting of the guano enterprise is a striking one, dis-
playing wonderful variation in colour and tone according to the time
of day and season. Viewed from the edge of the volcanic plain just
before the observer descends to the Songwe Valley, the imposing mass
of the Mbeya Eange dominates the outlook to the north, its 9,525 foot
peak a titanic sentinel watching over a landscape of the utmost
variety, which has been moulded by a combination of tectonic,
volcanic, and erosive agencies.

The surface of the plain upon which the observer stands consists
of an accumulation of pyroclastic deposits partially filling in the
southern end of the Eukwa Eift Trough and burying a down-faulted
section of an ancient landscape, here composed in part of the red
sandstones of the uppermost portion of the Karroo formation. The
western view is limited by the Unyika Scarp, the edge of a fault-block
associated with the tectonic movements of the Eukwa Eift region.
The topographical relief is here accentuated by the canyon-like valley
of the Songwe deeply incised along the foot of the scarp and in the
volcanic plain. It is clear that the accumulation of volcanic material

131

has interfered seriously with the earlier course of the river and caused
it to renew its activity, resulting in the carving out of its present
chasm-like valley. Looking north-westwards down this valley one
sees on one’s right hand, cliffs and buttresses of sombre volcanic rocks
capping deep red sandstones; on one’s left hand, limestone cliffs flanked
at intervals by snow-white terraces of calcareous sinter. In this
direction the view fades into the blue haze of the Eukwa Trough, and
into this relatively enormous depression the Songwe empties its con-
tribution to a now vastly shrunken lake.

The route of the Imperial Airways Ltd., from Capetown to
London, is above the area described in the present paper; thus the
traveller by air is here able to view a most instructive section of the
East African Lift features, which the air-route follows thence for
hundreds of miles northwards.

General Geology of the Area and Theories
AS to the Origin of the Limestone.

The detailed geology and geographical history of the region is as
yet only very imperfectly known. A cross section from south-west
to north-east reveals the following formation ^ starting on the UnyikA
Plateau : —

(a) The basement complex of crystalline gneiss and schist.

(b) Eelics of the Karroo formation capping (a) and traversed by a
north-westerly trending fault of the Eift period.

(c) On the floor and east side of the valley, down-faulted members
of (b) partially buried beneath pyroclastic products of tertiary
vulcanism.

(d) Tertiary volcanic rocks flanking the steep slopes of the Mbeya
Eange on the north-east.

(e) The Mbeya massif consisting mainly of rocks belonging to the
basement complex, but at the Punguluma end, of volcanic
rocks of tertiary age in part silicified.

Flanking the Unyika Scarp for some miles in this region is a
deposit of pink and white banded crystalline limestone which is of
especial interest since its origin and age are still uncertain. It forms
a horizontally disposed deposit of at least fifty feet in thickness and
appears to be restricted to the western side of the Songwe Valley. Its
banded and crystalline nature, like “ cave limestone ” clearly indicate
origin by chemical deposition, but the source of the lime still remains
a matter for speculation. Various views have been advanced as to
the nature and origin of the limestone.

Dantz(^) suggests that it is itself crystalline limestone belonging
to the ancient gneiss formation with the Karroo sandstones down-

132

faulted against it, the Songwe River following the line of fault. Gill-
man (private communication to the authors) refers to it as a tufa-like
crust derived from extinct as well as fi’om active thermal springs and
attributes the source of the lime to lime-bearing silicate minerals in
the underlying ancient rocks. A third possibility is tentatively sug-
gested by Milne (official communication to the Tanganyika Geological
Survey), namely, that the limestone may have been derived from basic
tertiary lava and pyroclastic material rich in lime in the vicinity.
Finally, should the underlying Karroo formation contain limestone or
calcareous beds, appeal may be made to these as a possible source of
the lime(^).

The first of these suggestions is now no longer tenable since the
horizontal banding of the limestone is clearly indicative of a young
deposit produced by chemical precipitation, and this fact conclusively
distinguishes it from typical Archaean marble. It was apparently
overlooked by Dantz that the material may overlie the ancient marble
as a secondary crustal deposit, but in any case marble has not been
recognized in the general locality, so this possibility is somewhat
remote.

The remaining views quoted above are at one in attributing to the
limestone a secondary origin, and differ only in the conception of the
nature of the primary source of the lime.

A striking analogy, which casts new light upon the problem of
genesis, is afforded by a type of limestone from the Lupa goldfield
strongly resembling fine-grained (saccharoidal) marble. This deposit
occurs in the Chunya Valley, north of the Discum mine, and its
geological association and lithological characters demonstrate beyond
doubt that it is a young formation derived by chemical means from an
amorphous freshwater limestone of Pleistocene age. In favourable
sections the crystalline rock may be seen to occupy bands traversing
the amorphous bedded rock due to solution and re-deposition of
crystalline limestone in old subterranean solution-channels and
cavities. Analyses of the Songwe limestone and of the crystalline

and amorphous limestones from

Chunya are

supplied

below for

comparison : —

(a)

0/

(b)

0/

(C)

Silica and insoluble silicates

/o

... 0.23 ...

/o

0.09 .

/o

. 2.48

Ferric oxide and alumina

... 0.55 ...

3.29 .

. 0.97

Lime (CaO)
Magnesia (MgO)

... 51.80 ...

53.56 .

. 51.68

... 3.37 ...

Tr.

. 1.63

Loss on ignition

... 44.04 ...

43.21 .

. 43.11

Totals

... 99.99 ...

100.15 .

.. 99.87

133

(a) Songwe limestone.

(b) Chunya crystalline limestone.

(c) Chunya amorphous limestone.

The purity of these three limestones suggests that the primary material
from which (a) was derived must itself have been a relatively pure form
of limestone. The secondary material from Chunya does not display
such marked banding as does that from Songwe, but this feature is
nevertheless present and is rendered apparent by ignition of the fine-
grained sacchoroidal stone when it darkens and there appears a faint
brown banding-effect due to formation of oxide of iron along such
layers of deposition as are richer in iron than the average.

It is not known if a mode of formation similar to that just
described would be applicable to the case under discussion, for beds
of the primary amorphous limestone have not yet been recognized with
certainty, although a specimen collected by Grillman at one of the
thermal springs very closely resembles the primary type of limestone
occurring in the Chunya Valley. It may be that a somewhat exten-
sive lake, or chain of such, caused by the ponding action of barriers of
pyroclastic material, existed at an earlier period at this point of the
present Songwe Valley. Such barriers would eventually have been
breached by the subsequent down-cutting of the river, and the lake
system completely drained. The primary source of the lime may thus
have been normal freshwater calcareous sediments since largely
removed by erosion. The present distribution of the hot springs
cannot alone account for the existence of this extensive and continuous
bed of crystalline limestone; on the other hand Gillman (loc. cit.) con-
siders that the sinter formation was formerly more extensive and that
many hot springs then existed which are now extinct. Indeed, one
may go further and conceive the former existence of a system of lakes
such as that postulated above fed by thermal waters in which the
precipitated calcium carbonate would have tended to form a stratiform
deposit.

As regards the source of the lime, this might be accounted for
from limestone, or at least calcareous beds, in the underlying Karroo
formation, which would be penetrated by the uprising hot waters; or
from later freshwater limestones of the earlier phase of Lake Rukwa;
01' simply from lime collected by the action of thermal waters penetrat-
ing lime-bearing rocks of any age.

The “ Cave Pearls.”

An interesting feature of the hot springs is the occurrence in their
proximity of small pisoliths or ooliths of pure calcium carbonate up to
two or three millimetres in diameter. They are cream-coloured to pale
flesh-coloured and usually spherical, though some have a rather

134

flattened form. They are soluble without apparent residue in dilute
acid, and in micro-section display a delicate radial-concentric structure
without observable^ though possibly with sub-microscopic nucleus.
These ooliths would seem to correspond with material to which certain
American geologists have applied the somewhat fanciful name of
“ cave pearls ”(^). They have been recently described by the Tanga-
nyika Geological Survey (^). In this description it was stated that they
were obtained by Mr. Hickson- Wood from one of the caves, but from
information recently received from this gentleman it would now appear
that they came from the hot springs. It is regrettable that no
reliable statement is available as to their mode of origin since accurate
observations as to the conditions under which they are forming should
have an important bearing on the question of oolith-formation. A
specimen of these “ cave pearls ” is to be seen in the geological
museum at Dodoma.

The Guano.

The formation of the guano is principally due to the accumulation
of the excreta of the countless bats inhabiting the caves. Their
droppings upon the floors of the caves now amount to a considerable
thickness, and interaction with the underlying limestone through the
agency of downward percolating water has proceeded to depths of
fifteen to twenty feet. The material shows great variability in com-
position and appearance : in general that near the surface, which is
fresher and less highly leached, contains more nitrogen and less
phosphorus than the average; while in the lowermost layers, where
there is an increasing admixture with limestone, the reverse holds good.

The surface material is fresh, moist dung, and this gives
place at shallow depths to a coarse brown powder, consisting of
organic material, in which can be discerned abundant wing-
sheaths of small insects interspersed with powder and small frag-
ments of partly phosphatized limestone. At greater depths the
material contains much less organic matter and is then a cream-
coloured to pale brown, coherent but very friable, banded deposit,
which may contain upwards of seventy per cent, of tricalcium phos-
phate. In general the guano is extremely moist and the following
analyses were carried out in the Geological Survey laboratory on the
material after it had been air-dried for several days.

Proximate Analysis.

(a) (b)

% %

Moisture expellable at 100° Cent. ... 9.8 ... 10.6

Loss on ignition ... ... ... ... 34.5 ... 24.9

Ash 55.7 ... 64.5

135

Detebmination op Useful Constituents.

Total nitrogen (N)

4.1 ...

2.4

Total phosphoric anhydride (PaO^)

11.8 ...

19.1

Water-soluble PaO^

0.4 ...

0.6

Water-soluble potash (Ka^)

0.6 ...

0.5

Lime (CaO)

14.3 ...

7.0

(a) Average sample of material in one cave from top to 16 ft. level.

(b) Sample from 16 ft. level.

According to Milne {loc. cit.) the caves lead from one to another
through openings, some of which are mere manholes, and it is
extremely difficult to estimate the quantity of guano available on
account of the irregularity of the shape and conformation of the floors
of the caves. There are certainly many hundreds of tons, possibly
some thousands.

The percentages of phosphoric anhydride and total nitrogen com-
pare very favourably with those of similar material from other
localities in Tanganyika Territory, and this is illustrated by the
following analytical figures kindly supplied by Mr. Milne: —

P.0,

N

%■

%

Songwe River

11.8

4.1

Amboni, Sigi R., Tanga:

Surface sample

0.17

5.2

Sample at 1 metre

... 1.6 to 2.0

... 0.3 to 0.6

Below 1 metre ...

2.0

1.4

Ukinga

5.4

10.2

Kilwa ...

5.9

5.4

On the whole the nitrogen-content is variable and low and the guano
should be sold on its merits as a phosphatic fertilizer. It so happens
that this is the important constituent since the local soils are notably
deficient in phosphorus.

Conclusion.

In conclusion it is desired to express regret that the limited time
available for the geological examination did not permit the attainment
of finality of investigation, but it is hoped that the entries made into
the realms of speculation will be justified if they merely serve to
stimulate further observation and enquiry in an area presenting many
features of interest to the scientist and traveller.

136

List of Works to which Eeference has been made.

(1) Dantz, Dr., Mitteilnngen von Forschungsreisenden nnd Gelehrten ans den
Deutschen Schutzgebieten, Bd. 16, pp. 144-6, Berlin, 1903.

(2) Fulleborn, F., Das Deutsche Nyasa nnd Rovuma Gebiet, Dietrich Reimer,
Berlin, 1906, pp. 473-6.

(3) Tanganyika Territory Geological Survey Annual Report, 1933, Dar es Salaam,
1934, pp. 53-4.

(4) Davidson, S. C., and McKinstrey, H. E., Economic Geology, Vol. XXVI, 3,
p. 289, May, 1931, Lancaster, Pa. U.S.A.

EAST AFRICA AND UGANDA NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

ANNUAL REPORT, 1934.

Introduction.

The year under review has not been marked by any sensational
developments; it has been a year of steady progress despite adverse
conditions.

There has been loyal co-operation between members of the staff,
the honorary workers, and the Committee, resulting in a maintenance of
the standard of development in all branches of our activities, propor-
tionate to our financial resources.

Your executive Committee has been active throughout the year,
and careful consideration has been given to all matters effecting
general policy and expenditure of funds. Eleven ordinary meetings,
and two extraordinary meetings were held, whilst the special sub-
committees have met when required.

Finance.

The financial position of the Society alters from year to year, and
allocation of funds for any particular purpose is thus rendered difficult.
The most stable item of income is that derived from subscriptions, and
your Committee has followed precedent in expending this on matte^
connected with the Society, viz., the Journal, and not on the public
exhibition hall.

Funds for the development of the Museum are derived from
Government and the Municipality, and during 1934, £1,000 was
granted. The Balance Sheet and Financial Statements now before
the meeting will be explained by the Honorary Treasurer. It is
gratifying to note in passing that expenditure was maintained below
income.

Membership.

The number of members has been satisfactorily maintained; new
members taking the place of those resigning. We would, however,
take this opportunity of urging the necessity of increasing our member-
ship, and also of reminding members that the annual subscription
falls due on January 1st. Prompt payment assists the Committee in
framing the Budget, and there should be no item in the Balance Sheet
representing subscriptions in arrears.

138

Journals.

One double number, representing Journals 49 and 50, was pub-
lished during the year. Manuscript for a further number was in hand,
but owing to a hitch in reproducing blocks, publication was held up.
The cost of publishing the Journal is very high, and if we are to main-
tain our present standard, the number published in a year must of
necessity be limited, or a special subscription called for

Lectures.

Two evening lectures were arranged, one by Mr. Arthur Loveridge,
and the other by Mr. A. M. Champion. Both were well attended and
greatly appreciated. The annual two-day scientific meeting took
place during November. It is gratifying to record the fact that con-
tributions were received from both Uganda and Tanganyika so that
the inter- territorial aspect of this annual function was maintained.
We take this opportunity of recording our thanks to all those who sub-
mitted papers or otherwise assisted in the meetings. We were
fortunate in having amongst us Prof. Boswell, Director of the School
of Mines, London, and one of the Secretaries of the British Association.
It is hoped that through his good services, the British Association will
one day meet in Kenya and Uganda.

Museum.

It is now some four years since your Society undertook the task
of conducting a public Museum in the Coryndon Memorial building.
The task is no sinecure. Your Committee has endeavoured to develop
the Museum on sound lines, paying due attention to the furthering of
the study and systematic side as a basis on which to build up and draw
upon for the public exhibition side. The prime importance of the
systematic work cannot be too strongly stressed ; the value of the
exhibited material is dependent on the soundness of the work done in
study rooms. It therefore follows that adequate equipment and
facilities for this work must have first claim when funds become avail-
able. To steer a reasonable course between the rival claims has been
a task which has confronted your Committee all along, and if members
are inclined to criticise the development of the public exhibition hall,
we must ask them to exercise patience and understanding. All dona-
tions made are not suitable for exhibition, and the selection of what
shall be prepared as an exhibit and what shall remain as study material,
must be left to the discretion of the Committee and the Curator.
Furthermore, until the time arrives when a full range of furnishing is
made available in the Museum, no real systematic arrangement on
strict educative lines can be accomplished.

Grants-in-aid from Government and the Municipality are barely
sufficient to meet the ordinary recurrent expenses in maintaining the
Museum. An annual capital grant is a necessity.

139

We have pleasure in recording that the Society was invited to
^PPly for assistance from the Carnegie Corporation, as a result of the
report submitted to that body by the Museums Commission in 1932
A grant of £1,000 has now been made for the purchase of permanent
exhibition cases and storage cabinets ; the cases will be installed during
1935. We take this opportunity of recording our thanks to the Empire
Grants Committee and the Carnegie Corporation for this much needed
assistance.

A full range of special geological cases has been installed; these
were purchased with the de Ganahl donation referred to in the annual
report for last year, and contain an exhibit of economic minerals and
geological material, largely loaned by the Government Mines Depart-
ment.

As foreshadowed in the report just referred to, a start was made
to the “ Bongo habitat group ” early in the year, and this exhibit was
completed toward the end of August, and has proved a great attrac-
tion. Additions have been made to the Bird and Mammal exhibits as
space has allowed, but no proper system can be adopted until cases are
provided. Among the larger exhibits special mention must be made
of two leopards donated by Mr. G. van Someren from Ngong, and a
scaley manis presented by Count Donhof.

The monthly donations of materials have been well maintained;
accessions have been particularly plentiful in the branches of
entomology and botany. The donations made by Mr. Allen Turner
are of special value. A valuable collection of birds was received from
Mr. D. Maclnnes from the Lake Rudolf area, also a representative
collection from Njoro presented by Major Conduitt.

During the year, the Museum received as a donation the magnifir
cent collection of mounted game trophies collected by Major Conduitt
of Njoro. As most of the heads were extra-territorial species, a special
exhibit was arranged in one of the small wings off the central hall.

The Botanical department has increased, more particularly in the
systematic section, and is dealt with in the separate report prepared
by the Botanist.

Systematic work in all branches is greatly assisted by the valuable
help accorded by experts at Home. We wish to record our thanks to
Sir Edward Poulton and Prof. Carpenter of the Oxford University,
Sir Guy Marshall of the Imperial Institute of Entomology, and Sir
Arthur Hill of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew.

Mr. A. F. J. Gedye and Mr. Allen Turner have again rendered
valuable assistance in an honorary capacity in the Entomological
Laboratories and other divisions.

Several scientific expeditions visited the country during the year
and laboratory accommodation was extended to members of the Cam-

140

bridge Lake Eudolf-Rift Valley expedition, the British Museum
expedition, and to Prof, and Mrs. Kirby of California University,
U.S.A. Mr. Arthur Loveridge of Harvard again assisted in determin-
ing herpetological material during his brief visit to Nairobi at the
beginning of the year

Public interest in the Museum is evinced by the number of
visitors; well over two thousand were admitted, and as heretofore pupils
and students (European, Asian, and native) have been admitted free
and conducted round the exhibits.

Library.

Progress in the subject card indexing was brought to an unavoid-
able stop by the sudden resignation of the Librarian toward the middle
of the year. The importance of this work can only be realised by
those who make habitual use of the Library, and it is to be greatly
regretted that funds did not allow of a new appointment being made.
Journals and periodicals received in exchange continue to accumulate
and space available is nearly exhausted. A further range of shelves
will shortly be needed. We regret to state that negotiations towards
the establishment of a Central Students’ Eeference Library have had
to be abandoned for the time being, owing to some legal difficulty.
The matter will, however, be reopened at the first opportunity.

14a

ANNUAL REPOET, BOTANICAL SECTION, 1934.

Expeditions were made to Mombasa and Kisii, and a day was
spent at Lumbwa en mute to Kisii. These trips, though partly
financed by the Society, would not have been possible without the help
of Mr. and Mrs. Fox and Major Buxton.

About 100 specimens were collected on each trip. Owing to the
wet weather at Mombasa very few of the outlying districts were visited.
From Kisii two days were spent in the little-frequented Lambwe
Valley, where there were said to be some very Uncommon and striking
Orchidaceae . Unfortunately they were not in flower, but after much
searching in very thick bush, leaves and roots were found; they
appeared to be unlike anything in the herbarium, and it is hoped that
they will flower in cultivation.

Owing to drought conditions local expeditions have not been very
numerous.

The herbarium work has been progressing. A new cabinet has
been filled and about half the duplicate specimens have been mounted,
ready to make up into district series, or for use in the study of ecology.

Collections of fresh and pressed material have been received from :
Lady Muriel Jex-Blake, Mesdames Albrechtsen, McKenzie,, Le Blanc
Smith, Hansen, Harries, Ritchie, and Ward; Misses Mainwering, K.
van Someren, and Jackson; Dr. van Someren, Messrs. Allen Turner,
Gedye, A. Champion, Beckley, Hudson, C. van Someren, H. Parry,
C. W. Harries, and C. Fox.

Thanks are due to all those who take the trouble to bring in
specimens. As this is the only way to complete the herbarium, it is
hoped as many or more may assist in this direction during this year.

The following identifications have been received from Kew : ■ —
Various collections ... ... ... 459

Mr. G. Rogers, approx 350

Total . . . 809

This figure is smaller than 1933, but it does not mean that fewer
specimens were handled, as every year an increasing number is being
identified here. All the above have been mounted and indexed, as
well as several hundreds which were not sent to Kew.

Thirty-two paintings have been added to the collection. Botanical
notes with black and white illustrations are prepared for each Journal.

Information has been sent to America, also photos and illustra-
tions, in return for which a monograph of Stapeliads has been
received.

142

The following have made use of the Herbarium or asked
information :

Mr. Hudson, Kabete Veterinary Laboratory.

Mr. Clennel, Agricultural Department.

Miss Pearson, Edinburgh.

Mrs. Albrechtsen, Naivasha.

Miss Hutcheson, Nyeri.

Mr. Dale, Forest Department.

Mr. MacDonald, Scott Laboratory.

Mr. Beckley, Scott Laboratory.

Lady McMichael, Tanganyika.

Mrs. Goldsworthy, Nyeri.

Mr. Barton Eckett, McMillan Library.

Col. Turner, Nairobi.

Capt. Eitchie, Game Department.

Eev. Mother Florence, Loreto Convent.

Mrs. Hodges, Subukia.

Dr. Taylor, British Museum.

Capt. Dent, Game Department.

Considerable assistance w^as given to Dr. Taylor of the British Museum,
who has promised to present the hei barium with a named set o| his
collections, and has also offered to revise the identification of the
Lahitae in this herbarium. During his stay in Nairobi, Dr. Taylor
discovered and collected species of the Podostomaceae family hitherto
not recorded from Kenya.

E. E. NAPIEE,

Botanist.

143

EAST AFRICA AND UGANDA NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

O CD

o

O ^

iO

io iO

00

05

00 o

(M

S

Th

CO

(M

10

0)

: o o
: o

QQ

OQ

0

a

0
%»

<

1

3

I

*0

S

3

I

W

P

p

>

P

<

Ph

P

p;

p

o

za

H

P

HH

P

o

p

p

O ^ 02 ?> OQ

SOOCOOOOiOOOOOOOOO^rJ^

oOOcDOt-OOrHCOCOOOOOCO

^;OiococDQOrHoc»aiOOOO(Mco

/-vT rT\ lO t>r^ rf\ roi

rr, W' W-" ' — ' W' V-/W '4..' ^ . — ..

“OcMCSCDOOiTHOOOOCOCOOt-
‘Ot-Oi^Or-lr-lCO O

o

02^^. -
O (M

O)

(M

00

p

p,

p

H

HH

P.

P;

P

p

X

p

o

•4^

; : : : : i ; ; = : i : : it

o

a

<X)

. Si . o

•::::: : : ; : : ^
CO VS '"rt

E;^ & 8 2

. . . ^ . . . S ©

SSog§j§s«.Sf^2Sa3

s

Th

CO

aS

<N

OQ

ra

02

BOTANICAL BEVENUE.

i s

o

5“

Is

‘E.

wS

P-l cs

^ g
o S
^ o

« o

Ti

<D

u^

<D

xJi

fl

cS

<D

O

r!

(N

cS

pq

02

O

O O <M

O O tH

8

(M

r-l

CD

QQ

O t- 03 O

CO

O (33 03
O tH oi

CO

40

no

rH

CD

•

P3

I I I

OO

&

03

m •

^3

2 S "E

3 fl 2

' o

! .rt ^ O

® O ^

. 2 ^

o o ;i3 o>

00

fl

c8

-1^

O

O O

O O 00

O O <M
CO O CO
CO

. d
. o

CO

.2" ^

u o

O <D

a 2 5=^

2 'g

g

g^.2

OijS

a

CO

no

(M

c3

•+=>

’E

c6

o

—4

cS

Sj

<D

d

<D

O

o

TJ

<r>

CO

d

cS

® '
o
d
o3

pq

O O id Q 00

03 O (M O o

no o CO )0
CO O CO b*
t:H CO t- CO

-+=

<D

• S

: 3

cS

o

CO

.2 <o

.2 ^
® "o
PnPq

CO

(M

00

tH

00

nn'

CO

OQ

CO

..... rd

: : : : : oQ

p4 ..... :>
:/:::•
q:)

►—I

P : : : : :

Jz:

^ . . . ~<^ •

>< : : : 2 :

H -S

cS

CO O
CD

CO ’d
.2 rd
c6 O <D

.2'o o

^ d C!£)

S o ^

o -+^ <0
<D d pQ

Opq *

&

S-i

Pm

03

t3

d

cS

CO

d

o

cS

d

o

o o o

03 O 40

no Q Ol no

CO O (M t-
tH CO CO CO

o

00

CO

t>

no

no

03

CD

jd

OQ

P

P

HH

P

o»

o

c

03

.-d

Pm

as

O

03

d

CD

:'0

<D

. d
* • ^

• rP
03
a

CD

^ Is

.2

T5 ‘o

.2 ^

C3 rt

§ ' §
tH g
C6 o CO S

ClD

(D 53D ® tH

2 _2 - P

g

. 2 02 2

^ p s .

w — o if P a ^
fii O , c-j d o o cs

CM eq M W pq ►? ffl

li

o

o

O CO
00 CO
l> CO

00

CO

t-

no

no

03

CD

d!

CC

c3 oQ ..Q

® s

p^ 2 'd

CD 5 CS

BALANCE SHEET, 31st DECEMBER, 1934.

o G<l

<N CO ^ Q O O O O O O O CO O
O COOOOOCDOOOOOQOO

CO ^ Q O O
CO O O O O CD

lO (M OQ O CO CO 00 CO O CO (M

(M tH © TjH eo (M rH CO Q T-t 00 rH t- lO

O 05C0'^I>(M 1>0(MCOOtJHCO

fN Gi fN O

(M

rH CO O (M

00

1-H

CO

OQ

H

zn

zn

: 00 rH

. t- i>

^ (M
b- (M

44

5:J d d

^ § C6
^ CQ rd

® r1

-1^ o

t:..

d CO
d C6

CQ o

.1 s

IS Q o 00 CO
rH O O (M rH

O tH
(M rH

.5 00

eS

o 00
00^
c6 (N O

OOCOOcOO:)rH^CO
C5O5rH00rHCOt>Oi
io CO Oi rH tH O o

(M rH O
t- O O O (M

O CO O
' O CO rH
; 00^01 00^

' CO lO o'

rH

CC

2 ^ :
i§ •

o

oQ d

<D <X>

«'g.S

■S

O 00 CO o ^ o
rH O CO O ® O
CO t> rH 00 ^CO
rH t-T

CO

8

CM O

O) O

O b- 00
CO t- CM
O CM lO

810 o

b- O

O rH O
Q 00
O l> 00

CO

OD

-+3

<D

d

•d d

C8 H

o ^

. *d

-1^ H

o d
f0[i(

\u.

s

o

o

. . a .

::<!>:

^ rr

^ 05

2 ^ i * '

d S ^

H b

C3 *=! ,id P b

-B d s 8 ^ ^

pq g h2 « <ii § p£)

05

H
d

05 C8
-H <D

d S

05

^ ’C

■tf-S-g'S§«2'S

cc

^s°8S

CO

-g

• CO O o
S ^ iO O

00

CO

00

o

iO

t>

00

rH

CO

IS

CO

00

I— I

H

«

•tj

d

:

• i5

a rH

CO

05

CM CO

CO

rH

O CO

CO

O

»o b-

CM

Id

rH 05

tH

CM

rH 00

o

O

b-

00

CM

d <!

c8

- O

^ Ph

’o 'g

05 H

CM O
rH CO

CO »C
O CM
»C rH
rH rH

>

a>

P5

00

a

CO

l>

CM

s a »< § 1= 6

g<H-3

o

p

i-'d ^
g ^oo

d cQ rd C8

00 ^
OD Q

02h?OO,

P

!H

pp

cc

rd

00

I have audited the Books and Accounts of the East Africa and Uganda Natural History Society,
and certify that the Balance Sheet is in accordance there wtih.

Nairobi, Feb. 4th, 1935. W. H. MURRELL.

EAST AFRICA AND UGANDA NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOCIETY :

The following Back-numbers of the Journal are available ;

Journal No. 3

... Shgs. 20/-

Journal No. 25

... Shgs. 5/.

>>

„ 4 ...

„ 20/-

99

„ 26 ...

6/-

}f

„ 5 ...

,, 20/-

99

„ 27 ...

6/-

f}

„ 6 ...

„ 20/-

99

„ 28 ...

5/-

9}

» 8 ...

„ 10/-

99

„ 29 ...

99

5/-

$9

„ 9 ...

„ 20/.

99

„ 30

10/-

99

„ 10 ...

» 20/-

99

„ 31/32 ...

99

7/50

99

„ 13 ...

,, 20/-

99

„ 33/34 ...

7/50

99

„ 14 ...

„ 20/-

99

„ 35 ...

••• 99

7/50

99

„ 15 ...

„ 10/-

99

» 36 ...

7/50

99

,, 17 ...

„ 6/-

99

„ 37

7/50

99

„ 18 ...

„ 5/.

99

„ 38/39 ...

7/50

99

„ 19 ...

» 4/-

99

„ 40/41 ...

7/50

99

„ 20 ...

» 2/-

99

„ 42/43 ...

7/50

99

» 21 ...

„ 4/-

99

„ 44 ...

99

7/50

99

» 22 ...

„ 5/-

99

„ 45/46 ...

7/50

99

,, 23 ...

„ 5/-

99

„ 47/48 ...

7/50

99

» 24 ...

„ 5/-

MEMBERS OF THE SOCIETY ARE ENTITLED TO 20% DISCOUNT.

Members having any of the missing numbers in the above list and wishing to sell,
are requested to communicate with the Editors.

The following Separata are also available :

B

The Birds of Kenya & Uganda, Parts 1 — 9, Vol. I (van Someren) Shgs. 5/- each.

Parts 1 — 3, Vol. II (van Someren) Shgs. 5/- each.

Note : — The above are paged in sequence and suitable for binding in volumes.
(Fully illustrated.)

The Butterflies of Kenya and Uganda, Parts 1 — 10 (van Someren) Shgs. 5/- each.
Note : — The above are paged in sequence and suitable for binding in volumes.

The following Reprints are available at Shgs. 1/- each.

Notes on the marriage customs of the Kipsigis
Pest status of Coffee feeding insects

Fluvial Geology, etc

Mimicry, natural selection, etc

Comparative series of skulls, etc. ...

Religious beliefs of the Kipsigis

Nesting habits of some East Africa Birds

Notes on Charaxes Pythodorus

Masai social customs

Life histories of some East African Lept.

The Age of the Rift Valley

Marriage customs among the Masai

Annual Report, 1932

Luo marriage customs

Cult of Mumbo

Bride-Price, Nandi ...

Bantu of Kavirondo

Kikuyu Land Tenure, etc

Geogi’aphical distribution of animials

The Organic Cell ...

Lumbwa Caves

Report on the Bajun Islands

Captive mammals

Game disease

Geographical distribution of butterflies

Notes on the birds of Jubaland

Masai Shields and Spears ^ ...

Tribal Organisation of the Nandi

Notes on the Wasanye

Sedimentary Rocks

Cetoniinae

Fishing in Kavirondo Gulf

African Sign-writing

Origin of Kenya and Uganda Tribes

Fossorial Hymenoptera

History of the Nandi i-

Fluctuation of Lake Victoria

History of the Rift Valley

Lycaenidae

Chrysomelidae

Origin of the Masai

Nutrient deficiencies in Coffee

Virus diseases on plants

Geology of Usongo area ...

(Orchardson)

(le Pelley)

(Reck)

( Carpenter)

(Leakey)

(Orchardson)

(Mclnnes)

(Evans)

(Whitehouse)

(Jackson)

(H, L. Sikes)
(Storrs Fox)

(Shaw)

(Nyangweso)

(Huntingford)

(Owen)

(Barlow)

(Carpenter)
(Wynstone Waters)
(Hobley)

(Barton)

(Loveridge)

Percival)

(Carpenter)

(van Someren)
(Storrs Fox)
(Hemsted)
(Champion)
(Glenday) =

(Gedye)

(Dobbs)

(Hobley)

(Bolton)

(Carpenter)

(Huntingford)

(Brooks)

(Gregory)

(van Someren)
(Gedye)

(Luck)

(Beckley)

(le Pelley)

(Grace Stockley)

Supplement No. 1. Check list of the Birds of East Africa and Uganda (van
Someren) Shgs. 5/-

,, 3. Check list of the Reptilia from the British territories in East

Africa (Loveridge) ... Shgs. 3/-

,, 4. Migration of Birds (van Someren)

Shgs. 3/-

O^e 3oumal

OF THE

East Africa and Uganda
Natural History Society.

Jan. — Apl.^ 1935. Val. XII. Nos. 5 and 6

CONTENTS.

PAGE

Butterflies of Kenya and Uganda. Supplement to Vol. I.
Ilustrated. By V. G. L. van Someren, f.e.e.s., f.l.s.,
etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .... 147

Future Development of the Kipsigis with special reference to

Land Tenure. By I. Q. Orchardson ... ... ... 200

A Short Account of a Stone Age Culture from a Eockshelter

of Mount Elgon. By Major F. Moysey ... ... ... 211

Eeview : H. L. Sikes ... ... ... ... 219

Annual Eeport and Balance Sheet ... 221

Editor :

V. G. L. VAN Someren.

Additional copies to members, 10/-; non-members, 20/-
Date of Publication : March, 1936.

printed 2Y the east AFRICAN STANDARD, LTD.
All Bights Ee served.

/

BUTTERFLIES OF KENYA AND UGANDA.

By

V. G. L. VAN SOMEEEN, F.R.E.S., F.L.S., etc.

Supplement to Vol. 1.

Being additional notes and addenda to the groups dealt with in the

Journal of the East Africa and Uganda Natural History Society,

1925-1935.

Introduction.

It is now some ten years since the first part of Volume 1 of the
serial on the “ Butterflies of Kenya and Uganda ” appeared, and, as
new material and additional observations have accumulated, it is con-
sidered advisable to publish a special paper embodying this new data.

For much of the new material, I am indebted to my friend T. H. E.
Jackson of Kit ale, who has done, and is doing, such excellent work in
his district and in Uganda.

Reference will be made to the original notes as they appeared in
the several numbers of the Journal, and to the species as dealt with
in the Separata of Vol. 1. Corrections to the letterpress have appeared
in the Index to Vol. 6 of the Journal.

The order followed will be that adopted in the Journal.

Family DANAIDIDAE. Sub-family Danaininae : Genus Melinda.

MELINDA FORMOSA and MERGEDONIA.

Ref. Op. cit. No. 21, pp. 31-32: Vol. 1, Sep. 1, pp. 10-11.

The two representatives of this genus, hitherto considered two
distinct species, overlap in their distribution, and in the area of contact,
interbreed. Extensive material shows many intermediates. The area
of overlap is from Lumbwa-Nandi to Elgon.

As is well known, formosa is the model for Papilio rex, and merce-
donia for rex mimeticus, the Uganda race. It is therefore interesting
to note that the intermediates of these two Danaines act as the model
of the intermediate race of Papilio rex, comixtus, Rothsch., which
occurs in the area of overlap. Though these intermediates occur over
a wide area, they are associated with true formosa and mercedonia, to
an extent which precludes the recognition of an intermediate race by a
distinct name.

The races are therefore : M. formosa formosa, Godm., 1880.

M. formosa mercedonia, Karsch, 1894.

Intermediates: M. formosa^mercedonia.

The early stages of all the forms are very similar. The larva of
mercedonia is rather more ornamented than formosa and has more
crimson on the segments, especially on the spines.

147

Genus AMAUEIS.

AMAURIS NIAVIUS AETHI0P8, Eotlis. & Jord.

This is the Abyssinian race of A. niavius, and is distinguished by
the narrower and less extended white fore-wing sub-apical bar which
does not reach toward the margin of the wing, but stops short of the
sub -marginal row of small white spots, thus leaving the spot in 3
quite free.

The race is included in this paper on the evidence of specimens
taken by Stoneham in Karamoja. There are two specimens in my
collection from Kaimosi, one of which is hardly to be distinguished
from aethiops, while the other has the spot in 3 quite free.

AMAURIS EGHERIA JACK80NI, E. M. Sharpe.

Eef. Op. cit. No. 21, pp. 39-40. Vol. 1, Sep. 1, pp. 18-19.

Under the heading, distribution, mention was made of the geo-
graphical variation noticeable in this species

Typical jacksoni are found in the Sotik district (type loc.), and
eastwards to Lumbwa and the Mau. Topotypical examples really
represent an intermediate between two extremes, a large, almost black
ground conspicuous insect ranging in the forests of Kikuyu Escarpment
east to Mt. Kenia, and the low rain-forests of Meru, and a smaller more
brownish race distributed from the coast through Teita, the Southern
Masai Eeserve to Kisii and central Kavirondo, N. Kavirondo, Elgon,
Kitale, and eastern Uganda.

When laid out in parallel series, the differences are obvious, but
as already indicated, the named forms are, unfortunately, just those
intermediates which render further sub-division difficult.

It is at once obvious that the insects from the high country of
Kikuyu, Uplands, Katamayo, and the Kikuyu Escarpment are not at
all identical with the series from Kisii-Kaimosi-Kakamega.

We thus have an eastern Mau race; a coast to western Mau race;
and the intermediates of the Sotik-Lumbwa area, typical jacksoni.

AMAURIS ALBIMACULATA, s.l.

Eef. Op cit. No. 21, pp. 40-41 : Vol. 1, Sep. 1, pp. 19-20.

We are here dealing with an aggregate lumped under one name,
omitting, for the time being, the race hanningtoni, Butlr.

An accumulation of material collected throughout Kenya and
Uganda, clearly indicates that in certain locahties, the insects have
taken on distinctive colouration.

148

Butler separated the species from echeria in 1875, on certain
specific characters already cited, op. cit., on South African material,
and East African specimens have been associated therewith, excepting
the race hanningtoni.

The three distinctive types are as follows: (1) a dark form with
small white spots in the fore- wing and dark ochreous hind- wing patch,
predominant in the following areas : Southern Masai to Sotik and Kisii,
Lumbwa, Mau, Kitale and Kakamega, Aberdares to Meru, all doubt-
less influenced by the dark A. ansorgei, and to a certain extent, echeria;
(2) a very pale form (distinct from Butler’s race hanningtoni of the
Kilimanjaro-Teita area), with large white spots in the fore- wing,
especially that in the cell, and a very pale ochreous to creamy hind-
wing patch, not clear-cut on the hind margin, and extending almost
to the anal angle along the inner margin; these are typical of the
eastern and coastal belt of Kenya and Uganda areas; and (3) an upland
race, large of size, and intermediate in colouration, ranging through
the forested country of Kikuyu and the southern Aberdares, and asso-
ciated with the dark form of echeria jacksoni^ and A, ansorgei altumi.

AMAURI8 LOBENOULA SEPTENTRIONIS, Poulton.

Kef. Op. cit. No. 21, p. 42 : Vol. 1, Sep. 1, p. 21.

This race was described by Prof. Poulton from material sent to hiTri
by me from Marsabit. It is the predominant species in the area, but it
is now known to extend westward to Kulal and south of Rudolf at
Mt. Nyiro, and doubtless will be found in forested country to the
southward.

The early stages are as follows : The eggs are laid on a species of
Cynanchum, so far unidentified, singly or in small groups, either on
the upper or under surfaces of the leaves or on the stem most often
near the young growing shoots.

The eggs are a long pear-shape, with slightly parallel sides towards
the bottom; creamy when first laid they turn orange, then greyish to
black before hatching, about the eighth day. The young larva is
greyish-olive without any indications of longitudinal lines, until the
second instar, at which period spines appear on the forward and hind
segments. The mature larva is 50 mm. long, blackish in ground
colour, ornamented with a mid-dorsal orange line composed of dis-
creet or semi-contiguous spots, a dorso-lateral line of similar colour but
smaller spots, and a spiracular line.

A few yellowish transverse lines connect up some of the dorsal
and dorso-lateral lines, thus giving the appearance of a check pattern.
Five long filamentous fleshy spines are present on each side, on the
dorso-lateral line on the 2, 3, 5, 10 and 11th segments.

149

The pupa is very similar to that of A. echeria jacksoni. It is a pale
translucent greenish gold with some golden marks on the wing scutes,
a row on the dorso- abdominal segments, and with dark spiracular spots.
The dorso-thoracic area is very pronounced and bluntly pointed, thus
accentuating the depression between it and the abdominal protuber-
ance. The head case is angled dorso-ventrally, and square edged. The
cremaster pedicle is long and black.

It is of interest to note in passing, that the race of lohengula which
is found in North Uganda and Abyssinia, is much nearer to the southern
race lohengula katangae than to septentrionis.

AMAURIS {Amaurina) ANSORGEI ALTUMI^ van Som.

PL 1, figs. 1 and 2.

Eef. Op. cit. No. 22, p. 44 : Vol. 1, Sep. 1, p. 22 partim.

This race was described by me in a supplement to the Journal
cited, and was based on some two hundred specimens both caught and
bred. I take this opportunity of repeating the description and the
figures.

The nominate race is limited to the west of the Mau and north to
Nandi; though the types were supposed to have been taken in eastern
Uganda, they have not been duplicated in that area since. They are,
however, of the very dark race so plentiful in the Lumbwa-Sotik area.
This dark race was re-described by Le Cerf, under the name torrefacta,
type loc. Molo.

The race I have described has its headquarters in the forests of
the Kikuyu Escarpment and the Aberdares and has been taken in some
numbers at Tuso. It probably also extends to Mt. Kenia on the
western side.

It differs from the nominate race in having the patch of the hind-
wing much paler in colour (as in echeria jacksoni), and having the sub-
marginal spots more numerous and almost white.

On the lower surface of the hind-wing there is a marked black line
which crosses the ochreous patch at the bases of the cell and area 8.

Eaely Stages :

The egg is of the usual amauris type, a long barrel shape, slightly
constricted at the top, finely ribbed and ornamented with cross ridges.
They are deposited either on the upper or lower surfacs of the leaves
and on the young shoots of Cynanchum and a species of Tylophora.
They are creamy to yellow when first laid and have a high glaze. The
young larvae are gregarious and feed together in groups of forty and
more, eating the fleshy surfaces of the leaves and leaving the ribs
almost intact. In the first stage they are ochreous to greyish without

150

PLATE 1.

Amauris {Amaiirina) ansorgei altumi, van Som.
Upper and under surfaces.

PLATE 2.

pR

Bemafisfes schuhofzi, Grimb. Arraea jodutta, Fal).

'igs. 1 — 2. Females. Fig. 4. Var. f.-w. bar white; hind-marginal

'ig. 3. Male. j^atch and h.-w. bar ochreons.

'ig. 1. Female f. jacksonianifs. Fig- h. Var. of /. Integra.

Fig. 6. Acraea alciope, var.

PLATE 3.

C C3
-O

1

I

4

I

i

.?

I

I

1;

PLATE 4.

longitudinal lines and little indication of the body spines which only
appear evident at the second moult. In this stage the number of
spines on each side is four — but at the third moult a fifth spine develops
at the anal end. These spines are present on the dorso-lateral aspect
of the segments on the 2, 3, 5, 10, and 11th. The mature larva is very
distinctive : the ground colour is purplish-black, a narrow blue line
runs along the centre of the dorsum, wide conspicuous orange yellow
longitudinal lines placed equidistant along the dorso-lateral and lateral
line leaving intervening black areas the same width as the yellow lines.
The undersurface is greyish with a purply tinge, more pronounced over
the suctorial legs.

The fleshy spines are short compared with those of echeria jacks oni.

The pupa is at first pale pink but when hardened becomes a
beautiful gold with an extremely high glaze, spiracular spots dark and
the cremaster is long-stalked with basal protuberances.

The dorsal aspect of the thorax and abdomen are very prominent
with a deep depression between; each abdominal segment is orna-
mented with black dots, two dorsally, one laterally, one ventral.

The imago emerges in 14-16 days. The pupa case is then
brownish though transparent. Held at certain angles the pupa looks
very like a baboon’s head.

Family ACRAEIDAE. Genus BEMATISTES, Hemming.

This genus replaces Planema. Vide Hemming in Carpenter’s
paper “ The Ehopalocera of Abyssinia,’’ Trans. Ent. Soc., Vol.
XXXIII, p. 374, 1935.

BEMATISTES SCHUBOTZI, Grunb. Sexes unlike.

PI. 2, figs. 1-3.

TIT T-,

Male. Expanse : 33-35 mm.

F.-w. brownish black, sub-apical bar narrow, 3-4 mm. ochreous;
patch on hind border orange tawny, filling most of la, lb, except for
basal triangle and posterior angle, and the basal half of 2. H.-w.

orange tawny, slightly dusted with dark scales at the extreme base,
with two black dots in the cell and others of the underside showing
through. Marginal border widest at outer angle, but narrowing to 2;
veins black-scaled narrowly, with narrow internervular black rays
between.

Underside: Somewhat as above, but apical portion of fore-wing
not so dark and tinged with ochreous ; black strongest as a median bar.
H.-w. as above but duller, marginal border not so marked at angle;

151

black spots small, as follows : three at base subcosta, two large, on©
small in cell, two at base Ic, one at base lb.

Female. Two varieties are figured.

Larger than the male, 40 mm., with more rounded fore-wings.
Sub-apical bar and posterior patch pure white, the hind-patch rather
more restricted distally, but sub-apical bar wider and more indented
at V.5. Ground colour blacker; h.-w. as in the male, but marginal
border wider especially at angle.

The other variety has the sub-apical bar pure white, while the
posterior patch is suffused with tawny-orange. f. nov. JACK-
SONIANUS.

Type female. Budongo, Sept., 32. T. H. E. Jackson.

Distribution:, Collected in the Budongo Forest by T. H. E.
Jackson.

BEMATI8TE8 AGANICE UGANDAE, sub. sp. Nov.

PL XXXVI, figs. 3 and 6.

Kef. Jrl. No. 29, p. 36, Vol. 1, Sep. V, pp. 102-3.

I have already given full descriptions of the two races as found in
Kenya and Uganda. The race MONTANA, Butler, type loc. Kilima-
njaro, is the Kenya race, while the Uganda race is without a name. I
therefore designate it as above.

Type female, Mawakota, Uganda, July, 1929, in Coryndon
Memorial Museum, van Som. Coll.

Comparative material : Long series of over 50 specimens of each
race.

Sub-family ACRAEINAE. Genus ACKAEA.

AGRAEA ZETE8 RUDOLF I, Eltr.

Kef. Op cit. No. 23, p. 131 : Vol. 1, Sep. 2, p. 49. PI. VI, fig. 8.

This race was described by Dr. Eltringham from specimens sent
to him and previously mentioned by me loc. cit. The full description
is as follows : The ground colour of both sexes is rosy-red. The fore-
wing has a conspicuous sub-marginal row of tawny-orange spots con-
tinued nearly to the apex, and very distinctly separated from the apical
tawny-orange patch which lies in areas 3, 4, 5, 6, 9. The hind-wing
marginal black has a sub-marginal row of small but distinct orange-
tawny spots. Type male, Oct. -Nov., 1927, Marsabit; female, June,
1924, Marsabit, Dr. van Someren. Co-types Marsabit and Kulal.

The form from Meru is intermediate between rudolfi and zetes
ucara; the females in this case are rosy in ground colour, and represent

152

a 75% aggregate over the area of low-lying country west to Baringo,
and south-east to the head waters of the Tana Biver.

ACRAEA PENTAP0LIS = THELESTI8.

The food plant of this species is “ Magungwa (Luganda),
Mifianthus arhoreus Moeaceae.

ACRAEA ADMATHA LEUCOGRAPHA, Eibbe.

Kef. Op. cit. No. 23, p. 126: Vol. 1, Sep. 2, p. 45.

I am indebted to Miss Fount aine for the description of the early
stages of this species. The eggs are not described, but the larva feeds
on a species of Rinorea. “ Ground colour yellowish-brown spotted all
over with white-centred black spots out of which extend rather short
black spines slightly branched. Head black with a broad white collar
on the “ neck.” Pupa very pale green on the wing cases, pale yellow
on the abdomen, with a wavy black line and a few isolated black
spots.

ACRAEA PSEUDOLYCIA ASTRIGERA, Butlr.

Eef. Op. cit. No. 23, p. 134: Vol. 1, Sep. 2, p. 52.

Add to the distribution : Southern Masai reserve to Ngong and
the M’bagathi and Narok. The insects were numerous on the flower-
ing acacias along the Ngong-Kajiado road in April, 1935.

ACRAEA EGINA.

Eef. Op. cit. No. 23, pp. 134-135: Vol. 1, Sep. 2, p. 54.

Add to the description of the mature larva : Head brick-red ; a
narrow orange line in mid-dorsum; at base of each spine, a glistening
blush-white spot in front; first segment with a transverse black spot
with enamelled surface.

Miss Fountaine describes the larva as velvety black profusely
spotted with white. Her description is from full fed though not dis-
tended larvae; the transverse orange lines are hidden in the folds of
the skin.

In the race harrisoni, the black and orange transverse bars are
more conspicuous, but otherwise the colouration is very similar.

ACRAEA ONCEA, Hopp.

Eef. Op. cit. No. 22, p. 144: Vol. 1, Sep. 2, p. 62.

The early stages are as follows : Eggs creamy white, spindle
shaped and slightly ribbed, laid on Adenia sp. Larva ochreous with
glistening bases to the long black spines ; some reddish on dorso-lateral

153

line; head ochreous with an inverted V above the mouth, and broad
oblique line over eye disc, and the margin of the face black.

Pupa with black rings on lateral aspect of abdominal segments,
black lines on dorsum of thorax, and a series of black vernations on
the wing-cases.

ACBAEA AEQUAT0RIALI8 ANEMIA, Eltr.

Kef. Op. cit. No. 25, pp. 62-63: Vol. 1, Sep. 3, p. 34.

To the distribution add : Kulal and South Rudolf. It should be
noted, however, that examples from Kulal area, though as pale as
typical anaemia, are larger and with more pronounced spots. These
should be recognised as a geographical race.

ACRAEA LYGUS, Druce. PI. 8, figs. 1-4.

In a recent paper by Prof. Hale Carpenter, this species is men-
tioned as having been taken in the Taru, Kenya. It has also been
recorded from Tanganyika Territory, and probably, is to be found in the
thorn-bush country east of Kilimanjaro and Teita.

The species has been confused with A. stenobea, by both Eltring-
ham and Aurivillius, and Trimen deals with it as a variety of
stenobea; Carpenter has unravelled the problem in his paper, Stylops,
Vol. 1, Pt. 9, pp. 196-7.

Through the kindness of Prof. Carpenter I am able to give a figure
of male and female from photographs kindly supplied by the Imperial
Forestry Institute, Oxford.

It will be observed that the species bears a strong resemblance to
A. natalica, and for this reason has probably been overlooked.

ACRAEA CAECELIA PUDORA, Auriv.

Kef. Op. cit. No. 25, p. 64: Vol. 1, Sep. 3, p. 36.

Eltringham states in his Monograph, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1912, p.
184, that the female form hypatia is a form found in Sierra Leone, but
he also records one specimen in Tring from Mohoroni, which is in
South Kavirondo. Among various examples of this species sent to
Dr. Eltringham by me are several examples of this form from Kulal
and south Rudolf, so determined by him. I suggest that in reality
these Kulal males and females represent a distinct race, as they are
more tawny-red and more thickly scaled on the fore-wing. The
females are of nearly the same colour as the males. For the Kulal
speciments I propose the name A. CAECELIA KULAL, sub. sp. Nov.
Type d Kulal, Oct. -Nov., 1927.

154

PLATE 5.

Figs. 1 — 6. Figs. 7 — 8. A. raliira, Bsdv. Figs. 9 — 1C. A. hourgeoni, Schut.

-1 nyinfvpnn nnnrrponfico. Fig;. 11. A. iturina.

PLATE 6.

c5 'w

«+H !h

sh s

w M ?H
^ 0)
o3 HI 'Ti
>'7S a

O

TT

LO I>

pR

^3 :

• ~i‘ ?

2^0
rCtf T3 T

PLATE 7.

Figs. 1—7. A. bettiana, vars. Figs. 8 and 12. Figs. 9—11. A. goetzl, Tlinr.

Pardopsis punctafissini us.

PLATE 8.

Jygus, Druce. Upper and under surfaces.

AGRAEA AGRITA,

Ref. Op. cit. 23, pp. 139-141. PI. VIII, figs. 9-10.

Dr. le Doux has kindly examined these specimens and reports as
follows : —

Fig. 9. Ac. acrita acrita f. nigramarginata, le Doux.

Fig. 10. Ac. (acrita) manca tahorensis, le Doux.

AGRAEA ANAGREON ANAGREONTIGA, Gr. Sm.

AGRAEA RAHIRA.

Ref. Op cit. No. 25, pp. 70-71 : Vol. 1, Sep. 3, pp. 42-43.

I must apologise for the mix-up under these headings. The
description given for the latter male should of course refer to that of
the former, and the figure of the male, PI. V, fig. 5, PI. VI, fig. 10, are
anacreon anacreontic a; whilst figures 6 and 7 of PI. V, and fig. 11 of
PI. VI are females of rahira. The description of the female as given
is that of rahira female.

It will be noted that in anacreontica, both males and females, there
is a patch of long ochreous hairs at the bases of the wings, more parti-
cularly on the hind-wing, a character which is absent in rahira. PL
5, figs. 1-6. PI. 6, fig. 10.

Furthermore, the underside of the hind-wing in both sexes lacks the
clear-cut light band outlined distally with black as in rahira; and the
red areas are more pronounced and L shaped. The black spotting is
on the border of this red L, for the most part.

The female of anacreon anacreontica is somewhat like the male,
but larger, and the ground colour is less orange-red; the spotting and
red markings on the undersurface are, however, identical.

Distribution : It is of interest to note that this species has the same
distribution as rahira in Kenya, and also occurs in Uganda at Buhunge
{Hancock leg.). Carpenter states that Uganda specimens are transi-
tional to anacreon. They are certainly very reddish.

As there is thus no description of rahira, in my notes, the following
should be added :

A. rahira, Boisd. PI. 5, figs. 7 and 8. PI. 6, figs. 5 and 6.

Male ; Ground colour of both fore and hind-wings pale to orange
tawny. F.-w. with black along the costa and at the apex; with black
dentate rays from the outer margin running into the ground colour along
the veins; a small black spot at about mid-cell and a large transverse
one at apex of the cell; a row of dark sub-apical spots, almost con-
tiguous, in 4, 5, 6, one in 3 more discreet and situated more posterior;
a further dark spot sub-basal in 2 and one below it in lb. H.-w. slightly

155

dusted with greyish scales at the base ; a narrow black margin, dentate
along the veins; dark spots as on the underside, and with an indication
of the sub-marginal line of below.

Undersurface : Paler than above, with black spotting as above, but
the black dentate marks along the margin only indicated by streaks
along the veins, and between these the orange scaling is strong. Colour
of h.-w. as fore, but there is a post-discal almost straight bar from the
inner margin to 4, outlined with dark scales distally and inwardly de-
marcated by a series of dark dots in an almost straight line; this hne
of spots continued from lb to 5 thence at right angles in 6 and slightly
more proximal in 7.

There are two small sub-costal black spots. A further almost
parallel row of spots pass from the inner margin and through the mid-
cell, double at root of vein 5; a further black spot at base of cell.

Distribution : The range of this species is interesting. Eltringham
does not record it from eastern Africa, but we have taken it on the
Sosiani Eiver at Eldoret, and Lake Narasha, and more recently it has
been recorded from Lango district in Uganda, also Bulemezi, Lake
Kioga, and Bunyoro from specimens taken by Hancock.

ACBAEA ENCEDON, s.l.

Bef. Op. cit.; Vol. 1, Sep. 3, pp. 44-46.

The aggregate hitherto known as encedon, in its various forms, has
recently received the attention of Dr. le Doux of Berlin, who informs
me that there are certainly two species mixed up here, and he supports
his distinctions by evidence of genitalia.

I have been unable to follow up in detail the division suggested by
this worker, and must refer readers to his writings : Acraeen — Studien,
IV Mitteil. Zool. Mus., Berlin, Band 17, Heft 2.

Briefly, this author shows that what has hitherto been named
lycia, auct., a form of encedon, is in reality a distinct species with
several variations closely resembling similar colour variations in the
species encedon. But the species LYCIA, F. does not occur in
-Eastern Africa.

I take the liberty of giving the forms of A. encedon recorded from
Xenya and Uganda, as determined by Dr. le Doux :

f. fulva, D.H. & W. Uganda and Kenya,
f. infuscatoides, le D. Uganda and Kenya,
f. alcippina, Auriv. Uganda and Kenya,
f. umbratalcippina, le. D. Uganda,
f. poultoni, le D. Uganda.

156

f. encedon, L.=sganzini, Bsd. Kenya and Uganda,
f. lycoides, le Doux. Kenya and Uganda,
f. daira, G. & S. Kenya and Uganda,
f. radiata, Auriv. Uganda,
f. perradiata, le Cerf. Uganda.

For the descriptions of these various forms, I must refer readers
to Dr. le Doux’s original paper. He shows that sganzini, Bsd., is a
synonym of encedon encedon.

I am able, however, to give a correct determination of the
specimens figured on Plates VII and VIII, Jrl. 24. The following are
represented :

Fig. 1. Female, form fulva, D.H. & W. Note here, that accord-
ing to the original description of encedon, this is an
insect “ concoloribus flavis and not tawny. The
tawny form is fulva.

Fig. 2. This is a dark variety of fulva.

Figs. 3-4 are alcippina, male and female.

Fig. 5. Is a female lyciodes, le Doux. (Ac. lycia is a distinct
West African species.)

Fig. 6. Of this, Dr. le Doux writes: “ A very remarkable speci-
men, transitional to female daira.’' “ It must be a rare
form. I have handled hundreds of fulva, and never seen
anything like it.”

Fig. 7. Is a typical male daira.

Fig. 8. Is a transition to male poultoni, le Doux.

Fig. 9. Male encedon encedon — sganzini, Bsdv. Of this le Doux
writes : “A rather dark specimen and slightly transi-

tional to f. fumata, Auriv.

Fig. 10. Is a male infuscaioides, le Doux.

ACRAEA SOTIKENSIS, E. M. Sharpe.

Op. cit. No. 24, pp. 79-80: Vol. 1, Sep. 3, pp. 51-52.

To the distribution add South Kavirondo and Kisii to Lolgorien.

PI. 4, figs. 4 and 5 = f. ROWENA.

ACRAEA WIGGINSI, Neave.

Eef. Jrl. No. 25, pp. 71-72: Vol. 1, Sep. 3, pp. 43-44.

Through the kindness of Mr. R. T. Evans, I am now able to give
a description of the larva and pupa of this species. The food plant is
Cassia zambesiacus, Leguminosae, and Cassia sp. indet. The
mature larva is pale yellow; head creamy-yellow with an inverted V

157

above the mouth. All spines are strongly branched and black in colour.
The anterior legs are black. The pupa is pale yellow shading to creamy
on the wing-scutae. These are veined in black. The thorax is orna-
mented with a club-shaped black line running from the head to about
half-way; inside this black line is a Y shaped yellow line arms pointing
towards the abdomen ; beyond this mark are two diamond-shaped black
marks. The abdomen is ornamented with four rows of yellow-centred
black spots.

ACRAEA VENTURA, Hewit.

Op. cit. No. 25, pp, 86-87: Vol. 1, Sep. 3, pp. 58-59.

Through the kindness of my friend, B. T. Evans, I am now able
to give the life history of this interesting species. As I originally sug-
gested, the evidence of the early stages all go to strengthen the view
that we are here dealing with an insect distinct from terpsichore. It
will be noted that the larva is distinct from any of the variations of
terpsichore and the food plant is different, and in fact, belongs to a
widely different family.

Early stages : The eggs are laid in groups on the underside of the
leaves of Cassia zambesiacus , Leguminosab. At first pearly -white,
they turn canary-yellow, and later, pink. The young larva is at first
greenish-yellow with a black head and black spines. At the second
instar the larva is uniform greenish-yellow; with the next moult it
develops a dark dorsal stripe, the spines remain yellow except for the
first two pairs or dorso-lateral ones which turn black; the head is black
or red-brown. When black there is an inverted V above the mouth.
The larva, when mature, develops alternate black and ochreous band-
ing with three rows of moderately long branched spines, the anterior
and posterior three black, the rest ochreous. There is in addition a
glistening blue-black spot at the anterior base of each spine; head
orange. The pupa is brownish with, on the abdomen, three rows of
black circles with orange centres, situated dorso laterally, laterally and
ventrally. The thorax is mottled with black; the wing cases are lined
with black and the head piece ochre with black marks over the eye-
shields.

Observations : Reference to Eltringham’s Monograph reveals the
statement that ventura, Hewitson, is “ apparently, only an unusually
red terpsichore.’' He states further that should the form with very red
bands on the underside prove to be a distinct species, a new name will
probably have to be found.

Although Dr. le Doux has placed ventura as merely a iorm of
terpsichore (thus following Eltringham), which according to him is
antedated by the name epordna, Cl-amer, and this name must stand, I

158

am convinced on the evidence of the early stages and the food-plant,
that ventura is a distinct species. I would refer readers to Pr. le
Doux’s papers.

AGRAEA RANGATANA, mr.

Bef. Op. cit. No. 25, p. 88, No. 27, pp. 213-214: Vol. 1, Sep.

3, p. 60 and Sep. 4, p. 63.

I should like to draw attention again to the specific distinction of
this insect form eponina, Cram.— terpsichore auctorum, more particu-
larly as Pr. le Doux has followed Eltringham and placed it as merely
a form of eponina. '

AGRAEA OGHRASGE'NS, E. M. Sharpe.

Add to the localities: Kisumu; and Bulago, Uganda.

AGRAEA BETTIANA, Talbot. PL 6, figs. 3 and 4. PI. 7, figs. 1-7.

Bef. Bull. Hill Museum, Vol. 1, No. 1, 1921.

This insect is said to belong to the goetzi group, but I would sug-
gest that it is probably a geographical race of rangatana or a closely
allied species. There are forms of rangatana which are only slightly
darker than h ettiana and the pattern is very similar.

Description : Ground colour brown-black, basal area with a large
creamy patch — ^slightly dusted with blackish at the extreme base — ex-
tending from the hind border to beyond vein 3, and continued into the
mid-cell; a blackish dot at apex of cell; a distinct narrow creamy sub-
apical bar; a marginal series of orange-red streaks from lb to 7, longest
in 3 and 5. Note : In typical hettiana, the cream colour in the cell
appears to be distinctly separated from the rest of the light patch by
a black line of ground colour.

H.-w. blackish-brown ground colour with a central creamy band of
almost equal width until area 4-5 when it is produced distad and then
narrows in 6-7 at costa; a series of triangles at the margin from Ic to 7
with orange-red at apices ; base of wing with slight mottling and indica-
tion of the reddish bar of the underside.

Underside: F.-w. pattern as above, but more brownish, and the
marginal streaks longer and broader; some reddish scales at base of
costa. H.-w base reddish, basal triangle creamy, followed by a reddish
and black slightly curved band, the black being in contiguous rings and
containing red; a creamy discal band as above; margin with creamy
spots separated by long greyish triangular rays, apices distal and
between them orange to brick-red.

159

Female : Very like the male, but larger and paler, sometimes light
areas white.

Early stages : Unknown.

Distribution : Uganda specimens come from the Kigezi area, but
the type locality is Kisaba Forest Lake Eivu. Talbot has described a
variety of the female under the name kissejensis. We have no notes
on this species, and are indebted to G. R. L. Hancock and D. Buxton
for specimens of the species.

ACRAEA GOETZI, Thur. PI. 6, figs. 7 and 8. PI. 7, figs. 9-11.

Expanse 18-20 mm. General colour orange and black. Sexes
unlike.

Male: Fore-wing greater portion of the wing orange red; distal
part black with an orange-red sub-apical bar from the costa to short
of the marginal border, at the costa it is yellowish. Costa black; apex
and outer margin broadly black, the black of the border extending in-
ward between the sub-apical bar and the basal orange-red, often as an
almost parallel sided bar, or sometimes wider toward the costal end,
and blacker. Base of wing with blackish scaling, this black sometimes
extending as a line along the base of the hind margin. In some speci-
mens the marginal black on the outer edge carries small orange inter-
nervular spots. Sometimes the sub-apical bar is lighter in colour than
the red of the base of the wing.

H.-w. base thinly scaled with black; marginal border broadly black
with or without small intemervular yellowish spots ; rest of wing orange-
red, paler at the inner edge and angled somewhat in area 5.

There is a general resemblance on the upperside to A. dcerata
tenella.

Underside: Greater part of the wing dull orange; sub-apical bar
yellow ochre and separated by the black irregular bar which does not
extend to the border; costa greyish, apex and marginal border orange
with black streaks edged with ochreous along veins.

H.-w. : Ground colour ochre-yellow; a red rectangular mark with
black ends at about mid-sub-costa, a further obtuse L shaped red mark,
short arm at base of wing, long arm in Ic adjoining the cell; one black
spot at base of cell, three in lb, and a black line from inner margin to
end of red mark; a further black spot or wavy line at base of v. 5.
Border narrowly ochreous and internal to this a wide red bar narrowly
black lined internally and intersected by ochreous streaks black-edged
and black-centred along the veins.

160

Female : Eesembles somewhat the male form with marginal spots
to f.-w. border, but these marginal spots larger and paler; the red of the
basal half of the wing suSused with tawny and with a large black
somewhat triangular mark at mid-point in lb apex reaching cell. H.-w.
orange tawny, dusky at base; border widely black and carrying inter-
nervular triangular yellow-ochre marks at edge; wing fringe greyish-
ochre.

Underside as in the male.

Distribution: Has been taken in the Bechunzi-Kegezi country,
Ankole.

ACRAEA ALTHOFFI f.f. BUDONGOENSIS^ Carpenter.

PL 4, fig. 2.

Eef. Op. cit. No. 27, pp. 214-215: Vol. 1, Sep. 4, pp. 64-65.

This interesting form was taken by T. H. E. Jackson in the
Budongo Forest and has been described by Carpenter as follows :
Eesembles the form telloides, Eltr., except that the pale sub-apical
spots in areas 3-6 of the fore- wing are white instead of tawny-orange. ”

There are very similar forms of A. jodutta named dorotheae and
integra; both these Acraeas are very similar to the Bematistes
schubotzi, Grunb., taken by Jackson in the Budongo. A. jodutta
Integra flies with this form of althoffi, Katera, Aug., 1935.

Stoneham has drawn my attention to the fact that the form
ochreata, Eltringham, is antedated by ochreata, Grunb. ; thus ochreata,
Eltr., must be renamed.

ACRAEA BAXTER! PHILOS, Le Cerf. PI. 3, figs. 1 and 2, 6 and 7.

Eef. Pp. cit. No. 27, p. 219 : Vol. 1, Sep. 4, p. 69.

This race has been described by Le Cerf from material obtained on
the Cherangani Hills by Messrs. Jeannel and Chappuis (Bull. Soc. Ent.
de France, Vol. 28, No. 10, p. 158).

This species is very variable as evidenced by the fact that three
forms of it have been described from Tanganyika. The type came from
Mpwapwa, and is figured by Eltringham, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1912, PI. V,
fig. 10. I referred my specimens to the form subsquamia, Thaur. The
type has the fore- wing sub-apical clear bar almost parallel sided, whereas
in the form from the Usambaras the clear area in 4 is longer than the
other two and extends further distad. This is also the case with
specimens from the Kikuyu Escarpment and the Sotik district.

I give a figure of the male and female from these areas, and sug-
gest that specimens from Kenya should be referred to the race

161

PHILOS, le Cerf. It will be noted that the male has a clear area in 3,
further, that the black of the margin surrounds a red spot in lb, and
the black extends along veins 2 and 3 and cuts the red in the base of
area 2. The undersides differ in the sexes.

ACRAEA PELOPEIA, Stand. PI. 6, fig. 2. PI. 4, fig. 7.

Expanse : 29 mm.

This Acraea was obtained by T. H. E. Jackson in the Kalinzu
Eorest, Uganda, in January, 1935.

Male: E.-w. : Ground colour black, strongly scaled at the apex
and along the outer margin, less heavily in the cell, and only slightly
in the basal half of areas 5-6, longer semi-transparent streaks in 4-2,
and most of lb; red-tinged in 2 and with a distinct orange-red spot at
distal end of semi-transparent streak in lb.

H.-w. : Basal area to just short of the apex of the cell and a narrow
marginal border, black to brown-black, the basal area with black spots
from below, rest of wing orange-red. Abdomen with transverse yellow
lines, golden spots on lateral surface; underside yellowish with black
ventro-lateral line.

Undersurface: E.-w. costa, apex and outer margin tawny orange
with black veining and narrow black lines in interspaces ; rest of wing
hyaline; reddish spots of above also present.

H.-w. : Ground colour orange- tawny with the red of above show-
ing through; veins black with black lines in interspaces. Black spots
as follows : one each centrally in la-2; two sub-basal in cell; one each
sub-basal in la, lb; one at base of sub-costa.

Distribution : Kalinzu Eorest, Uganda. A rare insect hitherto
not recorded further east than the Beni Congo. It has a strong resem-
blance to Ac. penelsos.

ACRAEA SEMIVITREA, Auriv.

Eef. Op. cit. No. 27, p. 227: Vol. 1, Sep. 4, p. 77.

The distribution of this species was inadvertently omitted in the
original published notes. It should read as follows : In the forested
areas, and park country of Uganda from Toro, east to Nandi and rarely
to Lumbwa.

ACRAEA PULLULA, Grunb. PI. 4, fig. 6.

A specimen of this has been taken by Jackson at Kakamega. It
would appear to be merely a variety of A. acerata tenella, lacking the

162

sub-apical orange-red bar. In this specimen there are a few reddish
scales and the orange-red of the cell is separated from the rest of the
reddish patch by a black hne. The undersurface generally resembles
acerata tenella.

ACRAEA AMACITIAE, Heron.

Eef. Op. cit. No. 27, pp. 231-232: Vol. 1, Sep. 4, p. 81.

The female of this species resembles the male in general markings
but the light areas are brownish to ochreous.

ACRAEA ITURINA, Gr. Sm. PL 5, fig. 11. PI. 6, fig. 12.

Eef. Op. cit. No. 22, p. 123.

We now give a figure of this species from a specimen kindly sup-
plied by T. H. E. Jackson.

ACRAEA BOURGEONI, Schut. PI. 5, figs. 9 and 10. PL 6, fig. 11.

This species bears a superficial resemblance to A. cerasa and
A. iturina. It differs from the former in that the ground-colour red
does not extend to the end of the cell but only as far as the sub-costal
black spot in the cell, which spot is not free from the costa as in cerasa;
the hind-wing spotting is larger and more numerous and in this some-
what like iturina.

F.-w. : Distal two-thirds thinly scaled with blackish slightly more
so along the veins and margin to apex, but not so strong in the latter
two as in cerasa; the basal red exends only as far as a black sub -costal
spot mid-way in the cell and on the hind-margin stops short of the
hind-angle; a black streak at base of lb; a narrow long line at base la.
H.-w. : Ground colour red, slightly paler on the inner margin between
the two rows of black spots and along the costa. Marginal border
narrowly black scaled with a concentration of black scales on the veins.
Black spots as follows : Black scaling at base of wing especially at base
of cell and bases of la and lb. The black spots are in three rows; the
basal consists of three, sub-basal in la, the cell, and 7, the second
series, above and distal to junction of vein 6-7, basal in 5, mid cell,
mid la and lb, a third irregular series distad in lb, sub-basal 2, 3, 4,
distad in 5, 6, and almost touching the marginal black border.

Underside : Strongly hyaline, f.-w. with red area showing through.
H.-w. spots as above, red areas of above replaced with rosy whitish.
Female like the male but larger and slightly paler. A var. of the male
has a white area on the h.-w. on inner margin between mid and distal
row of spots to cell and the costal pale streak is white, and thus
extremely hke a small example of A. admatha leucographa.

Habitat : Kalinzu Forest.

163

Since going to Press, Prof. Carpenter has informed me that his original
identification of this insect is wrong . It represents a new species which
he is desciibing, V.G.L. van Someren,

ACRAEA QUIRINALIS, Gr. Sm.

Eef. Op. cit. No. 27, pp. 230-231 : Vol. 1, Sep. 4, p. 81.

The early stages are still incomplete, but I am now able to give
certain portions of it. The larvae feed on a species of Urerea,
Urticacea. They are brownish up to the second instar, then turn
darker brown with slight ochreous banding, a pale dorsal line, an inter-
rupted spiracular line and pale brownish underside. The spines are
long and branched and generally ochreous, the two foremost and the
two at anal end dark brown. The pupa is ochreous with two wide
dorso-lateral lines of contiguous spots with yellow centres; a lateral line
of black circles with yellow centres; abdominal surface with a double
black streak on each segment. Wing cases streaked in black; a black
streak on the “ shoulders ” and angle of eyes black streaked, and a
broad black line on the thorax.

I

ACRAEA PENELOPE, Stand.

Ref, Op. cit. No. 27, p. 221 : Vol. 1, Sep. 4, p. 71-72.

Early stages : This species lays its eggs on the same food plant as
quirinalis, JJrerea nr. hipselidendron, Urticacea. The young
larvae are gregarious, grey-brown up to the first moult, then umber-
brown, to the final stage. The spines are long and black. The head
black; narrow transverse ochreous broken lines between the series of
spines; lateral line ochreous, and lower surface of body greyish.
Spiracles red-brown.

Pupa : Either ochreous or dark brown; with a dorso-lateral line and
ventero-lateral series of contiguous spots with orange centres, a broad
ventral series with a central triangular yellow mark, a distal crescentic
mark and two dots. On the dorsum there is an inverted V between
the eyes, a line from the apex of the V to a point on the thorax where
it divides into a trident; two ovoid marks on either side, with a curved
streak distad; a spot and a V on the “ shoulders,” and wing cases
veined in black.

ACRAEA OREAS.

We have noted this species laying on the Urerea as above, but the
various stages have not been noted. The fact that several species of
Acraea feed on this plant makes it difficult to separate up wild-taken
larvae.

ACRAEA MELANOXANTHA, Sharpe.

Ref. Op. cit. No. 27, pp. 223-224: Vol. 1, Sep. 4, p, 73.

We have succeeded in breeding this insect in the Kitale area. The
food plant is a species of Adenia, indet. Passifloraceae. Th©

164

larva is olive brown with faint longitudinal pale lines in line with the
series of spines, each spine with a black basal spot anteriorly, strongly
branched and reddish-ochreous to orange yellow except the first pair,
they are orange at the base and black distally and longer than the rest.
The head is rusty red.

The pupa is remarkably unicolourous ; the dark marks are some-
what ? shaped and arranged in serial lines — dorso-lateral, ventro-
lateral, and a few dark streaks ventrally; the wing cases are only
slightly lined while the “ shoulders ” have three divergent streaks, the
thorax has a dark central line and this is continuous with the stalk of
a Y mark on the head; the two head projections are rather more
developed than usual and black on the ventral surface, and there is a
crescentic mark on the dorsal base.

ACRAEA DISJUNCTA, Gr. Sm.

Kef. Op. cit. No. 27, pp. 235-236: Vol. 1, Sep. 4, pp. 85-86.

The early stages are now complete. The eggs are laid on the stem
and especially young shoots of Urerea hipselidendron^ Urticaceae,
and are creamy white, turning yellow, then brown before hatching.
The young larva is greyish-olive at first^ then black with short spines.
At the third instar, it becomes more ornamented, the ground colour
being dark ochreous with blackish lines. The dorsum of the first seg-
ment has a large black transverse spot; an interrupted black line runs
the length of the dorsum of the segments and each segment is finely
lined transversely, with black up to the spiracular line which is bright
ochreous; the underside of the body is bufiy, the bases of the fore legs
black, the others ochreous. The body spines are short, ochreous, and
strongly branched, except the first pair which are long and less branched.
The head is black except for fine ochreous hairs directed over the eyes.
Length of mature larva 30 mm.

The pupa is fairly constant in colour, though some may be paler
than usual in ground colour. The usual colour is pale brown with dark
spots in series — a row along the dorso-lateral line slightly raised,
ochreous in colour and outlined in dark brown, a latero-ventral series
similar in colour, a ventral series more rectangular in shape but similar
in colour; black lines around the cremaster; a central thoracic line with
two branches is continued toward the head; this line is yellow spotted;
on either side of the Y is a loop; wing cases veined brown, with streaks
on the shoulders; head projections black- tipped.

165

ACRAEA E8EBRIA, i.t VICTORIS, Poulton.

-Ret Op. cit. No. 27, p. 239 : Vol. 1, Sep. 4, p. 89. PI. XXX,
fig. 8.

Professor Poulton has named the above form from females bred by
me during 1923. The description is as follows: “ Females resembhng
the male protea, but the ochreous marks of a paler tint, and differing
from Trimen’s female protea. . . The sub-apical band narrow and

all pale areas pale ochreous. This form is genetically stable. Much
work requires to be done to clear up the relationship of the various
named forms — for example there is a male form which agrees with the
$ form metaprotea, Eltr.

ACRAEA JODUTTA, f. INTEGRA, Schultz and Auriv.

This form has been taken by Jackson in the Budongo Forest and
resembles Planema schubotzi f. jacksonianus to a marked degree.

ACRAEA JOHNSTONI BUTLERI, Eltr. PI. 4, figs. 8 and 9.

Ref. Op. cit. No. 27, pp. 242-243.

Through the kindness of my friend T. H. E. Jackson, I am now
able to give a figure of this interesting race. Jackson states that this
race is very common on Ruwenzori and the Kalinzu forest.

It has been bred in numbers and is always constant, there being
no other forms of johnstoni in these areas. It is a mimic of Bematistes
quadricolor.

Miss Fountaine has supplied me with the description of the larvae
and pupa. Larva, ground colour leaden grey, deep yellow stripes
centred black between each segment. Spines yellow; head black.
Pupa very pale cream colour, lined sparsely with black, with five rows
of abdominal red spots slightly margined with greyish-black. Food
plant a species of Fleurya.

Prof. Carpenter has written an exhaustive paper on the various
races and forms of this species and through the kindness of Prof. Poulton
and the kind permission of the Entomological Society I am permitted
to use the plates illustrating the article and to quote therefrom. Two
new forms are described which occur within the hmits of our areas;
they are as follows :

Form valdemaculosa, Carp. Vide Plate 10, fig. 9.

A form of confusa; it is characterised by the large size and pure
white of the pale areas in both sexes. Elgon and Teita.

166

PLATE 9.

Forms of Acraea johnstonii Godman.

A. Robinson, Photo.

Natural Size.

Explanation of Plate 9.

Forms of Acraea johnstoni, Godman.

All specimens in the tIo]je Department, Oxford University
IMnsenm, unless otherwise s|)ecitied.

Fig. 1. Form johnstoni, Godni. A. Tanganyika Territory, Usani-
hara, Mabirioni, Tanga-Moshi Ka,ilway. Joly 14, 1916.
W. A. l^amhorn. Very little black suffusion of fore-wing,
spots cream-coloured on tawny ground : central area of

hind-wing white.

2. Form johnstoni, Godm. 9. Uganda, E. Province, Mbale

station, near Mt. Elgon. Aug. 10, 1911. S. A. Neave.
No black suffusion of fore-wing : s]jots very little lighter than
tawny ground-colour : central area of hind-wing white.

3. Form julvesceris^ Ohertli. d. Kenya Colony, Dabida Mt.,

Taita, 100 m. N.W. Mombasa. May 30, 1904. K. St. A.
Rogers. Very uniformly coloured light brown: the spots
only slightly paler and the broad border of the hind-wing
scarcely differentiated : a narrow black margin only.

4. New form pretiosa, inihi.* d. Nyasaland, Mt. Mlanje. May

13, 1913. S. A. Neave. British Museum. Differs from 3
in large size and sliining whiteness of spots.

5. New form pretiosa, inihi. 9. Port. E. Africa, Mt. Chiperone,

1700 ft. Nov. 3, 1913. S. A. Neave. British Museum.
Differs from 4 in being slightly suffused witli black

6. Transitional form. 9. Uganda, Mt. Elgon, Bulago camp,

7000 ft. Dec. *23, 192(S. G. D. Hale Carpenter. Fore-wings
like johnstoni with much black suffusion at base : spots very
little different from surrounding tawny ground-colour.
Hind-wing with strongly marked black patch at base, the
]>aler area tawny. Might be classified as a form of octobaJia,
Karsch .

7. Form seinialheseens ^ Oberth. 9. S.E. Sudan, Didinga Vlt.,

Nagichot, 6700 ft. Jan. 4, 1926. G. D. Hale Carpenter. Spots
of fore-wing pure white; central area of hind-wing tawny.

8. Form jiavescens, Oberth. d. S.E. Sudan, Didinga Alt.,

Nagichot, 6700 ft. Jan. 1, 1926. G. D. Hale Carpenter. S])ots
of fore-wing, and central area of hind-wing, lemon yellow.

9. Form near praelongata d, Joicey and Talbot, d. North end

\j. Kivu. Mt. Ninagongwe, 1900-3000 metres. End of
Se])'temher, 1907. R. Grauer. Tring Museum. Spots of
fore-wing white, central area of hind-wing yellowish-white.
Ground-colour of fore-wing very slightly suffused with
reddish scales. Gf. PI. 10, fig. io.

10. Elementary form of hutleri, Auriv. d. Uganda, Western

Province, west of Ankole forest, 4500-5000 ft. Oct. 14,
1911. S. A. Neave. British Vluseum. S])ots of fore-wing
and central area of hind-wing dull yellow : base of fore-wing
slightly purplish-brown.

11. Form hutlerp Auriv. d. Same data as 10. Spots of fore-

wing orange, central area of hind-wing tawny, with darker
streaks. Base of fore-wing pur])hsh-brown.

12. Form hnileri^ Auriv. 9. JTganda, W. Province, Toro, Mpanga

forest, 4800 ft. Nov. 13, 1911. S. A. Neave. British
Aluseum. Fore-wing bar orange: base of fore-wing pur-
ptisli-hrown. Central area of hind-wing tawny, paler along
inner margin, streaked with darker tint.

Prof. Hale Carpenter,

/:

Explanation of Plate 10.

Forms of Acraea jolinstoni^ Godman, with species to whicii they have
synaposematic resemblance.

All specimens in the Hope ])epartment, Oxford University Museum.

Fig. 1. Planema quadvicoJor latifasciaia^ E. Sharpe. 9. Uganda,
E. Province, Mt. Elgon, Bugananya, 7000 ft. Nov. 29-30,
1924. G. D. Hale Carpenicr. Bands on fore- and hind-
wing orange, base of fore-wing purplisli-brown.

2. Planema quadricolor latifasciata. A. Uganda, W. Province,

Toro, 7000-9000 ft. Nov. -Dec., 1900. Native collector of
(h A. Wiggi)is. Description as 1. Model for 3.

3. A. johnstoni biitJeri, Auriv. 6. Data as 2. The hand on

the fore-wing is unusually complete for a male. Cf. with
figs. 10 and 11 on PI. 9. Mimics 2.

4. Planema poggei^ Dew. 6. Uganda, E. Province, Busitema,

between Mt. Elgon and L. Victoria, 4000 ft. Jan., 1923.
G. D. Hale Carpenter. Band on fore-wing orange, on hind-
wing white. Model for 5.

5. A. johnstoni johnstoni, Godin. 9. Kenya Colony, Taveta,

2500 ft May 15, 1905. K. St. A. Rogers. Fore-

wing black at base: spots dull yellow, area lietween spots
orange. Hind-wing white central area. Mimics 4. An
unusually large specimen.

6. Amauris albijnacalata, Btlr. 6. Plganda, E. Province, Mt.

Elgon, Bulago, 7000 ft. Dec. 25, 192(S. G. D. Hale
Carpenter. Spots of fore-wing white, central area of hind-
wing yellow. A small specimen of the type serving as
model for 7.

7. A. johnstoni confasa, Bog. d. Same locality as 6. Dec.

24, 1928. G. D. Hale Carpenter. Spots on fore-wing
white, central area of hind- wing yellow Alimics 6.

8. Amauris dannfelti, Auriv. d. N.E. Bhodesia, N. Lake

flangweolo, Luwingu, 4200 ft. July 18, 1908. S. A.
Neave. Black and white. Model for 9.

9. A. johnstoJii valdemaculosa , f. n. inihi. 9. Nyasaland, Mt.

Mlanje. April 16, 1913. S. A. Neave. The type speci-
men. Black and white. Mimic of such Amauris as 8.

10 A. johnstoni confasa. d var. Kenya Colony, Dabida Mt.
4500 ft., about 100 miles W.N.W. of Mombasa. May 31,
1916. K. St. A. Rogers. Black and white. An impor-
tant variation with a white patch in area 3 of fore-wing.
Cf. PI. 9, fig. 9.

PLATE 10.

\\’obinson, Photo.

Forms of Acraea johnstoni and their models.

I Natural Size.

1

Form pretiosa, Carp. PI. 9, figs. 4 and 5.

Like fulvescens, but with the fore-wing spots large and pure white.
Dabida, Teita,

These two forms are figured by me on PI. XXXIII, figs. 6, 9, 10;
and PI. XXXIV, figs. 8 and 9.

For the distribution and prevalence of the various forms in each
area, I would refer readers to Prof. Carpenter’s paper, Trans. Ent.
Soc., Vol. LXXX, 1932.

The form octohalia, Karsch, is rather scarce, but occurs in the
Elgon, Xenia, and Dabida-Teita areas. This has the fore-wing spots
and hind-wing patch tawny yellow. An extreme variation of this is in
my collection : it has the ground colour of the fore and hind-wings a
deep brown black and the spots of the fore-wing and hind-wing patch
a deep tawny-ochreous, almost rusty. This specimen is probably
derived from the forms johnstoni and octohalia.

Two large bred families from the Kitale district derived from
confusa parents gave 43 and 48 confusa offspring.

ACRAEA ANSORGER Gr. Sm. Pis. 11 and 12.

Eef. Op. cit. No. 27, pp. 232-235. Vol. I, Sep. 4, pp. 83-84.

Since writing the original notes on this species some of my bred
material has been submitted to Dr. Eltringham, and determined as
far as possible, according to already named forms. My previous notes
therefore require considerable modification, and amplification.

The rough division into two groups as indicated on p. 233 of the
Journal No. 27 and p. 83 of Sep. No. 4, still holds good. As regards
the figures on PI. No. XXVI, I have taken the liberty of again reproduc-
ing them with amended determinations. Vide PI. XXVI. This plate
is supplemented by a fresh one depicting forms not previously figured.
The general division as given on pp. 83-84 of Sep. 4 should be modified
as follows :

Group A. More or less of the conjuncta pattern, having a broad
dark hind-wing border.

1. Spots on fore and hind-wing bright tawny or = conjuncta

(male). PI. 12, fig. 1. PI. 11, fig. 8.

2. Spots on fore and hind-wing paler, more naples yoAovi — conjuncta

(female). PI. 12, fig. 6.

3. Spots on fore and hind-wing as 1, but spots smaller and that in

lb reduced and separated from 2 — interrupta, Eltr. PI. 11, fig. 9.

167

4. Spots on fore and hind-wing much as in 1, but deep tawny orange
to chestnut = f. nov. RUFONIGER. PL 11, figs. 1 and 2.

Type d, Uplands, April, 1926.

5. Spots on fore-wing creamy; patch in hind-wing ochreous, hind-
with border strong = f. nov. LUTEFLAVA. PI. 11, fig. 7.

Type d, Tuso, Nov., 1926.

6. Spots on fore and hind-wing patch pale ochreous, paler than
conjuncta, h.-w. with border = silace a, Eltr.

7. Spots and patch in hind-wing as in 6 but sub-apical series white =
mutata, Eltr. PI. 11, fig. 6.

8. All spots in fore-wing white, hind-wing patch tawny-orange, dark
h.-w. border broad and defined, or may be rather ill-defined,
f. n. TRICOLOR. PI. 12, figs. 3 and 4.

Type 9, Uplands, April^ 1926.

9. Very like 8, but discal spots tinged with yellowish, and that in
lb vestigial. PI. 12, fig. 4 (intermediate form).

10. Hind-wing as in 8, but spots in fore-wing naples-yellow = f . nov.
FLAVIPUNGTA. PL 12, fig. 2.

Type 9 , Uplands, April^ 1926.

11. Spots in fore-wing and hind- wing patch white, spot in lb often
reduced to streak = pica, Eltr. PL 12, fig. 5.

12. Spots in fore-wing rich orange-red; hind-wing patch white or
distally tinged pinkish-ochreous = ZafcaZ6a, Eltr. PL 12, fig. 7.

13. Somewhat like luiealha, but fore-wing spots larger and less de-
fined, often with orange rays extending in 3 to 6 to outer margin;,
hind-wing patch orange-ochreous, paler toward base. H.-w.
border with dark rays = f. nov. ADAVRAETIGA. PL 12, fig. 13.

Type 9, Uplands, April, 1926.

14. Sub-apical spots pure white; other fore-wing spots rich tawny-
orange, hind- wing patch rich tawny-orange ; marginal border
rusty-brown with black at margin = f. nov. CHRY SSIPOIDES.
PL 12, fig. 14. (This form bears a remarkable likeness to
Danaida chrysippus.) Type female in Coll. Euscoe, Escarpment,
1918.

168

Group B. Forms in which the hind- wing dark border is wanting;
or only indicated by dark rays.

1. Ground colour orange-tawny; apical portion of fore-wing black-
brown, sub-apical spots tawny; basal black limited to basal 2/3
of cell, the base of lb and angle of 2. Hind-wing entirely orange-
tawny except for slight dark rays at margin and slight dark
suffusion at base = ansorpei, Gr. Sm. PL 11, fig. 3.

= aurata, Bryk. Syn.

2. Very similar to 1, but dark areas reduced, especially at base of
fore-wing — aiiriviliiana, Bryk. PL 12, fig. 11. Fig. 12 a
modification of this form.

3. ^ Fore-wing dark areas as in ansorgei, but spots ochreous, while

hind-wing lacks dark border, this area being orange ochreous,
paling towards base; base slightly suffused with dusky scaling (a
form near silacea, Eltr.) = f. nov. FLAVEOLA. PL 11, fig. 4.
Type 9, Uplands, April, 1926.

4. Somewhat like 3, but less suffused with orange-ochreous on the
hind-wing and fore-wing spots = Zo'uem, Bryk. PL 12, fig. 9.

5. Dark markings as in 3 and 4, but fore- wing spots and hind- wing
pale creamy 7 — jeffreyi, Bryk. PL 12, fig. 8.

PL 11, fig. 5, is a modification in which the extreme border
of the hind- wing is blackish and black rays extend inward.

6. Fore-wing spots t awny- orange ; hind-wing entirely creamy but for
slight dusky scaling at extreme base = f. vansomereni, Bryk.

PL 12, fig. 15.

7. Sub-apical spots white, other fore-wing spots creamy-yellow, hind-
wing entirely orange - tawny = f. paulinae, Bryk. PL 12, fig. 10.

The types of all the forms here described are in the Coryndon
Memorial Museum, Coll, van Someren. The forms are represented by
bred series from known parents and batches of wild larvae.

Distribution : Add to the distribution : Kiptiget, Sotik, Mara Eiver
and Tuso, Eastern Aberdares.

Observations : Examination of a series of this species, numbering
180 odd examples, reveals some interesting facts. The forms conjuncta,
interrupta, rufoniger, tricolor, lutefiava, are essentially male forms. Of
40 conjuncta, there are four females, similarly coloured to, or slightly
paler than, the males. Of eight rufoniger, two are females, coloured

169

as the male. Of four tricolor^ one is a female. Of 22 intermediate

between conjuncta and rufoniger all are males. Of six luteflava, all

are males. Of interrupta all are males. All the other named forms
are entirely females.

All males have a dark border to the hind-wing; the majority of
females are without this border, or if present, it is not so defined or
dark as in the males.

There is some variation in the shape of the fore-wing; many are
short and rounded.

A very interesting fact is, that in this species, we find just such
variations as one meets with in Papilio dardanus polytrophus, the
common Papilio in the “ home ” of ansorgei, i.e. Kikuyu Escarp-
ment, forested zone. And the reason? To appreciate this resem-
blance, one has to see the variations of the two, set out side by side.

PARD0P8I8 PUNCTATI88IMA, Bdv. PI. 7, figs. 8 and 12.

This species was omitted from my previous paper owing to some
uncertainty regarding its affinities. It has been provisionally asso-
ciated with the Acraeas but as pointed out by Eltringham, “ the fore
feet are of the usual Nymphalid kind, but the middle and hind feet have
the tarsal extremities of a structure quite different from that in
Acraea.” He adds further, that “ it would almost appear that
Pardopsis . . , should have a sub-family to itself. ’ ’

The fact that it is acraea-like in habits and flight is not sufficient
to associate it with that genus, and one must base its position on
morphological characters. It is of interest to note, therefore, that the
egg, larva, and pupa are of the acraeine type. I have bred the insect
on a species of recumbent herb belonging to the Passifloracea.
The egg is a long spindle-shape with longitudinal ridges and slight
cross marks, yellow to cream in colour at first, then turning greyish
before the larva emerges. The larva is greyish, slightly translucent,
and adorned with very short branched spines in rows, dorso lateral,
lateral and ventrolateral, of the same colour as the body. A mature
larva has a centro-dorsal pale ochreous line and cross-lines of the same
colour behind each series of spines. The thoracic spines, and also those
of the penultimate segment, are darker and longer than the rest.

The pupa is elongate, and very similar to that of Ac. terpsichore,
but the head is less bifid, and the abdominal ornamentation is a series
of incomplete crescentic marks with pale central marks. The veination
on the wing cases is fine and hardly darker than the grey-ochre ground
colour.

170

*5

PLATE 11.

Variations of A. ansorgei.

Figs. 1—2. f. rufoniger.
Fig. 3. f. ansorgei.

Fig. 4. f. flaveola.

Fig. 5. f.

Fig. 6. f. niutata.
Fig. 7. f. luteflava.
Fig. 8. f. conjuncta.
Fig. 9. f. interrupta.

PLATE 12.

14 7 15

Variations in A. ansorgei.

Fig.

1.

f.

conjuncta.

Fig.

9.

f.

loveni.

Fig.

2.

f.

flavipiincta.

Fig.

10.

i.

paid iliac.

Figs

. 3-

-4.

f. tricolor.

Fig.

11.

f.

auriviUiana.

Fig.

5.

f.

pica.

Fig.

12.

f.

au riviUiana.

Fig.

6.

f.

con]uncta.

Fig.

13.

f.

adaurantica.

F.g.

7.

f.

lutealha.

Fig.

14.

f.

ch ri/ssipoides.

Fig.

8.

f.

Fig.

15.

f.

vansomereni.

The ground colour of the fore and hind-wings of the imago is tawny
ochreous, with numerous black spots arranged in a constant pattern
(vide plate), and the apex of the fore-wing is blackish.

Distribution : This species has a very wide distribution, being
extremely common at the coast (where it acts as the model of a
Liptenine, Telipna amanaida, examples of which are extremely like the
model) extending through the dry thorn country of the Masai to N.
Kavirondo, and on the east, through Ukambani to Eudolf, thence west
through the more open country of Uganda.

Though not found at the high altitudes, it occurs at Nairobi, and
is to be seen in the forest clearings but not in the forest itself. At the
coast, however, it occurs in the open forest quite frequently.

NYMPHALIDAE. Nymphcdinae^ Charaxidi.

Genus EUXANTHE.

EUXANTHE TRAJANU8 VANSOMERENI, Poulton.

Eef. Op. cit. No. 30, pp. 59-60: Vol. 1, Sep. VI, p. 113 and
plate.

The eastern race of trajanus^ as indicated in my notes, is distinct
from the nominate race and was described by Prof. Poulton in Trans.
Ent. 8oc., Vol. 77, 1929.

The race has been bred by me and as already stated, the horns of
the larva and that of Eux. tiherius tiherius and tiberius merusnsis, mihi
are very similar and quite distinct from those of the other species of
this genus. It rather suggests that we should recognise a sub-genus
for these two species with such distinctive larvae and general facies in
the imagines.

The food plant of Eux. trajanus vansomereni, is identified as
“ Muziru ” (Luganda) Deinbollia, Sapindaceab.

EUXANTHE TIBERIU8, Smith.

I have long suspected that the specimens of tiherius from the low-
lying forests of Meru would prove to be a constant geographical race,
when more material was forthcoming. I based my view on material
bred by me, but unfortunately undersized.

The Meru insect has recently been taken in some numbers by
Messrs. Hamilton Gordon and Berkeley and also by Miss Fountaine and
Barton Eckett. This material has now been placed at my disposal.
I therefore describe the race as follows:

171

EUXANTHE TIBERIUS MERUENSIS, Sub-sp. Nov.

PL 13, figs. 1 and 2.

Male : Differs from the coastal race in being much richer in colour
generally; the sub-marginal row of white spots in both fore and hind-
wings smaller; the yellowish spots of the fore- wing deeper yellow and,
on the whole smaller; the hind-wing ground colour deeper purply -blue-
black; the amount of rufous at the base of the fore-wing more
extended in lb.

Underside : The same general remarks apply to this surface.

Female : .Differs from the nominate race in that the pale spots are
reduced in size, especially those of the central bar; further, all these
spots except the sub-marginal ones are lemon-cream, not pure white;
further, the hind-wing patch is lemon-cream and almost rectangular
especially in the outer and hind angle ; the mid-row of spots are cream ;
the sub-marginal ones of both fore and hind-wings, white; the hind
wmg patch as above but slightly paler and the sub-marginal row of
small treble white spots are diffusely edged with black.

A series of thirty odd examples, male and females compared.

Type male, Meru Forest, March, 1929, in Coryndon Museum.

Type female, Meru Forest, March, 1935, Berkeley Leg. in the
Museum.

The food plant of the race is DeinholUa nr. kilimanjarica,
Sapindaceae.

The females of this race bear a decided resemblance to Melinda
jormosa formosa.

EUXANTHE WAKEFIELD!,

The food plant of this species is DeinholUa kilimanjarica,
Sapindaceae.

AUXANTHE CROSSLEYI AN SURGE I.

AUXANTHE EURINOME ANSELLICA.

The food plants of these two species is Phialodiscus zamhesiascus,
Sapindaceae.

Genus CHABAXES.

CHARAXES FULVESGEN8,

Attention was drawn in my notes to two distinct races of fulvescem,
within Kenya, Op. cit. No. 31, p. 119, and the tentative identification
of one as acuminatus , Th., PI. LII, figs. 1-2; a high country race

172

inhabiting the forests of Kikuyu, to the Aber dares and Mau, and a mid-
eastern race of the Elgon-Nandi area west of the Mau, and a mid-eastern
race of the Elgon-Nandi area west of the Mau, which I had bred in
1916. Both these races have been bred by me in large numbers and
both are constant.

In my published notes I refrained from applying new names to
these obviously different races, because no typical examples of
acuminatus from Tanganyika could be compared neither here nor in
England. However, since my paper Jeffrey of Kit ale has named the
Elgon race 8T0NEHAMI, Bull. Stoneham Museum, No. 4, Sept.,
1931.

CHARAXES PROTOCLEA AZOTA, Hew.,

Ref. Op. cit. No. 31-32, p. 126: Vol. 1, Sep. VII, pp. 140-141.

The following may be added to the early stages of this insect : The
eggs are laid singly or in twos on the leaves of Afzelia cuanzensis,
Welw., Leguminosae, and also on Syzygium sp. nr. guinensis,
Myrtaceae. They are rather barrel-shaped, flattened on top, with
distinct fluting, and rounded at the base. Colour cream until the
fourth day when they turn brown along the upper lip then all over, then
blackish as the larva is ready to emerge. As with most species the
young larva devours the egg shell. The larva is dull olive with black
horns and stippled face; tail end bifid and spotted with white. It turns
green at the next moult. The head of the mature larva is somewhat
reminiscent of that of Ch. candiope^ though with less divergent lateral
horns; the horns are rusty brown, and this colour is carried down along
the border of the facial disc to just above the mouth parts which are
black. There is a pale ochreous line internal to the brown border. The
body of the larva is strongly irrorated with yellowish tubercles most
conspicuous along the lateral line and the “ tail.” Dull ochreous
oblique lines pass to the suctorial legs. The dorsal marks are well
shown on the plate cited; they are putty grey with blue dots on the
edges or dull greyish-pink with blue; the central ornamentation has a
distinct oblique cross. The pupa is a beautiful object, pink and
chocolate, and has already been described.

CHARAXES LUCRETIUS, Cram. PL 14, fig. 2.

Ref. Op. cit. No. 31-32, pp. 132-134 : Vol. 1, Sep. VII, pp. 146-148.

We have now succeeded in completing the life history of this
species, which is as follows : The eggs are laid on the young leaves of
“ Runaba ”; Hugonia plaiycepala, Welw., Linaceae. ” Kiasira ”
of the Buganda. The eggs are small, almost spherical, slightly con-

173

stricted at the top, slightly flattened and fluted, and creamy in colour.
The larva is at first dull brownish-olive with minute white dots, head
black and irrorated and “ tails " whitish. At the first moult it turns
dull green, the irroration is less marked and ochreous; the head is then
brownish along the top, greenish on the lower half. The full grown
larva is bright leaf-green finely irrorated with yellow, no dorsal orna-
mentation on the specimens reared, but the spiracular line is bright
yellow with bright blue spiracles; the undersurface of the body pale
whitish-green; head green strong tubercled, with a faint ochreous line
from the central long pair of horns to the lower angles ; three black dots
just above the angles; margin of head slightly yellowish, and serrated
along the back; horns short, central ones almost straight with a slight
inward tendency at tips, outer pair the same, all slightly brownish at
distal two-thirds with darker brown to black tubercles; interspaced
horns short and often black-tipped. Length 60-65 mm.

Pupa pale green, almost unicolourous, some slight white mottling
on the wing cases and a black streak along the wing ridge; spiracles
yellow with blue oblique line; cremaster pedicle short, and dark brown,
offset on either side by two kidney-shaped tubercles convexity toward
base, and two almost circular lobes on the anal ventral surface. Pupal
period six weeks.

CHARAXES LACTITINCTU8, Karsch. PL 14, fig. 1.

Kef. Op. cit. No. 31-32, pp. 134-135: Vol. 1, Sep. VII, p. 148.

With the help of Jackson and Evans, I am now able to give a
description of the female of this species. It seems to appear in two
forms : the one very like the male, but larger and with long tails and
wider whitish areas; the other taken by Jackson has the light areas
of the fore-wing strongly suffused with rufescent so as to almost
obliterate the whitish patch; the same in the hind-wing, except in the
mid-disc which still retains the bluish-white, but this is edged distally
with a bright rufescent area; the fore- wings are less black, more suf-
fused with rufescent and the paler orange rufescent spots are wider.
The undersurface is strongly marked in the fore-wing in both the silvery
and dark marks, while the hind-wing has a strong chestnut post-discal
bar edged with lilac-grey, narrowly on proximal edge, and widely on
distal side; the marginal border is rufescent finely edged with blackish
lunules in the interspaces. There are also some silvery lines and spots
in the upper basal area. This latter form I name JAGKSONIANUS,
f. nov. Type 9 , Jackson Coll, in Coryndon Memorial Museum.

The early stages of the species have been described by Jackson,
Jrl. No. 42-43, p. 173, but for convenience are repeated here. Food
plant Syzygium cor datum, Myrtaceae. Larva rather hght green;
the skin has a rough appearance due to numerous papillae. The body

174

PLATE 13.

Enxanfhe tiherius meniensis, van Som.
Male and female. Upper and under siirfanes.

PLATE 14.

Chx. lacti/ inctus, female. Chx. lucretiiis, female,

f. jacksonianus, van Som.

PLATE 15.

Variation in Ch. peltas Jutnlsoni.

PLATE 16.

Variation in Ch. pelias horrisoni.

Showing a gradual dark suffusion over the basal area of the fore-wings
especially, hut widening of marginal border. Fig. 3 very like Ch. j.
epijasius.

line is pale yellowish white and the anal extremity is bluntly bifid.
There are two large dorsal spots, one on the 6th, the other on the 8th
segments, colour enamel white, in fact startlingly so; that on the 8th
is oval, the other circular and smaller. The head is green outlined
with whitish, shield-shaped, much longer than broad and square across
the mouth parts. There are four principal horns, thick, blunt-ended
and almost straight, roughened with papillae ; the inner pair are 6 mni.
long on the outside, tipped with dark red for 2 mm.; the outer pair
are 3 mm. and almost entirely red. The outer horns curve slightly
inward and all four are glazed in appearance.

The pupa is plain light green with no red markings whatsoever,
except on the spiracles, which are reddish-brown. It is shaped rather
like that of pollux, except that the abdominal segments curve away
sharply from the cremaster. The head case is almost square, and
there is practically no depression or “ waist ” mid-way across the
wing-cases; anteriorly it is straight. Cremaster pale olive brown with
bilobed processes on either side and two triangular excrescenses in
front and below on the ventor of the anal segment. Pupal stage 36
days.

CHAEAXES JASIVS EP1JASW8, Reiche. PL 17, fig. 3.

Ref. Op. cit. No. 31-32, pp. 135-137: Vol. 1, Sep. VII, pp. 149-152.

As with many species of Charaxes, epijasius is subject to varying
degrees of melanism; an extreme example is figured. The whole of
the upper surface, with the exception of the marginal border and a few
blue spots at the anal angle, brown-black, and where the blue area of
the hind- wing should be, it is here olive. It is thus very like jasius
jasius,

CHARAXES PELIA8 SATURNUS, Butlr. PL 15, figs. 1 and 3.

PL 16, figs. 1 and 3.

Ref. Op. cit. No. 31-32, pp. 138-140: Vol. 1, Sep. VII, pp. 152-155.

CHARAXES PELIAS HARRISONI, Sharpe.

Here also melanism is often met with, but again in no genetically
stable form. It is especially evident in the race harrisoni. I find in
a series of some twenty topotypical examples, a great deal of variation,
some examples being just as pale and with black areas just as restricted
as in examples of saturnus, from the coast, but on the whole, the dark
brown areas at the base of the fore-wing and hind-wing are darker and
the post-discal bar is narrower and darker; the blue spots of the hind-
wing are larger, and in many cases the hind-wing submarginal pale

175

border is paler and wider, but this last character is somewhat variable.
On the other hand, there are three specimens from this South Kavir-
ondo area which are here figured, which show certain characters
found in epijasius, viz. the very wide pale border to both hind and fore-
wings, especially the latter, and a diffusion of the fore-wing markings
into the very dark brown, and obscuring the fore-wing bar. One
might almost suspect fig. 3, pi. 16, to be a hybrid between harrisoni
and epijasius.

Add to the food plants of this species : Gymnosporia senegalensis,
Celaestraceae.

CHARAXES HANSALI BARINGANA, Kothsc.

Eef. Op. cit. No. 31-32, pp. 142-143 : Vol. 1, Sep. VII, pp. 156-7.

This insect has now been taken in South Kavirondo and quite
commonly in the Kitale district. These Kitale specimens exhibit a
greater number and more prominent row of spots outside the post-
discal row than do specimens from the Voi-Taveta area.

The life history has now been completed, except for exact notes
on duration of the various instars. The eggs are laid on a shrub or
bush known to the Swahilis as “ M’swaki ” and determined by Kew
as Salvadora persica, Salvadoraceae. It is also reported on
Osyris sp. Santalaceae. The eggs are rounded barrel shape with
round bottom and flattened top, strongly ridged, with a slight circular
depression inside the rim and a central raised spot. The colour is white
or creamy at first then turns ochreous; the germ develops and a brown
ring appears at the upper margin and shortly the whole egg turns brown
then blackish. The young larva is olive with a black head and slight
signs of papillation. After the first moult the general colour becomes
green with the head of the same colour, with a central brown line and
large dark patches on the lateral discs. The horns are divergent and
brown. At the next instar the head is greener, the brown facial mark
disappears but the face is outlined with yellowish with a black margin ;
the horns are rufous to their bases with a slight extension of this colour
on to the facial disc; the short intermediate horns are black. Having
again moulted, the body greener, very finely papillated with yellowish,
but there is no dorsal ornamentation. The head is green, the facial
margin turns yellow; the horns are green except for the tips, which are
rufous; the face line is edged with black which colour extends up the
posterior surface of the two outer horns. The intermediate horns are
now green.

The mature larva is pale green finely stippled with yellow; some
lew examples develop two dorsal spots, reddish in colour and outlined

176

with small yellow and dark green spots, situated on the 6th and 8th
segments. The spiracular line is yellow, and the spiracles blue; the
lower surface of the body is pale pinkish green. The head is now green;
a fairly broad yellow border runs round the face and up the outer side
of the lateral horns almost to the tips; small black spots are present at
the lower angles on either side of the mouth; the horns are short and
robust, green in colour and rufous tipped; the intermediate horns are
green, the median ones sometimes black tipped.

Pupa pale green and without any ornamentation other than the
blue spiracles. The head is only bluntly bifid. The cremaster is
ochreous with a black base to the stalk, two lateral lobes are present,
and on the anal segment, ventral surface, two long ochreous tubercles.
The imago is as a rule very uniform in colour, but we have two which
have the light areas of both fore and hind-wings rich ochreous and thus
similar in colour to castor fiavifasciata.

CHARAXE8 CASTOR FLAVIFASCIATA, Butlr.

Eef. Op. cit. No. 31-32, p. 146: Vol. 1, Sep. VII, p. 160.

PL LXVII, fig. 2.

We have now bred this race in very large numbers. Of 30 odd
examples there are three which exhibit a divergence from the normal
in that the basal area of both fore and hind-wings up to the middle of
the cell is rufescent to chestnut, and the hairs on the abdomen are also
of this colour. PI. 17, fig. 2. They are merely sports and not stable.

The early stages are not very diSerent from those of castor; the
larva are not however so robust either in build or in horn develop-
ment; the colouration, especially the dorsal ornamentation, is not so
bright. Vide PI. CVII, fig. 5. The food plants at the coast are
Mukoma-koma and Katugo (Luganda) as yet unidentified.

Various forms of castor have been described : thus Bothschild and
Jordon described a form which differed from the nominate form in that
the interspaces in the basal area of the underside were black : Unyora
and Nandi. From my long series, this is the usual form in Uganda.
The name applied is f. GODARTL

Bothschild described a form of castor fiavifasciata as REIMERL
This differs in just such a way as does the form godarti, from the nomi-
nate race. Typical fiavifasciata has the interspaces chestnut : reimeri,
black.

Then there is a sport which has been given a name by Stoneham :
Ch. castor var. aginga. This differs from the nominate form in having
the upperside black except for a slight trace of the alar bar especially
in the sub-costal region of the hind-wing, and the sub-marginal row of

177,

blue spots, and marginal yellow crescentic marks. On the underside,
the white bar is reduced especially in 6-8 in the fore- wing. I figure

such a sport on PI. 17, fig. 1.

CHABAXES DRUCEANUS PROXIMANS, Joicey and Talbot.

Eef. Op. cit. No. 33-34, pp. 3-5 : Vol. 1, Sep. VIII.

PI. LXXIX, fig. 1.

We are now able to give a figure of the female : PL 18, figs. 1 & 3.

There are two varieties of the male : one in which the hind-wing
black carries no blue spots, the other, in which this area has large blue
spots. Similar variations are found in the females. The specimen
figured has these spots well developed.

A race of this species has been described by Lathy under the name
SEPTENTRIONALIS. The locality appears to be Toro in Uganda.
From the description it would appear to be intermediate between the
nominate western form and the eastern race.

An additional food plant of this species is Syzygium cordatum, and
guiniensis, Myrtaceae.

GHARAXES DRUCEANUS var. ALICIA, Stoneham.

PL 18, figs. 1 and 2.

The type, and unique specimen, was described by Stoneham as a
species. T. H. E. Jackson has examined it on my behalf and is of the
opinion that it represents a variation of Ch. druceanus.

The original description is as follows :

“ Fore-wing, above: The red-brown basal area is bordered distally
by a black band, which is indented distally. The red median band is
very narrow and covered with dusky scales. The black border is wide
throughout its length.

“ Hind-wing, above: The red-brown basal area is restricted, and
the orange bar is absent, being represented by a small spot in cellule 8.
Practically the whole of the hind wings are a beautiful glossy blue-black,
with four light-blue submarginal spots, and bordered by bright orange.

“ Fore-wing, imderside : The silver- white median bar is absent,
and the whole underside bears a dull appearanc. There is a faint trace
of a bar, dull silvery- grey in colour, extending from cellule 9 as far
as cellule 4 only. The rest of this area is dark brown. The black
spots in lb, 2 and 3 are large, and, more or less, kidney-shaped.

“ Hind-wing, underside: Ground colour brown. There is a broad
median band of dark chestnut narrowly bordered proximally by silvery
grey, and distally by a series of silver-grey streaks. The basal area is

178

PLATE 17.

Fig. 1. Ch. castor var. aginga, Stoneham {melcniistic).
Fig. 2. Ch. castor flavifasciata, var.

Fig. 3. Ch. jasius epijasius, var. {melanistic) .

PLATE 18.

Photo: C. Thor old,

Ch, druceanus, var. alicia, Stoneham.

PLATE 19.

Figs. 1 and 3. Ch. druceanus proximans, females, one with strong sub-marginal blue spots in h.-’
Fig. 2. Ch. eudoxiis cahacus, female.

Fig. 4. Ch. eiidoxus cahacus, var. amaurus, female.

PLATE 20.

Cl\. eudoxus cahaciis, var. amanrus. Female and male. Upper surfaces.

traversed by two narrow silver lines only, which, however, only extend
from 8 to the cell, one near the base thereof, and the other through
the middle. There is a fine and short silver-grey line in lb.”

Distribution : Kitale. The author states that he has seen other
specimens.

CHARAXES EUDOXUS CABACUS, Jordon.

PI. 19, fig. 2 (female).

Pef. Op. cit. No. 33-34, pp. 6-8: Vol 1, Sep. VIII, p. 174.

PL LXXX, fig. 2.

We now give a figure of the female. It will be noted that it
resembles the female of druceanus proximans to a remarkable degree on
the upperside ; the chief difference being in the extent of the black area
of the distal half of the fore-wing. For early stages vide next form.

To the previous brief description of the female, add the following :

F.-w. : Base rufescent-chestnut to approximately mid-point in la,
15 mm., then inclined inward at lb toward root of v. 2 where it is
5 mm., then filling the triangle between this point and the root of v. 3.
In some examples there is also a small rufous area at angle of v. 3.
It fills the cell to almost the apex, where it is cut short by a black
bar, and sometimes more proximally by a double crescentic black
mark. The rufescent colour also extends along the costa for half its
length. The distal portion of the wing is black-brown traversed by a
tawny orange bar, 8-10 mm. wide in la, 8 mm. in lb, 5 mm. in 2, and
thence by discreet rounded spots decreasing in size to 7. The inner
margin of the tawny-orange spots on lb-3 are concave. The outer
margin of the wing carries lunate orange-tawny spots, double in lb up
to apex. Beyond the black bar, at apex of cell, is a tawny bar and
beyond this again, a further orange-tawny spot in the black ground of
5 and 6. Sometimes the dark cell bars of below show through.

H. -w. : Basal area rufescent chestnut, with sometimes a blackish
area sub-costal in 7-8. Beyond this a wide orange-tawny band 8 mm.
wide in 8 where it is contiguous with the marginal orange, slightly
wider in 7, then 1 mm. wide in 5-6, 8 mm. in 4, widening again in 3
and becoming wider and diffuse toward the inner edge and merging
into the basal rufescent. Margin with a broad orange-tawny band of
contiguous lunules with extension of this into the ” tails,” the extreme
edge black; between the marginal orange and the tawny-orange band,
the wing is black-brown with a double purply spot at the anal angle.

As already remarked, it is somewhat like female druceanus proxi-
mans, but the fore- wing bar has not the Y at the end of the band.

Compared with females of the form amaurus^ it may be noted that
in amaufus, most examples have less rufescent spots in the black

179

ground beyond the apex of the cell, and the general appearance is
darker, than in cabacus. It is doubtless influenced by lucretius.

Undersurface : The marks are as in the male but on a paler ground
and the light markings are less silvery.

In dealing with this group, Chx. eudoxus, we meet with consider-
able difficulty. Prof. Poulton, in Trans. Ent, Soc., 77, part II, 1922,
briefly recounts the various races so far described, and mentions the
material, of the various races known, in England.

The nominotypical eudoxus is apparently still insufficiently repre-
sented in the “ home ” museums, not only as regards males but
females also (Sierra Leone to Cameroons). Apparently a race with
a broad f.-w. band and broader h.-w. band, “ both red-yellow ” in
colour, the f.-w. band extending to SC4.

The race mechowi, Eothschild, was described from (type) Angola,
Beni, Congo. The f.-w. band narrower and tapering more abruptly
towards the apex and reaching Sc. 5, the four upper spots small and
luniform. The h.-w. band broader than in cabacus. No female
described.

The Hill Museum possessed one female; it may now be in the
British Museum.

In dealing with these two races, it is of interest to note that
Holland, in Bull. American Museum, Vol. LXIII, Art. VI, records
three males from Medje as eudoxus, on the evidence of the reduction
of the silvery bands on the lower surface, and by the prolongation
costa of the median fulvous band of the f.-w. on upper side.

He states that they are at once distinguishable from mechowi, of
which he had seven males, from presumably the same locality. He
therefore makes mechowi a species.

We next come eastward and find that in 1932 Le Cerf describes
a single male from Ktembo, Lake Kivu, as theresae. He states that
this specimen is intermediate in general appearance between the S.sp.
mechowi, E. & J., West Africa, Angola, and cabacus, Jordan, East
Africa. The general tone of the upperside much less dark than cabacus
and almost as light as mechowi. On the f.-w. the basal chestnut area
extends just to the discocellulars and distally is divided by a black
line; the post-median light band is wider at its origin; 8 mm. between
J and 2, than mechowi and cabacus and much more rapidly attenuated,
2 mm. to V. 3 but not reaching 3; beyond this one does not see more
than three spots, the last very small. The marginal tawny spots are
much smaller than in the two forms cited. There is one tawny spot
2 mm. in diameter in the interspace 6-7. The tawny band in h.-w. is
10 mm. at v. 5 and 6.5 mm. at v. 7; beyond this it dilates rapidly to
the outer border and forms a long point at the base of 8, near its
origin; this projection is divided by a black vertical streak arising from
the basal dark area. The post-discal black band is 8 mm. between

180

8-6, smaller between 6-2 and 4 mm. between 2-3. The underside of
both wings much more resemble mechowi than cabacus.

We know that the character of the fore- wing bar in the males is
variable within limits in any one race but the interesting point in Le
Cerf’s description is that his race is lighter than cahacus. This
description is of interest to us locally; whether it can be accepted as
representing a good race remains to be proved.

Next in distribution, we come to the specimens taken by Jack-
son and Jeffrey in the Katera Forest, west of Lake Victoria and north
o^ the Kagera River. Bearing in mind the above description of
theresea, it is interesting to note that Jackson’s specimens are ex-
tremely dark, much darker than cabacus or mechowi, as I describe
later, and whose female is quite distinct from ail others.

Further east still we have the race cabacus, Jordon, described
from Uganda (central). We now know that this race extends east-
wards to Elgon, Kit ale, Cherangani, and the Mau. We have bred it
in numbers and ascertained that there are two forms, typical cabacus
and the form amaurus.

The characters of cabacus male are the comparative short fore-
wing bar or band which extends from the hind-margin, wide in la and
rapidly attenuated toward the costa. Of the four examples in Tring,
according to Poulton, Op. cit., this bar extends to about mid- way
between the hind margin and the apex; one at Oxford has a longer
bar, extending to 6. Of material before me (form Cabacus) eleven
males have the bar extending from la-6; two from la-5; one from la-4.
Measured, they are as follows: —

(1) 6 mm.

(2) 7 mm. (3) 7 mm.

(4) 7 mm.

(5) 7 mm.

5 mm.

5 mm. 6 mm.

5 mm.

5 mm.

3 mm.

3 mm. 4 mm.

4 mm. triangle

3 mm. quadrate

2 mm.

1.5 mm. 2 mm.

2 mm.

2 mm.

1.5 mm.

— 2 mm.

1.5 mm.

1.5 mm. ,,

1 mm.

— 1 mm.

1 mm.

1 mm, ,,

(6) 7 mm.

(7) 7 mm.

(8) 6 mm.

(9) 6 mm.

7 mm.

6.5 mm.

4 mm.

6.5 mm.

4 mm.

4 mm. lunate

3 mm. quadrate

3 mm.

3 mm.

2 mm.

1.5 mm.

2 mm.

1.5 mm.

1 mm.

1 mm.

1 mm.

1 mm.

—

—

—

^10) 5.5 mm.

(11) 6 mm.

(12) 6 mm.

(13) 7.5 m.m.

7 mm.

4 mm.

6 mm. triangle

6 mm.

4 mm. lunate 3 mm.

3 ram.

3 mm.

2 ram, quadrate 1.5 mm.

1.5 mm.

1.5 mm.

1 mm.

1 mm.

— •

1.5 mm.

(14) 7 mm.
7 mm.

1.5 mm.

4 mm. triangle

181

A similar variation is seen in the variety amaurus, but in this,
the main character is the entire absence of silvery lines on the under-
side, This character appeared as a stable variation in the race
cahacus, and in no other, until Jackson produced his new material
from Katera. Here we are faced with three males and one female,
two males strongly lined in silver, and one without. The question
then arises, is the variety amaurus to be recognised?

My personal opinion is that we must retain the name as indicat-
ing a stable variation. It remains to be proved whether or not a
similar variation, genetically stable, occurs in the dark Katera race;
if so, then one would be justified in creating a new name for such a
variety.

In the meantime on can only mention the fact that we have
evidence of such a variation.

CHARAXE8 EUDOXUS f. AMAURUS. PI. 19, fig. 4.

PI. 20, figs. 1 and 2. PL 21, figs. 1 and 2.

Eef. Op. cit. No. 33-34, p. 8; Vol. 1, Sep. VIII, p. 176.

In my notes above cited, I referred to this as ? sb-sp. It has
now been described by Prof. Poulton under the above name. We are
now able to give further notes on the two forms. We have bred a
series of both from the same locality, and it would appear that amaurus
is a variety and not a geographical race. Furthermore, the early stages
appear to be identical, or almost so, but there is a puzzling difference
in the genitalia, dissection of which I have made; indeed the difficulty
is increased in that the genital armature of neither of these, amaurus
and cahacus, agree with that of eudoxus given by Poulton, Trans. Ent.
Soc. 77, 1929, p. 480.

In this form, amaurus, the males and females resemble eudoxus
cahacus on the upperside, but both differ from that race on the under-
side in that the silvery lines are entirely or almost suppressed, thus
bearing a strong similarity to lucretius. PI. figs.

The early stages of both forms are completed and are as follows :
The food plants have been provisionally determined as Syzygium
cordatum, Syzygium guiniensis, Myrtaceae, Garcinia sp., and
Scheffiera sp. Araliaceae.

The eggs are pearly white when first laid, then the usual brown
suffusion spreads from the upper part to the whole and then turns
blackish. The shape is rather a squat barrel with round bottom and
flattened top ridged, and with a central depression. The young larva
hatches in eight days and is olive with very minute whitish papillae
(under magnifying glass), black head and yellowish “ tails.” At the

182

PLATE 21.

Cli. eudoxus cahacNS, var. amaurus. Undersurfaces.

-.;y

m

PLATE 22.

Ch. eudoxus sb.sp. (Katera Forest). Male and female. Upper surfaces.

PLATE 23.

Ch. etidoxus sb.sp. (Katera Forest), Under surfaces.

t

f •

PLATE 24.

Ch. i m perialis, Btlr. Male and female.

i

second instar the greenish colour appears and the pale stippling is more
obvious but the tails are less long, and the head now turns brownish
with very divergent horns and some greenish centrally on the face.
At the next moult, the body is greener, the head is almost entirely
green, the horns remain divergent, and rufescent in coloiu*; a yellowish
margin appears as a facial line and the intermediate horns are black;
the face is strongly rugose and when the larva is about 20 mm. long
the next moult takes place. The general colour is now bright green,
a small dorsal spot appears on the 6th segment, and the whole body
is finely papillated with yellowish points; the head is green and the
horns shorter in proportion with the size of the head and not so
divergent.

In the final stage the body colour is the same as before, the mark
on the dorsum of the 6th segment is a heart-shaped shield in red and
green, and on the 8th there is sometimes a second spot. The spiracles
are turquoise blue with a yellow central line; the spiracular line is not
marked, and the underside of the body is whitish with pink between
the segments. The head is uniform green; there are three black spots
£it the lower angles ; the horns are now short and stout, the central pair
only very slightly turned inward at the tips, and they may or not be
red at the tips; they are usually uniform; the outer pair, howeiver, have
well-developed toothed processes some of which are forked. Length
55-60 mm.

The pupa is pale green with a rather frosted appearance due to
minute depressions and irregularities on the surface; the spiracles are
bluish with a black central streak and brown ring surrounding them.

The cremaster is moderately stalked, has a bilobed rounded process
on either side and on the anal segment ventrally there are two ovoid
tubercles with brown spots at each end. The pupa of amaurus is very
similar but there is a yellowish streak on the edge of the wing cases
and spots of the same colour on the head.

CHARAXE8 EUDOXUS, Sub.sp., Nov. PI. 22, figs. 1 and 2.

PL 23, figs. 1 and 2.

This very distinct race of eudoxus has recently been taken by
T. H. E. Jackson and Mr. Jeffery, in S.-W. Uganda.

Male : It most closely resembles the race cahacus and the form
described by Prof. Poulton as amaurus. It differs however from both
these by the greater extension of the black ground colour of both fore
and hind-wings, causing a reduction in the orange-chestnut post-discal
bars, especially in the f.-w.

Expanse : 43 mm. E.-w. mostly deep velvety black; basal half of
costa, base of wing, bright chestnut; marginal spots orange; the post-

183

discal bar reduced on the proximal side so that it is indicated by small
diffuse chestnut spots in la and lb, and less so in 2 (spots in 2 some-
times absent), set distal to the mid-point.

The black ground colour of the fore-wing may be clear-cut trans-
versely across the apex of the cell, followed by a black transverse sub-
apical spot, or the black may extend into the cell with a diffuse line of
junction.

H.-w. ground colour black; the basal black area is triangular in
outline, apex toward body, remainder of base chestnut pahng toward
the inner margin. The post-discal chestnut bar is narrow, and crosses
the wing from just distal to the mid-line on the costa to above the anal
angle; the bar at the costal end is paler than the rest, marginal border
with crescentic orange-chestnut spots outlined in black distally; tails
black. Lilac spots at anal angle. Abdomen chestnut on back.

Underside : In this race there is the same variation as is found in
cabacus and the form amaurus, that is, the silvery lines may be strongly
marked or may be only just indicated. Of the three males sent to me,
one is strongly marked, the other has greyish lines, while the third is
hardly lined at all, as in the form amaurus.

The general tone of the underside is darker and more flushed with
purplish than in the other two eastern forms.

Female : This is even more distinctive than the male. It bears a
strong resemblance to the female of Gh. lucretius on the upper side.

It differs, however, from that species in that the upper side of the
abdomen is chestnut, not black; the marginal crescentic orange marks
of the h.-w. border are narrower, more sharply defined and without a
pale spot at the bases ; the base of the hind-wing is suffused with chest-
nut and is not so blackish; the post-discal bars of fore and hind-wings,
though of the same ochreous yellow, is edged with rufescent on the
hind-wing; the basal chestnut of the fore-wing is greater in extent.

From the females of the race cabacus and form amaurus this female
differs in the greater extent of the black areas in the fore and hind-
wings with a reduction in the chestnut areas, the difference of the post-
discal bars which are not orange-tawny but creamy with ochreous tinge;
the more clear cut crescentic marks on the h.-w. marginal border; the
black tails.

The underside differs entirely from lucretius and diverges from
cabacus in just the same way as indicated for the male sex.

Distribution : All the material available is from the Katera forest,
where it flies with lucretius, and is doubtless influenced by this species.

184

CHARAXES VIOLETTA, Gr. Sm.

Hef. Op', cit. No. 33-34, p. 8-12 : Vol. 1, Sep. VIH, pp. 176-180.

To the distribution add Meru Forest. I have received this species
from this locality and Messrs. Hamilton Gordon and Berkeley state
that the species was very plentiful at Meru in March/ April, 1935.

The males do not seem to differ, but the dark areas of the fore-
wings of the females are darker, more blue-black than in coastal
examples, especially at the base. It would be interesting to ascertain
the food plant in this area. It will lay on Deinhollia at the coast.

CHARAXES TIRIDATES, Hew.

Add to the food plant: Ghaetacme macrocaripa, Ulmaceae;

Phialodiscus zamhesiacus, Sapindaceae; Bomhax rhodona'phalon,
Bombaceae; Osyris sp., Santalaceae.

CHARAXES NUMENES, Hew.

Add to the food plants Deinbollia sp., Phialodiscus zamhesiacus;
and Allophylus macrohotrys (Uganda).

CHARAXES AMELIAE AMELIAE, Doumet.

Eel Op. cit. No. 33-34, pp. 34-36: Vol. 1, Sep. VIII, p. 202.

Through the kindness of my friend Jackson, I am now able to give
a figure of the female of this species. PI. 26, fig. 1. PI. 28, fig. 2.

Jackson writes that ameliae is the dominant charaxes in the
Malabigambo Forest, Sango Bay, and Kagera Eiver.

The early stages are still unknown.

CHARAXES IMPERIALIS, Butlr. PL 24, figs. 1 and 2.

PI. 25, figs. 1 and 2.

I am indebted to Jackson for the specimens of this rare species
which he has taken in the Malabigambo Forest, Western Uganda,
Katera Forest, and Kagera Eiver.

Male: Expanse 50 mm. F.-w. Ground colour blue-black; one
white spot at extremity of cell, two just beyond; a series of eight blue
post-discal spots increasing in size and intensity of blue from below
the costa to practically the mid-point on the hind-margin in la. The
spots in la and lb contiguous; small ill-defined light spots at margin.

H. -w. : Ground colour blue-black, wing bar blue and continuous
in direction with the fore-wing bar; a sub-marginal row of blue spots

185

double and small at anal angle gradually increasing in size to sub-
costa in 7, tbe last spot whitish.

Underside : Olive-greyish, cell with wavy black lines outlined with
black; white spots of above reproduced below; also post-discal row
but small and white, that in 2 and lb with olive -yellowish distally,
the latter with lilac outlined with black internally, also with con-
spicuous crescentic black marks broadly shaded with lilac; lb and 2
with narrow black cross lines edged with lilac.

H.-w. ground colour as fore; a series of sub-marginal ill-defined
lilac spots, internal to these a further series of olive spots internally
edged with lilac; cell and bases of 7-8 with fine black lines outlined
with whitish and another series sub-basal in 5 and 6,

Female: Expanse 60 mm., thus much larger than the male.

F.-w. ground colour brown-black with some bluish suffusion at the
base. Cell with one large spot at apex, distal to it four white spots
in 2, 3, 5, 6; post-discal bar blue in la and lb, the latter double and
contiguous; an orange spot at distal end of this spot; a further series
of orange spots in 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7; small double orange streaks at
margin from lb to apex. H.-w. blue-black, slightly greyish at inner
fold; discal — post-discal bar blue from Ic through apex of cell and
represented in 7 by a white quadrate spot; distal to this an orange
spot; a sub-marginal row of orange spots, tinged with lilac at anal
angle, extends to 7; marginal border with orange line intersected with
black veins and distally black bordered.

Underside : Much as in the male, but spots and lines larger and
more distinct.

CHARAXES HADRIANU8, Ward. PI. 27, fig. 1. PI. 28, fig. 1.

Jackson has sent me a specimen of this species, taken at
Katera, August, 1935.

Male : Expanse 48 mm. F.-w. basal area bright chestnut
occupying the greater part of the cell, the base of lb, and less so in
2, the latter two slightly edged with bluish-green which colour fills
the base of la. Apical half of wing black from the apex of the cell
to the hind angle, central portion of wing creamy with this colour
invading the black at the bases of 2, 3, 4; the distal edge of the white
patch in la-lb where it meets the black, slightly bluish. Two white
spots sub-basal in 5 and 6; a further series of five creamy spots in
areas 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, diminishing in size from 2-5 then slightly larger
in 6. H.-w. creamy, slightly dusky at base; dark line of lower

surface shows through intersecting the wing from mid-costa to anal

186

PLATE 25.

Cli. imperialism Btlr. Undersurfaces.

PLATE 26.

Fig. 1. Ch. ameVwe, female.

Fig. 2. Ch. hi /jir/u'fatiis, female.

PLATE 27.

Fig. 1. Ch. hadrimuis, Ward. Uj^per surface.

Fig. 2. Ch. hntfus. A curious olive-grey vaiiety with ])luisli lustre.

%

i'

f.-r-'jfsipjif*-'

PLATE 28.

Fig. 1. (h. had rianus, Waid. Undersurface.

Fig. 2. U/i. ainaeliae, Doum. Undersurface.

L

angle. A sub-marginal series of black lines from anal angle to 5;
margin of wing with fine black line just internal to extreme edge.

Underside : F.-w. apical half silvery; basal half creamy white spots
on upper side slightly indicated, but posterior angle with a conspicuous
“ eye spot ” greyish inwardly black distally.

Slight black lines at bases of lb and 2. H.-w. creamy with

slight double black lines in 7 and 8 and through cell. Disc of wing
traversed by a chestnut line from mid-costa to anal angle made up
of more or less contiguous crescentic marks proximately edged with
black. Margin and tails with slight black lines followed by yellowish
lunate marks with small black triangles on proximal edge of
convexities.

We have no specimen of the female. It is possible that these
eastern insects may prove to be a distinct race.

CHABAXES BIPUNCTATUS. PI. 26, fig.* 2.

We are now able to give a figure of the female. Basal half of
fore- wing ohve golden, distal half black with a series of white to
ochreous spots from just distal to the cell, crossing the wing to the
hind angle, the spots in lb more diffuse black centred and contiguous
with double ochreous streaks at margin of lb. Two white sub-apical
spots. H.-w. ground colour olive golden slightly black-scaled at
upper angle and narrowly internal to the marginal border of olive-
ochreous lunate marks; a black spot at convexity of each lunule
picked out in white proximally; a pale olive-ochreous spot at mid-
sub-costa, two larger similarly coloured spots in 6-7, extreme edge of
wing blackish; tails hardly indicated.

CHABAXES PYTHODOBUS PYYHODOBUS, Hew. PI. 29, figs. 1-2.

Kef. Op. cit. No. 33-34, pp. 36-38: Vol. 1, Sep. VIII, pp. 204-206

We are now able to give the figure of the female of this species,
which has been bred in numbers in the Kitale district.

Female: Upperside, very similar to the male, but larger; spots
and median bar much more whitish, ground colour more brownish
less black. We republish the description of the early stages as
recorded by K. T. Evans in Jrl. No. 47-48.

The type of the race NE8EA came from Mombasa and I have
topotypical examples as recorded previously; Kothschild and Jordan
however, place the Uganda-Kitale examples as belonging to this race,
but they are distinct. It remains to be shown whether or not the
Uganda specimens differ from the nominate race or not.

NOTES ON CHARAXES PYTHODORUS PYTHODORUS.

\ By E. T. Evans.

Eemarks on Habits of Female.

I have watched Ch. pythodorus ovipositing, and it appears to be
its habit to lay not more than four or five eggs on one tree, thus
scattering the eggs over a large area. Ch. pythodorus is also appar-
ently a very slow layer, taking at least two seconds over each egg.
The only specimen of this insect that I succeeded in getting to lay
laid eleven eggs and then died. I afterwards examined it, and the
eggs were finishedi Other specimens which died without laying had
from 27 to 34 perfect eggs inside. Ch. pythodorus apparently will
not lay in captivity unless the cage is in full sunlight.

The laying season would appear to be governed by the young leaf
period of the food-plant. As this is very short, and the females will
only lay on the young leaves, the laying periods seem to be very
restricted.

Early Stages.

The eggs are large and pearly- white. They are laid, singly as a
rule, but sometimes in pairs, on the under or upper surfaces, gener-
ally the former, of the young leaves of Crabia brownei.* For 24
hours after laying it remains almost spherical, slightly flattened on
top, then the usual depression appears. Twelve hours later, an
irregular reddish ring appears round the rim of the depression, with a
small red spot in the centre. The lower half of the egg becomes
suffused with pinkish-brown. After three days the red markings turn
grey-brown. Before hatching the egg turns black. The egg stage
lasts eight to ten days.

The young larva is at first uniform olive-brown with a white tail
and black head. The horns are white, and give the appearance of a
frill. Immediately on emerging the larva eats the egg-shell, and very
shortly after starts in search of food. After three days the larva
becomes olive-green finely speckled with white. Each white spot
consists of a small papillation bearing a minute hair. The head is
now dark brown mottled with black. The horns remain white, and
.•are short and broad, all four being of a more or less uniform length.
The larva gradually becomes greener, until when it is a week old, the
body is grass-green. The tails and horns remain white. When at rest,
the larva lies along the mid-rib of the leaf with head raised. Two
days before the first moult, in some specimens, a small white dorsal
spot appears on the sixth segment. The first moult takes place after

* Also on Crahia hrevicaudata — Loguminosae. — V. G. L. v. S.

188

ten days. The head is now brown with the lower parts green. In
some specimens there is a well-marked dorsal spot on the sixth seg-
ment, consisting of a white spot bordered with brown. After the
second moult the head becomes green, with mouth-parts black, bases
of the lateral horns and tips of the inner horns dark brown, bordered
with a pinkish line. The face is bordered with a yellowish line, which
becomes broader towards the mouth. The body marks are as follows :
A row of yellow dorso-lateral oblique lines from the fourth to the last
segment. Each line starts from a spot in the front of each segment,
runs obliquely forward through the segment in front of it, and enters
the next segment to join a conspicuous white spiracular line. Seg-
ments 1 and 2 are without these lines, but have each a spot placed
where these lines would start. Segment 3 has a small line, com-
mencing as the others, but not entering segment 2. In some speci-
mens there is a conspicuous dorsal spot on segment 6, in shape like
an acorn, creamy-white, bordered with dark brown. It consists of a
raised spot, higher at the back than at the front, like a pouch open-
ing backward. In other specimens, however, there is no trace of
this spot. The head continues the same in the fourth instar, but
after the final moult changes slightly, in that the horns are shorter,
thicker, and more upright, and the face is squarer. Throughout the
whole larval stage, the body and head are finely papillated with
yellow. The mature larva is from 45 to 50 mm. long. When the
larva has curled just before pupating, it becomes slightly translucent,
and the dorsal spot, when present, becomes pale green.

The pupa is a beautiful object. It is of the usual Charaxes form,
25 mm, long, pale green, with yellowish marbling over the dorsum
of the thorax. The abdomen is slightly darker, ornamented with
purplish spots arranged in a regular pattern. The spiracles are pre-
sent as a row of purplish marks. The head is bluntly bifid. The
only ornamentation on the wing- scut ae is a row of four black spots,
those on the inside being larger than on the outside. The cremaster
consists of a pinkish stalk arising from a base, consisting of two
kidney-shaped lobes, ochreous in colour. Two small blackish spines
arise at the base, and lie along the abdomen, pointing forv^ard. The
abdominal segments are produced backward, forming almost a hump.

CHARAXES ANSORGEI AN80RGEL

Eef. Op. cit. 31-32, pp. 153-156.

CHARAXES ANSORGEI JACKSONI^ Poulton.

There are two distinct races of this species within Kenya and a
possible third; the typical nominate race is found west of the Mau,
roughly speaking; the second east of this range of mountains, and the

189

third in the Meru district. In Uganda, the race ruandana occurs.
Material was placed at the disposal of Professor Poulton, and he has
made a critical examination and published his results in Stylops, VoL
2 pt. 1, Jan., 1933. With the permission of the author and the Eoyal
Entomological Society we append the full notes and make use of the
plates which he has kindly presented to the Society.

The Kenya races have been bred in numbers, the eastern race
feeds on Bersama ahyssinica, the western race on Bersama engleriana,
Melianthaceae.

THE GEOGEAPHICAL EACES OF CHARAXES AN80RGEI,
EOTHSCH. (LEP. NYMPHALIDAE).

Plates 30 and 31.

By Edward B. Poulton, D.Sc., F.E.S., Hope Professor of Zoology
in the University of Oxford, Fellow of Jesus College, Oxford.

An account of the geographical distribution and mimetic associations
of four subspecies of Charaxes ansorgei, together with some addition
to our knowledge of their behaviour in life, appeared in 1932 Proc. Ent.
Soc. Bond., 7: 6-9, where it is stated on p. 8 that figures, with brief
descriptions of the new forms, would it was hoped, “ be communicated
to Stylops in the near future.” Hence the present short paper.

1. Charaxes a. ansorgei^ Eothsch. — Plate 1, fig. 1 — 6 ; fig. 2 — 9.
The male was described by Lord Eothschild in 1897 Novit. ZooL, 4:
181-182, and figured in 1898 ibid., 5, pi. v, fig. 2. The female hitherto
associated with this male is that of the next race, the true female
being undescribed. Figure 2, reproduced from Mr. Alfred Eobinson s
excellent photograph, shows that the pattern of this female resembles
that of the male and differs from the females of other known races of
ansorgei in the tint of the F.W. discal band being orange instead of
white. It is, however, paler than that of the male, especially so in
area 1 where it becomes nearly white in some examples. Because of
its paler tint this band stands out more prominently than that of the
male, the difference being exaggerated by photography — so much so
indeed that it became necessary to colour this marking in the print
selected for reproduction. The dark, tawny marginal F.W. spots
and sub-marginal H.W. spots are much reduced as compared with
those of the male. Apart from this latter difference, the greater size
of the female, its paler F.W. band, straighter F.W. outer margin and
the wider black marginal area of both wings, the sexes of a. ansorgei
are very similar in appearance.

The H.W. tails of both male and female are shorter than in the
next race, a difference very clearly shown in pi. 1. In its paler tint

190

PLATE 29.

Cli. 'pytliodorus pytliodorus, Hew, Male and female.

"i- :

t ■■

X I

cti

'TS

a

bc

CM

1

■-H

o

1

a-

o

CO

— r

't)

<£

5

o

CO

rC

O

w

1

o

ro

N-

I

^3

C5 M

<!: o

" Cb s
”1

rH

bd .

-1 C-

S-

Alfred Hoijns on, pilot. ^at. size.

i -

1 ^

I

-r] ct ^

I

d

S IT

'T^

^ S
’1 H •

i

.1

f

f

i

,s

\

PLATE 32.

Ch. zoolina-neanthes, female and male, showing colouration of both seasonal vars.

and greater sensitiveness to actinic rays it would appear that the
F.W. band of the female has already advanced in the direction of the
white band of the other ansorgei races. There can be no doubt that,
as regards this feature, it represents the ancestral form from which
the others have directly or indirectly evolved.

Length of F.W. of specimens represented on pi. 1, fig. 1, d —
41.0 mm.; fig. 2, 9 — 47.5 mm.

The following examples were studied in the preparation of the
above account:: —

N.E. Uganda: S.W. of Mt. Elgon, Mt. Kokanjero, 6,400 ft., 7-9
Aug., 1911 (/S'. A. Neave), cf9, Brit. Mus.; W. slope of Mt. Elgon,
N. Bugishu, c. ,7>000 ft., Bulago, 26 Dec., 1928 (G. D. Hale
Carpenter), 9, Hope Dept., O.U. Mus.; ditto, Butandiga, 30 Dec.,
d; 1-4 Jan., 1929, 9 ; 7 Jan., d.

Kenya Colony: E. slope of Mt. Elgon, Kitale, 1926, d, Nairobi
Mus.; ditto. Sept., 1931 (T. H. E. Jackson), 9; ditto, 1930, Herbst,
d, Coll. J. Levisk (ex Coll. Oberthiir), here represented on pi. 1, fig.
1; ditto, Nov., 1930, d. Coll. Mme. Fournier; Trans-Nzoia, 15 miles
E. of Mt. Elgon, 1,500 metres, 1930, Herbst, d , Coll. Mme. Fournier;
ditto, d, Brit. Mus. (ex Coll. J. J. Joicey); Nandi Country, Patsho,
11 Dec., 1896 (Dr. J. W. Ansorge)^ d, Tring Mus., Type, Eothsch.
1897 (Novit. ZooL, 4: 181; 1898, 5, pi. v, fig. 2); W. slope Mau
Escarpt., 7,000 ft., Lumbwa, Aug. 1920 {H. L. Andrewes), 9
(perhaps bred, but nearly as large as the captured specimens), Hope
Dept., O.U. Mus., here representd on pi. 1, fig^ 2, Allotype; ditto,
Dec., 1920, 9, a very small specimen, probably bred. In addition to
the above, two males in the Hope Dept., labelled “ Nairobi, E. Afr.
Prot., 17.V.1903,” were collected by Mr. A. H. Harrison. These
specimens, which agree with the type of C. a. ansorgei^ were probably
collected on the west side of the Rift Valley.

2. Charaxes a, 'jacksont , subsp. n.-~-Plate 1, fig. 3~~cf ; fig. 4 ••**
9. This sub-species has been carefully described, together with its
life-history, by Dr. V. G. L. van Someren and Canon St. Aubyn
Rogers, in J. E. Afr. & Uganda Nat. Hist. Soc., 31-32: 153-156; pi.
Ixxi, figs. 1-4; Ixxv, figs, 4, 5; Ixxvi, figs. 11-13; also the female by
A. G. Butler in Proc. Zool. Soc., 1900: 915. Both these publica-
tions assumed that this race did not differ from a. ansorgei on the W.
side of the Rift Valley. It is, however, evident that the material
described in the E. African Journal was chiefly of the eastern race,
having been collected near Uplands on the Kikuyu Escarpment, or bred
from eggs or larvae obtained in the same locality. The distinctions
pointed out below taken in connexion with the published descriptions
and with the excellent figures on plate 1, provide means for the easy
identification of this race of ansorgei.

191

Male. — Three closely similar examples of this sex have been
kindly sent to me by my friend Dr. V. G. L. van Someren. They
resemble on both upper and under surfaces the figures published in
the J. E. Ajr. & Uganda Nat. Hist. Soc. (31-32: pL Ixxi, figs. 3, 4).
So far as I am aware no other males of this race exist in European
collections.

When figs. 1 and 3 of pi. 1 are compared it is at once obvious that
the F.W. band of jacks oni (3) is much narrower than that of ansorgei
(1), the black marks in the orange patches of areas lb, 2, and 3 much
larger, and the four orange spots beyond area 3 with the 2 others set
at an angle with them, much smaller. The whole band, although
narrower, stands out far more prominently than in ansorgei because
of the much darker tint of the basal rich chestnut brown which
deepens into black as it approaches the inner border of the chief mark-
ing. The darkened wing surface within the bar results in the two
black spots of the cell becoming far less distinct than in ansorgei.

The F.W. marginal and the H.W. sub-marginal spots are smaller
although the difference is not great. The H.W. tails are slenderer
and much longer.

The H.W. under surface is characterised by the narrowness of the
white band and especially by the nearly straight line followed by it and.
the four black marks along its inner border, in areas Ic, 2, 3 and 4.
This part of the pattern appears to be a very convenient and distinc-
tive feature, although only applicable to the males.

Female. — The difference between the patterns of these two races
has already been pointed out under ansorgei. The greater prominence
of the bar is not only due to its whiteness but, as in the male, is
greatly enhanced by the dark tint of the basal surface of both fore- and
hind- wings, especially the former. The H.W. tails are longer and
stouter.

Length of F.W. of specimens represented on pi. 1, fig. 3, 6 —
41.0 mm.; fig. 4, $ — 52.5 mm. It must be remembered that the d
being bred is probably much smaller than a wild example.

Examples studied: — Kenya Colony: Aberdare Mtnsi., E. foot
and slopes, 7,000-8,500 ft., 24-27 Febr., 1911 {8. A. Neave), 9, Brit.
Mus.; Kikuyu Escarpt., nr. Uplands, Uganda Ely., 7,500-8,000 ft.,
Apr., 1926 (F. G. L. van Someren), 3 dd (probably all bred, 2 with
pupa-cases), one represented on pi. 1, fig. 3, Type, 3 9 9 (all much
smaller than pi. 1, fig. 4 and probably bred, 2 with pupa-cases), Hope
Coll., O.U. Mus.; Kikuyu Forest, Eoromo, 16 Dec., 1899 {B. Craw-
shay), 9, Brit. Mus., Type of Butler’s description of Ch. a. ansorgei,
9, in 1900 Proc. Zool. Soc., 1900: 915, here represented on pi. 1, fig.-
4, Allotype of 9 jacksoni; ditto, 22 Jan., 1900, 9, Tring Mus.

192

This interesting race is named in honour of Mr. T. H. E. Jackson,

E. E.S., of Kitale, who first recognised the difference between the
races of ansorgei on the two sides of the Bift Valley (1932 Proc. Eni»
Soc. Lond.^ 7 : 6).

3. Charaxes a. ruandana^ Talb. — Plate 2, fig. 1 — d; fig. 2 — 9.
This race was described from the only known 9 by Talbot in 1932
Bull. Hill Mus., 4: 289, and given the name ruandana because the
locality, Kabira Forest, was stated by the captor, T. A. Bams, to be
in Buanda. If this is correct it must be, as Mr. Talbot writes, “ in
the southern corner of that area,” inasmuch as the label furthermore
records that the forest is 12 miles N. of Usumbura at the N. end of
Bake Tanganyika. The males, except one, were taken rather further
S. than the female, and the single example much further N., on the
Congo border of W. Uganda.

Male. — ^The F.W. band and indeed the whole wing resemble
jacksoni, but the four post-discal spots and the two within them are
somewhat larger, although smaller and more sharply defined than in
ansorgei. The degree of development of the black marks in the
orange constituents of the band in areas la^ 2 and 3 is also inter-
mediate between the darker jacksoni and the less dark ansorgei. The

F. W. marginal spots are also intermediate but, in this respect, there
is very little difference between the three races.

The narrowing of the anterior section of the H.W. band affords
the most conspicuous distinction between the male ruandana and the
other races, as may be seen at a glance when fig. 1 on pi. 2 is com-
pared with 4 (levicki), and with 1 {ansorgei) and 3 {jacksoni) on pi. 1.
This distinction, although very evident, is less marked in the other
males of ruandana. In this, as in other respects, the male of
ruandana is nearest to jacksoni^ although the posterior section of the
band in this latter is much broader, due to the spread of its inner
border over the basal surface. The sub-marginal spots resemble those
of jacksoni and are distinctly smaller and less developed than in
ansorgei.

The beautiful and complex pattern of the F.W. under surface in
this and the other races of the species was found to be so variable
when a fair series was examined that, except in jacksoni^ it became
inexpedient to found any characters on its appearance in the single
or very few examples which alone were available in all except
ansorgei. There is, however, one striking feature, pointed out to me
by Mr. Talbot, on the under surface of the hind- wing of ruandana d
in which the white band is much beyond the cell in area 4. The
interruption is less and the mark less rectangular in a male from W.
Uganda which, in this and other respects, is somewhat transitional

193

towards ansorgei. In the narrowness of the H.W. band on the under
surface ruandana resembles jachsoni.

Female. — The F.W. band is narrower than in the females of the
other races and the whole effect of the upper surface more black-and-
white and brutus-like. The spots of the post-discal series are
obsolescent except the anterior one which is distinct and white, not
orange as in the other races. The almost complete suppression of
the F.W. marginal as well as the H.W. sub-marginal markings is
another distinctive feature well brought out in the figure (pi. 2, fig. 2).
The contrast in this respect with the female jachsoni (pi. 1, fig. 4) is
very strong. The pale white and bluish H.W. band is also narrower
than in the other races. The tails of both sexes appear to be inter-
mediate between those of ansorgei and jachsoni^ but in order to reach
safe conclusions on this and other points a longer series of specimens
is required.

Length of F.W. of specimens represented on pi. 2, fig. 1, d — 40.0
mm.; fig. 2, 9 — 48.75 mm.

Examples studied. — Virgin forest behind the shore mountains of
N.W. Tanganyika, 18-2,200 metres, Grauer, d Allotype, Brit. Mus.

(ex Coll. J. J. Joicey), represented on pi. 2, fig. 1; L. Tanganyika,
N.W. shore, 1,900-2,100 m., Febr., 1910, Grauer, 2 d, Coll. Mme.
Fournier and Tring Mus.; 12 m. N. of Usumbura at N. end L. Tanga-
nyika, Euanda Distr., Kabira forest, 7,000 ft., Jan., 1924, Wet
Season (T. A. Barns), 9, Type of Talbot’s description in 1932 Bull.
Hill Mus., 4: 289, Brit. Mus. (ex Coll. J. J. Joicey), here represented
on pi. 2, fig. 2; W. Uganda, Congo border, Mar. -Apr., 1926 {E.
Barns), d, Brit. Mus. (ex Coll. J. J. Joicey).

In addition to the above my friend M. le Cerf has kindly shown
me a d in the Paris Museum which appears to be quite distinct from
ruandana as here described and figured. It was taken at Kitembo,
Lake Kivu, E. Belgian Congo, Nov., 1931. It is possible, but I think
unlikely, that this form is the d of ruandana. The F.W. band is
much broader and more heavily marked with black than in this latter
race, the post-discal F.W. spots rather larger and continued
posteriorly as far back as area la, the marginal F.W. spots more
developed, the H.W. band also much broader and with no marked
constriction towards the costa. More specimens, especially females,
from the same area would be extremely interesting.

Since the above paragraph was written M. Le Cerf, who had been
travelling in Morocco, returned to Paris and very kindly sent me the
following particulars of the six males, including the one mentioned ;1^|
above, which have now been received from Kitembo: —

194

“ Voici tous les details de nos etiquettes: —

“ Bulira, Kitembo, Lac Kivu, xi.l931, 1 d; viii.1932, 1 d ; xi.
1932, dd.

“ Lushasba, Kitembo, Lac Kivu, viii.1932, 1 d.

“ Kirondo, Kitembo, Lac Kivu, ix.l932, 1 d.

“ Tous ces exemplaires sont bien pareils entre eux, notamment
pour la largeur de la bande terminale noire des ailes ant^rieures qui est
notablement plus dtroite que la bande fauve discale. Le No. 4, qui
vient d’arriver et est encore sur I’etaloir, a les points fauves subter-
minaux des ailes post^rieures un peu plus grands que chez les autres
individus, mais il ne s’agit ^videmment que d’une tres faible modifica-
tion individuelle, nullement raciale.

“ Lushasba, Kirondo et Bulira, sont tres rapproch^es Tune de
I’autre dans la valie de la Luzira, petite riviere qui se jette dans le
lac Kivu, entre Bobandana et Katana. Elle descend des montagnes
bois^es, paralleles au Lac, qui torment en majeure partie la region
du ‘ Kitembo.’ Les chasses ont 4te faites a I’altitude de 2.500 metres
environ, mais il y a des sommets atteignant 3.000 metres a proximity
immediate.

“ Tels sont les renseignements que je possede actuellement. Je
souhaite qu’ils vous soient utiles et vous parviennent encore a temps
pour que vous puissiez les inclure votre travail. — F. Le Cere.”

4. Charaxes a. levicki, subsp. n. — Plate 2, fig. 4 — d; fig. 3 — 9.
This race is described from a d and 9 kindly lent to me by Mr. J.
Levick, F.E.S., after whom I have the pleasure of naming it. But
for the locality I should have hesitated to suggest that they belong
to the same race, the 9 being so much like jacksoni and the d so very
different from any known form of C. a. ansorgei, the female being
among the largest and the male by far the smallest in any of these
races.

Male. — The outer margin of the F.W. is deeply excavated, and
the anal areas more prominent than any other male of ansorgei. The
F.W. marginal spots are very strongly developed in area la, much
less so in 2, 3, and 4, and again more strongly in 5 although far from
attaining the size of the two in la. Thus the effect is that of a highly
irregular series quite unlike any of the other males known to me. The
band is very broad and the black markings within it, in areas la, 2,
and 3, are nearly as in ruandana, but the post-discal spots are larger
than in the latter race and about equal to those of ansorgei. The
F.W. basal area is lighter in tint than in any other male of the

* Where the number of plates is referred to in the text read 30 and 31 in place of

1 and 2. — Editor.

195

species, but the black markings along the internal border of the band
contrast strongly with its pale orange-brown colour.

The H.W. pattern is very different from that of any known male
of ansorgei. The band which, up to vein 7, is bluer than in other
races, takes on a tawny tint in areas 7 and 8, the two marks being
separated from each other by strong pigmentation along the vein,
while the bluish- white mark in area 6 is much reduced, forming a
marked constriction between the two sections. The whole effect is
very characteristic and unlike the other races. The sub-marginal
spots are also much larger as is the green marginal mark at the anal
angle of the wing. On the under surface, the H.W. band is not
narrow as in ruandana and the mark beyond the cell is small and
causes hardly any constriction.

The female upper surface closely resembles jacksoni, but the
basal area is even darker and the band whiter, so that the mimetic
likeness to hrutus is stronger. The F.W. post-discal spots are con-
siderably larger than in jacksoni and the sub-marginal H.W. spots
rather smaller.

Length of F.W. of specimens represented on pi. 2, fig. 4, 6 — 37.0
mm.; fig. 3, 9 — 50.0 mm.

Examples studied: — Lake Nyasa, E. Africa, No. 969, d, Coll.
J. Levick (ex Coll. Oberthiir), Type; Manow, N. of L. Nyasa and E.
of New Langenburg, No. 970, 9, Coll. J. Levick (ex Coll. Oberthiir),
Allotype.

CHARAXES ZOOLINA-NEANTHES.

Eef. Op. cit. No. 33-34, pp. 39-41: Vol. 1, Sep. VIII, pp. 207-210.

We take this opportunity of publishing a figure of two inter-
mediates between these forms. PI. 32, figs. 1 and 2.

CHARAXES EUPALE DILUTUS, E. & J.

To the food plants of this species add Alhizzia sassa and Alhizzia
grandihracteata in the Kitale district (Jackson).

CHARAXES ZINGHHA, Stoll.

Eef. Op. cit. No. 33-34, pp. 49-50: Vol. 1, Sep. VIII, pp. 217-218.

We have now bred this species. The food plant is “ Kyasira ”
(Luganda), Hugonia platysepala, Welw., Linaceae, a climber
which has a series of hooks along the branchlets to enable it to retain
a hold on its supporting tree. The eggs are a squat barrel shape with
rounded base and flat top which is strongly fluted radiating from a
raised central point. The young larvae are olive with black head and

196

strongly bifid yellowish “ tail.” Even at this stage, the horns are
characteristic. The larva turns greenish at the first moult and is
slightly papillated. The second moult takes place within a week and
the head then becomes green with rufous horns and a line of the same
colour around the disc. At the third moult the head is very similar
to that of the final instar of the larval stage; the lower edge is sq[uare,
the lateral horns are short and incline inward at the tip, the two long
horns are directed outward and then curve inward; these horns are
ochreous and an ochreous line surrounds the face. The lateral inter-
mediate horns are only slightly indicated. The facial disc is a strong
green and there are two dark oblique lines above the mouth; the
central fissure between the lateral lobes is marked. The body colour
is now deep green with a lateral line well developed and the tails are
broadly bifid. In the final stage the larva reaches a length of 55 mm.
It is a deep green with strong papillation in yellow, a strong lateral
line of the same colour, and the lateral aspect of the body has decided
rounded tubercles, dorsal spots on the 6th and 8th segments are
indicated by a slightly raised area of deeper green centrally blue with
red dots or grey with a bluish outline ; sometimes the spots are
obscured. The tail is still broadly bifid and yellowish. The head,
figured on PI. CVII is somewhat reminiscent of that of varanes or
fulvescens, yet has some similarity to Euxanthe. The disc is green
with an ochreous line running from the bases of the long horns to the
outer angles of the mouth parts; the lateral aspects are widely
yellowish; the lateral horns are short, strongly rugose; the central pair
long, divergent for the basal half, then strongly curved inward, very
rugose and ochreous in colour; the central intermediate horns are
short, rugose and ochreous and there are no intermediate lateral horns.
The posterior aspect of both lateral and long central horns are strongly
spined.

Pupa: Of the usual charaxes type, perhaps slightly more ventri-
cose, pale green with little ornamentation; such as is present is whitish
and irregularly placed over the dorsum of the abdomen and on the
wing shields, and on the head tubercles. The head is square with
slight projections.

Eothschild and Jordan suggest an affinity to Ch. etesipe, but in
view of the larval characters it would appear rather different.

A study of the larval characters of the group would well repay
study and help in the sub-division into sub-families and genera.

CHARAXES ETESIPE.

Kef. Op. cit. No. 33-34, pp. 50-54: Vol. 1, Sep. VIII, pp. 218-222.

Add to the food plants of the nominate race, Dalbergia nr.
lacteata, also Entada ahyssinica.

197i

I was recently informed by Messrs. Berkeley and Hamilton
Gordon that they had taken this species at lower Meru forest.

I have now had the opportunity of examining a small series of
some six specimens. On the upper surface these specimens resemble
the race tavetensis, but on the underside, the ground colour is paler,
much less ochreous tinged, and as all are constant in this respect I
propose to name a local race as follows :

C. etesipe GOBDONI, sub.sp. nov. Type male, Meru forest
(lower), 2,500 feet, in the Coryndon Memorial Museum. H. Gordon
and Berkeley. Six specimens compared with a series of nomino-
typical etesipe and a series of tavetensis.

The following food plants should be added under the respective
species :

CHABAXE8 C AN DIOP E:

Croton alienus Pax, Euphorbiaceae.

Occasionally in the Nairobi area.

Groton dichogamus, Pax.

In the Machakos and Ngong areas on stony ground,
and at the coast.

Croton jatraphoides Pax.

At the coast.

Croton pseudopulchellus Pax.

At the coast.

Croton macrostachys Pax.

Elgon to Nairobi area.

CHARAXES POLLUX:

Fluggea microcarpa, Euphorbiaceae.

Jinja.

Bersama engleriana, Melanthaceae.

Uganda and Kitale area.

CHARAXES BRUTUS:

Bersama ahyssinica, Melanthaceae.

Kikuyu escarpment.

Fluggea microcarpa, Euphorbiaceae,

Uganda.

Ekehergia rueppeliana.

Elgon area.

Turraea holstii.

Elgon area.

198

CHARAXES VIOLETTA :

Deinhollia Icilimanj aric a.

Coast and Meru.

CHARAXES CITHAERON:

Grewia sp. and “ Mutoro ” sp. indet.
Meru district.

Afzelia cuanzensis^ Leguminosae.

Coast.

Crabia brevicaudata, Leguminosae.
Elgon area.

CHARAXES NUMENES:

Allophylus macrobotrys.

Uganda.

Deinbollia sp.

Elgon area.

Phialodiscus zambesiacus, Sapindaceae.

CHARAXES TIRI DATES:

Phialodiscus zambesiacus, Sapindaceae.
Bombax rhodognaphalon, Bombaceae.
Osyris sp. indet.

Kitale.

CHARAXES ED PALE:

Albizzia grandibracteata, Leguminosae.
Elgon area.

CHARAXES ETESIPE:

Dalbergia sp.

Kitale area.

Cassia sp.

Kitale area.

Entada scadens, Leguminosae.

Rabai area, coast.

Entada gigas.

Coast.

Entada abyssinicus.

Kitale area.

Afzelia cuanzensis, Leguminosae.

Coast.

199

FUTUBE DEVELOPMENT OF THE KIPSIGIS WITH SPECIAL
EEFEKENCE TO LAND TENURE.

By I. Q. Orchardson.

{Lecture given at the East Africa and Uganda Natural History

Society.)

Introduction.

I hope this subject will not lack interest because I am treating it
from a local point of view. It is a problem which will arise or is
arising all over East Africa.

One of my reasons for treating it from the local standpoint is that
I believe that there is no one general solution for all the tribes of East
Africa but that the treatment will require to be different according
to the various native law^s and customs on the subject.

Another reason is that if one undertakes to propose solutions of
other people’s problems it is as well to know something about those
people. No one man can know all the different East African tribes
so that contributions from those who have local knowledge of particu-
lar tribes may be of some value in treating the general problem.

Since the Kipsigis recently attained notoriety on account of
certain serious crimes and the removal of a clan which subsisted by
the organisation of crime, perhaps most of you think of the Kipsigis
as a very “ lawless ” tribe. I wish to begin by saying that this
lawlessness of a minority has in no way lessened the high opinion I
have of the character of the people as a whole. Because crime and
dishonesty occur in New York or London we do not damn the whole
population as “ lawless,” but rather sympathise with the law-abiding
who suffer from the presence of the criminal and dishonest.

Furthermore we must remember that we came uninvited, took
over the government of these people by force. Having made war
upon them, we are surprised nevertheless that they do not understand
at once that they must not do so.

Mind you, I do not assert that we are wrong necessarily in
assuming rule over others, but we ought not to be surprised if some
of our unwilling subjects do not at once appreciate our point of view.

By imposing the Pax Britannica we have taken away their chief
occupations and a large part of their livelihood and amusement, for
not only did we stop their wars but also took government and
the administration of justice out of their hands. The first step was
right and necessary though a little illogical to them perhaps. The
second step was surely unwise, but if we decided that we were right
in taking every kind of local administration out of their hands we

200

surely ought to have seen that having taken away most of their occu-
pations we must find them new ones of which we could approve. In
the early days of British rule, however, it was considered sufficient
to say “ go out and work for a wage so that you can pay tax.”

Fortunately we are now waking up to the fact that we cannot
expect people to be contented law-abiding tax-paying citizens unless
we teach them how to become so, under the new conditions.

We are now seeking remunerative occupations for them. But let
us keep in mind two things.

(1) That the occupations must be ones that they like.

(2) That tastes differ and we cannot force all to one pattern and
even if we could it is not desirable either for economic or other reasons.

For example it is not sound policy to say “ Maize is a simple crop,
with an unlimited market; all of you go and plant maize.” For it
is not everyone who wishes to or can dig all day with a jembe, and it
is not every one who has oxen and can afford a plough. And again,
when too many grow maize the price falls locally to say Shs. 2/- a
bag. Furthermore, before large quantities of maize can be grown,
transport, market and milling must be organised.

We must teach them to grow other crops than maize and inciden-
tally learn to appreciate ourselves some of the valuable qualities of
the wimhe we so despise.

Then again, why try to force all to agriculture when the Kipsigis
are a pastoral people loving their herds and flocks and valuing them
quite as much (and for similar seasons) as we do our bank accounts,
investments, or landed property.

Surely one of our first cares should be to help them to improve
their livestock, improve their grazing, and then make more use of their
products.

Leaving aside, then, other educational matters, as well as games,
sports, etc., which are all necessary to the making of happy law-
abiding citizens, let us try and look into the future and see what
precautions we must take whilst making the people good agricultur-
ists and pastoralists.

Remembering that the laws of the Kipsigis have developed to suit
a primarily pastoral people, it is obvious that as we teach them to put
more land under cultivation, to improve grazing and stock a new set
of conditions will arise and at the same time as they learn better
hygiene and receive medical attention, an increase of population and
of livestock will take place. Their laws will have to adapt them-
selves to these new conditions. But as these changes are imposed

201

from without they will occur with greater rapidity than if they were
the result of slow self development from within. Hence difficulties
will arise over the law and we shall be inclined to alter their laws to
the European pattern.

Before doing so hastily I suggest that we ought to consider their
own laws and see what is good in them, from their point of view
rather than ours, and retain as much as possible of them. Again we
must examine our own laws and admit what is not satisfactory in
them and avoid producing amongst these people conditions which
have proved unsatisfactory in Europe.

Bemember that we are unconsciously prejudiced in favour of our
own laws, and many of us know no others and are apt to despise or
condemn the forms of society which other nations have developed
especially if they are not so far advanced as we are in the arts and
sciences. Even if our laws and forms of society are indeed those best
suited to ourselves in our present state of development, it by no means
follows that they are best for others, who have a different environment
and background as well as differing from us mentally and morally.

Let us consider the Kipsigis idea of property. A man’s property
(or a woman’s) is that upon which he has done work, which he has
acquired by his own effort, e.g. the tree he has felled for firewood or
honey boxes, the house he has built, the grain he has planted, the
cattle he has raided or bought with his own property.

That which occurs naturally is given by God to all equally, the
earth, the grass, the trees, the salt lick, the wild animals. These only
become a man’s property when he has done work upon them.

The land never becomes the property of an individual : it is the
property of the tribe. But so long as a man keeps a piece of land in
cultivation he has the right to use it, but as soon as he leaves it to
go back to bush or grass it becomes public property again.

When he dies a man’s personal property is inherited by his sons
equally (with a few trivial exceptions). But this is not really the
personal property of the sons now but the entailed property of all his
descendants. The sons have the right only to the use of this inherited
property. They may not dispose of it out of the family, except as
the marriage gift.

The chief form of property is of course cattle, sheep, and goats ,>
for there is no property in land.

One of the important results of this community of land is that
everyone has the means of subsistence ; there are no landless and little
disparity between rich and poor, no classes. Every one has land to
cultivate, land to graze, land to build a house upon and the material

202

for building, fencing, and making most of the essentials of their
simple life.

In fact they are truly a free people.

Now consider the corresponding situation amongst Europeans.
We have allowed the land to fall into the hands of a few, so that we
have classes of landed and landless, rich and poor, those who must
work every day for someone else or starve, who have no house of their
own. Nine out of ten of us are at the mercy of a landlord and an
employer. In fact we have lost that freedom we are so fond of talk-
ing about. We have sacrificed it to what we call progress.

In our anxiety for Africans to progress, that is to produce, let us
try to avoid robbing them of freedom or allowing them in ignorance
to barter it away for some less valuable form of wealth.

Most of us Europeans are so accustomed to the unjust concentra-
tion of the land in the hands of a few that we regard it almost as a
natural phenomenon like the procession of the seasons. We have,
however, rebellions and revolutions of the past and the Bolshevik
experiment of to-day to remind us that human nature sometimes
protests strongly against the injustice which has arisen largely as a
result of the development of landed and landless classes.

Now is it possible to retain the equal right of all to the land and
at the same time to develop the agriculture and pastoral industry of
the Kipsigis so that they may acquire sufficient wealth to obtain such
of the benefits of civilization as may contribute to their happiness.

The desire for the maximum of freedom is doubtless a matter of
temperament. Personally I would not sacrifice freedom or advise
others to do so for the sake of accumulating wealth, more especially
when one considers that the apparent wealth of a nation usually
accumulates in the hands of a minority leaving the rest with neither
wealth nor freedom.

So long as only annual crops were cultivated and that on the
small scale possible by the hand labour of each family, the com-
munity of land was undoubtedly the best possible arrangement. But
with the growth of ambition, inspired by European example, the em-
ployment of more efficient instruments of cultivation, and the intro-
duction of perennial crops such as trees for fuel and building, wattie
for bark, fruit trees, etc, this arrangement may no longer be possible
at any rate in its simplest form.

If this most valuable of human assets is not to be lost we must
take special precautions to retain it.

The common ownership of land does not prevent a man from
extending the area that he cultivates, neither does it apparently in

203

practice prevent him from planting more or less permanent products
such as trees. But as the scale of agriculture increases it becomes
more and more difficult to fence. The Kipsigis law at present is that
a man must fence his field or he cannot complain of the trespass of
livestock, a very natural law amongst a people who are primarily
pastoral. Not only would such fencing on a large scale become
burdensome to the man with large fields, but if it were enforced so
that permanent fences were put up it would probably lead to the culti-
vator asserting his permanent right to that land; in fact private
ownership of land would be inaugurated and the more progressive and
aggressive would rob the remainder of their land much as happened
in England at the time of the “ enclosure of lands.”

The same thing would happen where a man improved the grazing
or planted grasses or other fodder, and introducing better stock,
fenced them in against the approach of tick carrying stock or rinder-
pest from other areas.

However if agriculture is to increase and stock be improved it is
certain that fencing will be introduced. Foreseeing this, what we
have to do is to make laws that will prevent the land falling into the
hands of a few and thus producing a class of poor landless people at
the mercy of a fluctuating labour market where the wages are only
sufficient for those with their own homes and food supplies.

Incidentally those employers who have visions of excess of cheap
labour under such conditions must realise that the wages of labour
would rise enormously for the present rate of wages is made possible
by the fact that nearly every labourer has his free home and his
source of food so that his wage is only to pay his tax, to add to his
property, or tide him over a period of shortage of food in his home.
It is not a wage upon which he could live if he had not a free home
and land.

As we teach a primarily pastoral people to put larger and larger
areas under cultivation not only does it become more and more im-
possible for the owners of fields or stock to fence their individual
fields or flocks but other new difficulties arise.

For example under the old method of hand cultivation and re-
taining a field in cultivation only one or two years, there was little
erosion or impoverishment of the soil. But when ploughs and
harrows are used erosion at once begins to occur as I have found to
my cost. Further, when large areas are cultivated one cannot break
up new areas every year or two years. If one continues to crop a
field year after year without manuring, a time arrives when the land
is too impoverished to produce remunerative crops and when the land
is abandoned it will not even produce grazing and takes many years

204

to recover and on some soils seems not to recover during a lifetime.
I have frequently noticed how old native shambas leave the land in
much better condition than European cultivation.

Precautions will evidently have to be taken to prevent the im-
poverishment of the land by these novice attempts at larger scale
agriculture.

As the area of good grazing is already insufficient for the stock
it may be necessary in certain districts to prohibit the ploughing up
of grazing. (This by the way is often a clause in the lease of Eng-
lish farms.) Another thing they must learn is to put all the manure
on to the land instead of selling it for 50 cents a cart load to be taken
out of the Reserve. This is one way of delaying the deterioration of
the land. It is more difficult however to find a suitable and
remunerative rotation of crops for this purpose.

In helping these people to new occupations and greater wealth
there are three methods open to us.

(1) The laissez faire or wait and see method so attractive to some
because it is so eas}^ at the present and leaves all the troubles to our
.successors.

(2) The introduction of some form of individual land tenure
because we Europeans have no experience of any other.

(3) Some via media which while retaining the community of
land will permit the extension of agriculture and the improvement
of stock and grazing.

Let us consider each of these in turn : —

(1) If events were allowed to take their own course under the
present native laws, viz. : —

(a) Community of land.

(b) Compulsory individual fencing of fields against stock.

(c) The right of any individual to cultivate as much land

as he likes and to graze as many head of stock as he likes,

provided that he cannot claim the land as his own but as soon

as he ceases to cultivate it, it becomes public property.

What would be the probable results?

If the laws were upheld —

(a) It would become too burdensome and costly to fence large
areas with temporary fences as I have found myself. In many
districts it would be impossible owing to lack of poles and sticks.

205

Therefore crops would be continually destroyed, quarrels arise, fines
be imposed, and so on.

(b) In self defence the man who wanted to cultivate large areas
would have to erect permanent wire fences or hedges. In time this
would lead to individuals claiming the land they had fenced and
finally when they did not require it all or had ruined it to lease it out
to others. Thus starting the system of land owners and landless,
rich and poor.

Similarly a man might so allow his stock to increase as to usurp
more than his fair share of land. He too might improve the grazing
or have better stock and fence them in with wire fences and so lay
claim to the land. In fact there would be nothing to stop the land
falling into the hands of a few.

(2) If the second course were adopted and some form of
individual land tenure deliberately introduced —

(1) How could one obtain even an initial equitable distribu-
tion of the land? Not only would survey be very costly but the
apportionment of agricultural land, grazing, and water would be
an impossible feat.

(2) If each selected his own, the greedy or stronger would
rob the milder and more unselfish.

(3) Even were an ideal sub-division possible, what would
happen in the future? In the case of a man who had many sons
the land would be divided up amongst them and be inadequate
for each. Whereas the land of a childless man would go to his
brother (say) and so swell his holding. So that the land would
gradually accumulate in the hands of a few, leaving others with
insufficient or none.

(3) In the third course we should attempt now to devise a
scheme whereby the community of land can be retained so that none
may be impoverished or lose their freedom whilst yet protecting the
energetic agriculturist or stock owner.

In attempting to cater for the new conditions which will arise we
must take into consideration the number of people and of livestock and
the total area and quality of land available for them.

At the last estimate there were some 70,000 people of which
17,000 were registered adult males. If we take the number of widows
as balancing the number of unmarried men this means 17,000 house-
holds for which is available 500,000 acres, i.e. 30 acres each. Some
of this is agricultural land, bush with grazing for small stock but

206

almost useless for cattle. Some is grazing land, hilly and rocky, unfit
for agriculture, steep river valleys and forest, largely thorn.

The number of livestock is not known but every dry season there
is an outcry of shortage of grazing and often considerable migrations.

Evidently if 30 acres is the average area of all qualities available
for the cultivation and grazing of each household a limit must be put
to the area which any individual has a right to use. It need not
necessarily be the 30 acre average for many will not require the whole
of this. But on the other hand if the limit to area per individual
household is put much higher there is no allowance for the inevitable
increase of population under better hygiene and greater wealth.

I do not know what would be the average number of head of cattle
per acre but suppose it is in the neighbourhood of three acres to one
beast and that six sheep or goats are equivalent to one cow, then the
limit would be 10 head of cattle or 60 head of sheep and goats if a
household merely cultivated by hand the usual half acre or acre.
Whereas if a man had no stock he could plough 30 acres.

Probably one should allow a larger area for stock than for agricul-
ture, at least double, making 20 acres the maximum for agriculture
and 40 for grazing, i.e. say, 14 head of cattle or 80 sheep and goats.

Beyond this number of livestock a man must take the profits, i.e.
sell the surplus stock just as a European farmer does. In this way
improvement of stock would be helped by keeping the better beasts
and overstocking would be prevented. The agriculturist being
similarly limited would be encouraged to keep his land in better condi-
tion. It is almost impossible even for experienced farmers to keep'
large areas in good condition for long without manure.

(Should it occur that some ambitious ones wish to exceed these
limits I see nothing for it but that they acquire land from Government
elsewhere, for it is better that an individual be put to inconvenience
than that he rob his neighbours of their undoubted rights or livelihood.)

Having decided upon the most equitable limits one must then
consider fencing.

It is on the one hand too onerous, too expensive, for the individual
to fence; on the other it is dangerous to allow the erection of perma-
nent private fences. But one must afford the agriculturist and the
man who would go in for improved stock protection. Therefore one
must have communal fences.

This sounds a very difficult proposition. It is difficult, but not
so difficult I fancy as might be thought, for the following reason.

The basis of Kipsigis government before European government
displaced it was the social unit called “ Kokwet. ” It comprised the
inhabitants of a compact area (there being no villages) of say one or

207

two square miles according to the density of population and natural
features. The members of the Kokwet council, which all adult males
could attend as members, tried all cases, adjusted all matters pertain-
ing to the Kokwet. It called in judges from outside when necessary.
All administration was free; even the judges received no pay.

These Kokwet have now lost all their functions except mutual
help at cultivation, harvest and purely domestic matters for all
authority was taken by the Central European Government, for we did
not even know that they existed nor could have understood such a form
of government. Yet one must admit that it had some efficiency to
allow a handful of people to come into hostile country and develop
into a considerable tribe at the expense of the Masai, Kisii, and
Sirikwek (whoever they may have been).

These social units still exist and it should not be impossible to
restore some of their functions and responsibilities.

Without some such arrangement it is difficult to see how agricul-
tural and pastoral progress can take place.

In the particular matter in question (namely fencing) every
Kokwet knows the land, its capacity, its suitability for agriculture,
cattle, sheep or goats. It knows its water supplies, and so on, as
no one else can know these things. It knows all about its individual
members and could control them, as it used to do, for it had the
power of expelling undesirables, or incompatibles.

If each Kokwet were to decide upon an area for agriculture and
another for grazing in conjunction with the neighbouring Kokwotin-
wek it would be unnecessary to enclose fields, but a line of fence at
very much less cost could be run between the agricultural and
grazing areas.

Each member of the Kokwet would contribute to the cost of the
fence in proportion to the area he cultivated and the number of head
of stock he owned. For example thus: —

200 yards. (Not fenced) 1 mile.

70 acres agriculture,
e.g. maize at 5/- =
3,500/- p.a.

5/- per acre,
Shs. 350/-

o ^ 640 acres grazing.

^ g 200 cattle or 1,200 sheep and goats say
^ ^ produce 2,000/- p.a. Contribution to
^ 1 mile fence :

1/- per head of cattle.

^ head of sheep and goats.

H CO

O

tH o

Total: Shs. 200/-

This would pay for the fence in a year or it could be spread over
two years at half the cess.

208

The ends of the fields could have temporary bush fences till the
permanent fence extended to join that of the next Kokwet.

It is difficult, I admit, but what else is better? If Government
would restore the authority of the Kokwet and allow it to elect its
own Kiptayat or leader and then back up its authority, nay more,
urge it to action, I feel sure the results in the long run will be far
better than if matters are allowed to drift or if any attempt is made
to introduce individual ownership. The very idea of the latter course
rouses the people’s wrath more than any other suggestion I know of.
Left to themselves they will, of course, drift in ignorance of the
troubles ahead.

The reviving of the Kokwet system would, I believe, have a very
beneficial effect on the general morale of the Kipsigis. How often
does one hear Europeans in private and in public deplore the lack of
a sense of responsibility amongst natives of Kenya in general. It is
too true and doubtless it is partly due to their simple life, for they
have little to lose. But do we not ourselves increase this lack of
responsibility by taking the management of all their local affairs out
of their hands. If each Kokwet managed its own affairs as of old
with, of course, the aid of outside judges or appeal to Government
where necessary, surely its members would be bound to regain an
interest in their local affairs, and act together for the benefit of their
social unit and so acquire a sense of responsibility.

Laws.

I suggest that it would be a wise precaution to put in writing
the present laws which are deemed suitable and to alter and add to
them as seems necessary, recording the whole in the District Com-
missioner’s office, e.g.

1. Community of land as at present.

2. Private fencing of a temporary nature permitted.

3. Permanent fences or hedges only permissible if Kokwet
refuses to build a common fence. And that then these fences give
no permanent right to the land but only the right to the produce. As
soon as the land is no longer beneficently utilised it becomes public
property.

4. Kokwet to assign areas for cultivation and grazing and no
one to infringe these boundaries.

5. Kokwet must make communal fences where the need arises
and it is empowered to levy contribution to the fence from all its
members in proportion to their cultivation and stock (in some such
way as suggested above).

209

6. Kokwet to have jurisdiction in all these matters with right
of appeal on either side to higher authority.

7. The contributions of each Kokwet should be applied only to
the fences of that Kokwet, and not go to a general fund, so that the
people may at once see the result of their contribution and not regard
it as an increase in taxation.

As the Local Native Council contains men who do not represent
the public and some who are the kind of men who would be inclined
to benefit themselves at the expense of the people, great care will
have to be exercised in ascertaining (1) native laws, (2) altering laws
and passing new ones for the protection of the rights of the people.

Finally I would add that in the case of the Kipsigis the teaching
of new remunerative occupation is particularly urgent because they
are now prohibited from going out to seek work outside their district
and there is no work for very many of them in the neighbourhood of
the Reserve. They will therefore find it even more difficult than
before to pay hut and poll tax.

For many months now scarcely a day passes without many
applying for work, mostly very young men Rom 16 to 20 years old.

If we do not find interesting work for them, they will surely take
to illicit occupations again if only to obtain their hut and poll tax
and marriage cattle.

A Note on Maize as Sole Crop.

A rough calculation will show the amount of grain each family
has to produce at present prices to supply its own needs and pay
taxes, if it has no other source of income.

We have estimated the population at 70,000 and taxpayers at
17,000, i.e. four to a family, man, wife, and two others (whether
children or widow or aged).

The usual ration on estates is If to 2 lbs. of posho a day. Thus
each such family of four will require at least 5 lbs. of grain per day
or 10 bags a year (exclusive of ceremonial beer or beer for payment for
work done, also seed and reserve). The tax of Shs. 13/- with maize
as at present at Shs. 2/- per bag is equivalent to six bags of maize.

Each such family therefore must produce 16 bags of grain at
least. The average European maize crop is perhaps eight bags per
acre. The native crop is hardly likely to be more, especially as they
will not learn to plant early in the year.

Therefore each family of four must cultivate two acres and not
suffer from locusts, drought, hail or cutworm. To do this by hand
cultivation is a very considerable task.

Evidently some other sources of income are required.

210

A SHORT ACCOUNT OF A STONE AGE CULTURE FROM A
ROCKSHELTER OF MOUNT ELGON.

By Major Fr^nk Moysey.

(1) Introduction.

(2) The Excavation.

(3) Description of Cultural Objects.

1. Implements.

2. Ornaments.

3. Iron Objects.

4. Ceramics.

(4) Fauna.

(5) Interpretation of the deposits.

(6) Discussion.

(7) Conclusion.

1. Introduction.

It is with some hesitation that an amateur archaeologist enters
the field of the pre-historian in East Africa. The expert is naturally
rather horrified at the thought of an amateur attempting to explore a
pre-historic site because valuable information which might be obtained
in the course of excavation may be irretrievably lost by lack of know-
ledge and failure to take essential notes at the time.

To forestall criticism therefore, a word or two of explanation
becomes necessary.

The object of these notes is to have a more permanent record of
the excavation and finds which may be of value to students of East
African archaeology in connecting up the various industries and
cultures which may still lie hidden.

Apart from legend and speculation little is known of the pre-
history or archaeology of the Elgon country. The visits of trained
field workers are a rare occurrence in the district. I availed myself
of the presence of Dr. A. Galloway, of the University of the ,Wit-
watersrand, South Africa, who was in East Africa as scientist and
advance member to the del Grande Expedition among Pygmy and
Gorilla. This paper is in the nature of a preliminary report of the
more exhaustive analysis which he is preparing. It is submitted in
the hope that it may stimulate local fieldwork in archaeology which is
at present overshadowed by the work of the number of cultural anthro-
pologists in East Africa. Throughout the paper I have drawn exten-
sively on the field notes of Dr. Galloway and from his letters and
interim reports discussing the various aspects, stone implements,
ceramics, etc.

211

I am much indebted to Dr. Davies, of the Uganda Geological
Survey, for his advice and notes on the geology of the area.

By the above acknowledgements I am almost secure from
criticism, but as regards the interpretation of the stratigraphy and
certain tentative conclusions, for which I am entirely responsible,
these are more open to attack.

2. Excavation of Oechard Cave, Equat Farm, S.W. Elgon.

Fig. 1 is a sketch of the area surrounding the excavation. The
site lies about tw^elve miles S.W. of Kitale on the foothills of Mount
Elgon. Briefly the geology of the area is as follows :

The country marks the edge of the Elgon volcanic series, which
lies on a base of ancient (Basement Complex) quartzites intruded by
granite. Very little lava occurs in the vicinity and certainly none
around the cave, which was hollowed out partially at any rate by
differential weathering along bands of agglomerate of differing degrees
of grain. At some quiescent period during the volcano’s history, fine
ashy silts were laid down in pools which lay on the badly drained
surface of the agglomeration. These layers seem to be particularly
suited to cave formation especially when they are up against softer
layers of tuff.

The rock shelter lies in a small valley and has been hollowed out
at the base of a cliff. The ground falls steeply to a small stream
about twenty-five yards from the cave entrance. The stream has
been rejuvenated and has cut back on a base level over 20 feet lower
than that previous, to a point just below the shelter. Thus the old 25
foot terrace deposits have had a chance of preservation above that spot.

For purposes of reference each area of the shelter was given a
capital letter.

Fig. 2 shows (a) the vertical section of the cave from the cliff to
the stream, (b) plan of the cave and platform, showing the areas
excavated.

Area A.

The first part excavated was the western side of the cave. The
agglomerate floor of the cave sloped from the centre to the walls.
This fact was overlooked and horizontal layers instead of wedge shaped
were excavated. This did not materially affect the finds or the
stratification.

The upper layer of A (Al), 2 ft. in thickness, was composed of
animal manure, ash from the numerous fires which had been lit in this

212

corner and aeolian dust. Numerous bones, some charred, were found.
Crescent shaped bone ornaments, pottery and stone implements
appeared amongst the many flakes. There was no apparent differ-
ence in the stratigraphy so that an arbitrary definition of layers was
made on cultural finds, especially ceramics. A1 gradually merged
into A2. About the 3 ft. level however the soil type of A2 finalised
itself into a dark soil with an ash admixture. Pottery, stone imple-
ments and flakes of obsidian and quartz w^ere found. Animal bones
and teeth were prolific, especially near the walls of the shelter. Human
bones — lower end of femur, head of femur, head of humerus, and 5th
metatarsal bone of the foot were found. These isolated fragments
appear to have been deliberately fractured and show no evidence of
gnawing by rodents. In the material used for implements there was
an equal proportion of obsidian and quartz.

Area B.

This area is at the mouth of the shelter at the west end of the
fallen rock which here masks the entrance. Hillwash has accumulated
against the fallen rock and has penetrated into the cave at this spot.
The first feet formed a consistent layer of loam which contained
several large boulders. Crude pottery showing a variety of design
was found, also a number of chips but few finished implements.
Everything was of crude craftmanship.

This loamy soil changed to a fine rubble in a matrix of red earth.
This was rich in a quartz microlithic industry of superior execution
showing a greater variety of types than were found in Bl. No animal
teeth were found but the crown of a human 3rd molar. The depth of
the rubble layer of B2 was to 2 feet; it lay directly on the rock
bottom and was implementiferous throughout.

Area C.

In the anticipation that the area between the shelter and the
stream might be a midden, an exploratory trench was run through,
this area. It was 20 yards long.

No midden was discvered, but the stratification is of interest -
Starting from the fallen rock at the cave mouth and proceeding down
to the stream the layers were as follows : —

First 6 feet.

(1) 1 ft. 8 in. Black loam containing a few quartz flakes at the
base.

(2) 1 ft. 4 in. Coarse rubble. This is unrolled and consists of
pieces varying from 1 — 3 inches in length. The material consists of
agglomerate, micre-shist and quartzite in nearly equal proportions.

213

The layer also contains rounded pebbles some of which are broken and
all show signs of use. The rubble contains many quartz chippings
and occasional pieces of bone.

The whole of this coarse rubble layer appears to be cave debris.

(3) 1 ft. Fine rubble which lies on the rock. This appears to

be the same type as that appearing in B2 but is sterile at this point.

From the 6 to the 16 ft. mark.

The rock bottom falls away and the trench is now 6 ft. deep. The
three layers continue. Large boulders rest on the rock, the space
between them is ravined by the fine rubble which here contains,
scattered quartz chips.

From the 16 ft. to the 30 ft. mark.

The black loam deepens and varies from 3 to 4 feet in depth. The
coarse rubble is now mixed with a fined rubble and is rich in quartz
flakes. An ash layer appears in the black loam but it produced no
artefracts. At this point the layers are as follows: —

1 ft. black loam (sterile).

1ft. ash (sterile).

1 ft. black loam (pottery, quartz, and obsidian chips).

2 ft. mixture of coarse and fine rubble (quartz chips).

1 ft, fine rubble.

From the 30 ft, mark to the stream {30 ft.).

At the 30 ft. mark the rubble layers taper to a point and from
here onwards the black soil lies on the rock which is found at a depth
of 8 to 9 feet.

3. Desceiption of Cultueal Objects.

(1) Implements.

For this description I am taking as my authority Dr. Leakey’s
book “ The Stone Age Cultures of Kenya Colony.”

The industry from all parts appears similar, the only difference
being in the proportion of obsidian to other materials (quartz, quart-
zite, and chert). Obsidian is most frequent in the upper layers and
becomes more progressively scarce the lower the strata. At the base
of the deposit it was altogether absent.

The principal types found are backed blades and scrapers. The
blades include gravette points, typical lunates, and trapezoids. In
addition to these there are a large number of unconventionalised

214

Fig. 1.

l^ouoK 6 ketch of counfVi^ auvirot/i^JrMG Orcharef Cava
A(»|>»-o«imate scale £ mcheo : I mile

Fig. 2 (a).

points and blades and a couple of small borers or “pseudo Tardenoisian
burins.” No typical or large blades were found. The only non-
microlithic implements found are rough flakes, cores and fabricators.

An outstanding feature of the industry is the consistently small
size of the conventionalised implements. The average size of the
backed blades is that of the smallest specimens figured by Dr. Leakey
and the scrapers are smaller than any illustrated by him. It is an
ultra-microlithic culture. Technically some of the blades and scrapers
resemble closely those of Gumban B; others approach the Kenya
Wilton types. On the character of the implements alone one would
be inclined to refer this material to the dwarfed forms of the Kenya
Wilton.

Large perforated spheroidal stones were found. Dr. Leakey does
not mention this type of artefract in connection with cultures he
describes. The stones are identical with those which abound in the
late stone age horizon of South Africa and which are conventionally
regarded as weights for digging sticks. An implement that may have
been used for boring these stones was also found. It is of hard lava,
cylindrical in shape, 4 inches in length, and 1 inch in diameter. One
end has been brought to a point, which is worn down by use.

A curved knife, 6| inches long, made of lava, was found in the
same area. Triangular in section the blade is 1 inch in depth and is
pointed at one end. The cutting edge has been chipped throughout
the length of the blade but with the material used it could never have
been very sharp and I cannot think for what purpose it was used.

Bound pebbles which generally show signs of use as hammers or
as grinding stones were found in large numbers. Sixty of these were
taken from the rubble layer in a small area outside the cave. These
vary in size and material from small ones of quartz of 1 inch diameter
to large balls of lava 4| inches across. The association of these stones
with a late stone age industry is not recorded by Dr. Leakey.

In his book “ The Stone Age Culture of Kenya,” Dr. Leakey
writes as follows: “ The earliest deposits in which the Kenya Wilton
is known to occur are the silts and muds which belong to the very
close of the Makalian wet phase. Branches of this culture probably
persisted until much later times, and it seems likely that the Gumban
cultures are the result of a development of a Kenya Wilton under
outside influence.”

(2) Ornaments.

Cowrie shells and a perforated boar’s tusk were found in area Al.
A few blue import beads appeared in the surface ash of area D.

215

(3) Iron Objects.

Iron rings were found in A2 and in the trench C at a depth of
about 8 ft. near the stream.

A piece of iron shaped like a spearhead but blunt and thick was
found at a depth of 2 ft. near area D. It was probably used for
digging.

(4) Ceramics.

A preliminary survey of this material has been given by Mr. G.
H. Wells, a co- worker of Dr. Galloway’s, in a paper on “ South
African Native Ceramics ” read before the Portuguese Colonial
Anthropological Congress, 1934. He states that in Dr. Galloway’s
collection of ceramics from the excavation “ At least three groups of
pottery are represented. The oldest is a coarse ware, often heavily
decorated with incised and impressed patterns. These are closely
similar to those of Leakey’s Gumban pottery, but the peculiar internal
incisions are not present. With these sherds are associated externally
applied lugs quite similar to those seen in Hottentot pottery, and also
well-shaped semicircular handles. The form is simple and has a
slightly inverted lip.

“A second and later class of Elgon pottery consists of thin shapely
wares, black or brown, and often with a rich burnish. The moulded
base is a common feature of this group. The ornament incised or
impressed, is disposed in narrow zones surrounding the rim, belly,
and base of the vessel. Drilled repair holes are sometimes present.
The general aspect of this pottery strongly suggests a foreign prototype.

“ The most recent class consists of large, globular, vertical-necked
jars in a coarse grey ware, often lavishly decorated with impressed
patterns. This is closely similar to that of modern East African tribes
such as the Masai.”

This classification may be correlated with the stratigraphy of the
cave. The first group as classified by Wells is largely confined to C2,
extending to some extent into Cl and B2. His second group is found
almost entirely in A1 and A2, while the third occurs in stratum 1 in
all areas, but is not found at depth.

In addition to the comparisons with Gumban and Hottentot
types, Wells points out resemblances between the first group of Elgon
pottery and Neolithic material from the southern Sahara and the
French Sudan. These comparisons unite in suggesting a recent pre-
historic date for this material.

216

4. Fauna.

The types identified in comparison with Hop wood’s notes on the
Makalian fauna are as follows: —

Baboon. In A2 only.

Warthog. Throughout all the deposits.

Bushpig. In A2 only.

Viverrid carnivore not accurately identified. In A2.

Several small antelopes not identified. In Al, A2, B2, Cl.

Bovine (Bos sp.). In all layers.

Numerous teeth found throughout the deposit clearly belong to an ox
type, not a buffalo. It cannot be determined if this type were
domesticated or not. Hop wood (p. 272-3 in Leakey’s Stone Age Cul-
tures of Kenya) identifies a small bovine, the female of which appears
to have been hornless, in the Makalian fauna. He points out that no
recent African wild cattle with such features are known. The possi-
bility of domestication is not referred to. In the Makalian period
(before 2500 B.C. Brooks, p. 270 of Leakey) it is doubtful whether a
domesticated form should be expected. If the cave deposits are
Nakuran, however, there is more likelihood of domestic cattle being
found.

5. Interpretation of the Deposits.

I had hoped that a rough date could be given to the deposits of
artefracts, etc., from the position in which they lay in the loam and
rubble layers of the cave and trench. Dr. Davies, of the Uganda
Geological Survey, assures me, however, that nothing conclusive can
be proved from the lie of the deposits either inside or outside the cave,
unless the aeolian nature of the lowest layer can be substantiated.
This is too difficult a problem for me to attempt so that the interpreta-
tion depends only on probabilities.

It seems likely that the red rubble deposit w^as laid down during
a dry period and that the black loam which lies above it is the result
of hillwash formed during a wet period. If we can accept this assump-
tion, which yet remains to be proved, the problem as to the period
in which the cave was occupied is practically solved.

The black loam shows no difference in texture or signs of stratifi-
cation until it reaches the rubble layer. If it has been laid down
during a wet period, then that period has continued up to the present
time without intervening dry periods of any extent.

The presence of similar industries in the loam and rubble layers,
with only a difference in material and with no intervening sterile layer,
leads me to believe that the site w^as continuously occupied by a
people who arrived during a period of dessication and continued to
inhabit the cave until well into the last wet phase.

217]

6. Discussion.

The stratigraphy suggests a dry period followed by a wet period
which has been continuous up to historic times. The wet period is
therefore the Nakuran and the dry period, the post Makalian.

An analysis of the cultural finds shows evidence for such an
interpretation. The stone implements are ultra-microlithic in
character and must be descended from the Kenya Wilton type, not
related to but developing parallel with the Gumban. In date it is
post Kenya Wilton and in its later phases may be contemporaneous
with Gumban. The origins of this culture may be assigned to the
post Makalian, since Leakey places the Kenya Wilton in the closing
stages of the Makalian.

The evidence of the iron objects can only be taken as corrobora-
tive since there is the probability of their being intrusive. If they
are not intrusive and if the bovine teeth are those of domestic cattle
then the period of occupation extends down to a time much later
than Gumban B, partly if not entirely bridging the gap between
Gumban B and historic times in East Africa. The preliminary study
of the Ceramics hints at this possibility.

7. Conclusions.

(1) A cave on Mount Elgon was excavated with a view to finding out
something of the prehistory of the Elgon region.

(2) The stratigraphy showed a red rubble deposit overlying the
volcanic rock superimposed upon which was a layer of black loam.
The former must have been laid down during a dry period and
the latter during a wet one.

(3) The stone implements are ultra microlithic and are descended
from the Kenya Wilton type. They are therefore post Kenya
Wilton in date. They are not related to the Gumban industry
but developed parallel with it.

(4) The ceramics are classified in three groups; A a group allied to the
Gumban A pottery and showing Hottentot affinities; B a group of
sherds of high craftsmanship suggestive of foreign influence; 0
sherds similar to modern native types.

(5) From the stone implements, the earliest date at which the makers
could have occupied this cave is the post Makalian dry period.
The continuity of culture from lowest to most superficial layers
implies that the cave was in occupation down almost to historic
times.

218

REVIEW.

The Mesozoic Palaeontology of British Somaliland. (London^
1935. The Crown Agents for the Colonies. £1 10s.)

This volume, consisting of 220 pages of well illustrated text and
25 plates, is Part II of the “ Geology and Palaeontology of British
Somaliland.” The first part, entitled “ Geology of British Somali-
land,” dealt with stratigraphy and was published in 1933. The book
now published sets forth the results of the study by specialists in the
various orders of the fossil fauna collected by the Somaliland Petro-
leum Company’s expedition under Dr. W. A. Macfadyen as well as
the re-examination of earlier collections and revision of the results of
previous workers. It therefore presents the most up-to-date informa-
tion regarding the palaeontology of the Cretaceous and Jurassir strata
British Somaliland.

A number of collections from the Jurassic outcrop at Bihendula
some 20 miles south of Berbera have been made since Burton’s visit
in 1855, but the evidence has been greatly amplified by the detailed
investigation by the Somaliland Petroleum Company of a section, 912
metres in thickness, comprising 26 beds, at Daghani, a few miles east
of Bihendula. The evidence now appears sufficient to show that the
range of the series is from Callovian to Portlandian and possibly to
Tithonian; some two-thirds is definitely Kimmeridgian. The lowest
beds (Bihen limestone) are lacking in ammonites but from the exten -
sive fauna of Brachiopoda, Gastropoda, and Lamellibranchia it has
been possible definitely to allocate these to the Callovian instead of a
Bajocian-Bathonian age which was favoured by Gregory and Weir.

The greater affinities of the marine fauna of the Upper and
Middle Jurassic of Somaliland and adjacent territories with that of
North Africa and Europe than with that of Eastern Equatorial Africa,
Madagascar and India has appeared to indicate a lack of direct sea
communication with the latter territories in those times. The volume
under review does not throw much additional light on this subject,
partly because of the poor state of preservation of the free-swimming
cephalopod fauna which has rendered specific determination difficult
in many cases. The local character of the Jurassic coelenterite fauna
of Somaliland is again emphasised and Dr. Dighton Thomas finds its
closest analogy in the European Upper Jurassic and more particularly
in the European Argovian.

The chapter on Jurassic brachiopoda is of much interest. Fifty-
three species and varieties, including eight new genera, twenty-two
new species and three new varities are fully described. The extremely
local character of the brachiopod fauna is apparent, for although there

219

are affinities with adjacent territories, including Jubaland, only five
species are referable to mid-European forms, and no Indian, Madagas-
can, or Equatorial East African forms are represented.

In the chapter on Jurassic Gastropoda and Lammellibranchia 47^
species and varieties are described. Similarity of the C'allovian
Mollusca of Somaliland with those of North-West Africa is again
noted, and in the case of the Argovian-Kimmeridgian some evidence
of affinity with Indian forms also is apparent. The more characteris-
tic species of Somilaland have not so far been found in the Kenya
Jurassic.

Little new light is thrown on the stages of the Cretaceous occur-
ring in British Somaliland. Almost the only additional evidence is
that provided from 36 specimens of Echinoidea from four localities,
which Prof. Hawkins regards as constituting one horizon ascribed to
the Upper Senonian.

The Foraminifera are dealt with by Dr. Macfadyen, the Corals and
Hydrozoa by Dr. Dighton Thomas, the Jurassic Echinoidea by Dr.
Currie, the Cretaceous Echinoidea by Dr. Hawkins, the Crinoidea by
Dr. Bather, the Brachiopoda by Miss Muir- Wood, the Gastropoda
and Lamellibranchia by Mr. Cox, and the Cephalopoda by Dr. Spath.

H. L. SIKES.

220

EAST AFEICA AND UGANDA NATUEAL HISTOEY SOCIETY.

TWENTY-FIFTH ANNUAL EEPOET, 1935.

We propose to divide this Eeport into two main sections, firstly,
that dealing with the activities of the Society in relationship to its
members, and secondly, those relative to the conduct of the Public
Museum within the Coryndon Memorial building.

The need for this distinction is even more desirable than hitherto,
in view of the confusion which has come to light during the latter part
of the year under review.

Membership.

Twenty-six new members, and two Honorary Life Members were
elected, as a set-off against twenty members erased from the Eegister
under Eule 8c of the Constitution, and two resignations.

We are glad to record the fact that overseas members have in-
creased, and several Indian citizens have availed themselves of the
“ open ” membership of the Society.

Journals.

Two double numbers, equivalent to four Journals, were issued
during the year. The subject matter was of the same high standard
as in previous years, and many of the contributions have been of wide
interest, resulting in increased demand for the Journals from overseas
Museums and Institutions. The Society has maintained its reputa-
tion as a scientific body, and increased recognition is accorded it
throughout the world.

Lectures.

Your Committee has kept before it the necessity of stimulating
interest in Natural History amongst the youth of the Colony, and to
this end, lectures have been given at some of the schools and private
demonstrations and tuition have been gladly given when requested.
Dr. Leakey gave four private demonstrations on the archaeological
collections, and has greatly stimulated interest in this branch of
science.

Study Collections.

The Study collections, which are available to any member, or
bona fide student, on application to the Curator, have shown steady
increase. The accessions in the Entomological section are particularly
gratifying, due largely to the energetic work of Mr. Allen Turner and
Mr. MacArthur. Mr. Gedye also donated the bulk of his beetle collec-
tion to the Society. The ornithological material has also increased; par-
ticular mention should be made of a valuable though small collection

221

from Mr. R. E. Moreau of Amani, and collections donated by the
members of the Cambridge Archaeological Expedition; the latter also
made valuable collections of eggs, accompanied in almost every case by
parents. Mr. Hugh Copley presented several valuable fish, and has
been instrumental in starting a special fund for the further develop-
ment of the fish exhibits. The monthly lists of donations have been
posted on the notice board in the Museum. Summarised they give
the following :

Birds, 235; eggs, 247; mammals and skulls, 297; reptiles and

fishes, 18; insects, 10,000 approx.; geological, 125; archaeological,

151; ethnological, 10; botanical, 500 approx.

The Kenya Forestry Department has donated valuable duplicate
material, and the Agricultural Department of Uganda presented a
collection of pasture grasses; Mr. Arthur Champion donated a com-
prehensive series of rocks from the Turkana area. To all those who
have donated material, we tender our thanks.

We record our thanks to M. Fleutiaux of the Paris Museum for
making an exhaustive study of our material of Elaterids and allied
groups, resulting in over fifty species being described as new to
science. We also record our thanks to Professor Hale Carpenter of
Oxford University, Sir Guy Marshall of the Imperial Institute of
Entomology, members of the stafi of the Insect Room, British
Museum of Natural History, Sir Arthur Hill of the Royal Botanical
Gardens, Kew, for valuable assistance in determining material and
assisting in many other ways.

The Society has continued to be a valuable “ feeder ” to the
Herbarium at Kew, and also to the British Museum, more particularly
in the branches of entomology, and it is of interest to note here that
this Society submits more material to the Imperial Institute of
Entomology than any similar institution, and the National Collections
have benefited accordingly.

Miss Fountaine has placed at our disposal her valuable data rela-
tive to the early stages of Lepidoptera bred by her.

As a result of grants made by the Empire Grants Committee,
acting on behalf of the Carnegie Corporation of New York, several
additional storage cabinets were added to the mammal, bird, botanical,
and entomological sections. This has resulted in greater facilities in
arranging material in systematic order and thus added greatly to the
study value of our collections. It is estimated that an additional
twenty-five cabinets are required for the insect collection alone, at a
cost of £1,600. These study collections are made use of by students
and visitors, and members of the Society.

Laboratory accommodation has been provided for overseas
visitors. Mr. Gedye continued control of the Coleoptera and allied

222

groups, in an honorary capacity, and has been greatly assisted in this
work by Mr. Allan Turner. Other voluntary workers in the entomo-
logical section have been Mr. David Buxton (Orthoptera), Mr. G. van
Someren (Odonata), while Mr. T. H. E. Jackson, besides donating
valuable species of lepidoptera, has collaborated in field work in this
group.

Libeaey.

The Library has expanded during the year, and accommodation
is being rapidly overstrained. Additional shelving, costing £60, is
urgently required. Exchanges with overseas institutions is increas-
ing, and the value of the Library greatly enhanced. It is to be re-
gretted, however, that for financial reasons, the systematic card-
indexing of subjects had to be abandoned as from September, 1934,
thus reducing the utility of the library for reference purposes. The
utility of a library is in direct relationship to facilities for ready refer-
ence provided therein, by means of an up-to-date subject card-index.
Even a temporary cessation in this work means years of redoubled
work to overtake the hiatus. A part-time Librarian has continued
the general card-index and thus maintained contact with overseas
institutions. The subject of a Central Students’ Deference Library
was brought to the notice of Sir Malcolm Hailey, African Desearch
Commissioner.

Botanical Section.

Owing to lack of funds, this most important branch of the
Society’s activities was practically suspended as from April 30th. The
Herbarium has been made use of by members of several Government
Departments, and to a considerable degree by visitors, and many
members. The cessation of this activity is reflected in the amount
of specimens sent to Kew; thus that Institution loses a valuable
“ feeder.”

We will now deal with the public side of our activities — the
Coryndon Memorial Museum.

Deteospect.

The position during the latter part of the year makes it necessary
that we briefly recount the events which led up to the assumption of
control of the Coryndon Memorial, as a Museum, by the Society. On
Eebruary 11th, 1925, Sir Dobert Coryndon died. At a meeting of
representative citizens, it was decided to ask the public to subscribe
for a suitable memorial. The appeal was sponsored by Government
over the signature of Sir Edward Denham, Acting Governor. (Appeal,
Government House, March 20th, 1925.) The appeal was for funds to
erect a hall to be known as the Coryndon Hall, attached to the
Society’s private Museum on Kirk Doad. The control of this addition
to be vested in the trustees of the Society, on behalf of the public.

223

A further appeal was issued by Sir Edward Grigg on February
11th, 1926 {East African Standard, same date). In this appeal, it was
stated that under the town-planning scheme of Sir Herbert Baker, the
site occupied by the Society might be required by the Government,
and another site for the Memorial would have to be found.

The idea then was to erect a large central hall which would be
the nucleus of a future East African Museum and Eesearch Centre.

The Ainsworth Hill site of 15 acres was selected. The Society
was warned that the plot on Kirk Eoad was required, and Govern-
ment proposed compensation under certain terms. The sum of
£2,500 was agreed upon by the Governor in Council, provided such
money was disbursed by the Society “ in furthering the Coryndon
Memorial/' No laboratory accommodation had been provided for
in the Memorial plans, and your committee offered the sum of £2,000
to the Coryndon Memorial Executive, provided laboratory accommo-
dation to the plans submitted by the Society were adopted.

We were thus obliged to surrender our plot and building and sink
our compensation money in a building which we would not own, and
controlled by a board of trustees on which the Society was not
represented.

Eepresentations were made to Government and the Trustees for
safeguards and adequate funds for the conduct of a public museum in
the Memorial building by means of specific clauses in the deed of lease
and the provision of a clause safeguarding our interests in the event
of ejection or assumption of control by Government or the Munici-
pality. These proposals were not accepted. We were assured, how-

ever, of adequate support and just treatment,
note here the cash value of contributions which

It is of interest to
Government made

toward establishing the Memorial: —

o

Grant toward cost of erecting the building

£

3,000

Value of land assigned to the trustees ...

4,500

Capital grant for initial furnishings

1,000

Compensation money

2,500

11,000

To this add subscriptions from the public

6,000

£17,000

The percentage amount spent in annual upkeep and development
is totally inadequate and out of proportion to the capital invested.

Between 1924 and 1929, the Government grant to the Society for
furnishing its private museum on Kirk Eoad was £300, and we em-

224

ployed no salaried stajf. The comparative table indicates to what
extent support has been given and maintained,

1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936

700 700 700 600 600 300 300

1000 ______

500 400 200 400 400 300 300

The continuance of this was
100 100 contingent on maintainance of

Govt, and Municipal grants at
£700 and £500.

350 350 350 — — — —

£2600 1550 1250 1000 1000 600 600

It will be observed that the Government grant has been reduced
from £700 in 1930 to £300 in 1935-36, while the Municipal grant has
fluctuated from a maximum of £500 to £200 to £300 in 1930-36.

It must be realised that the Society conducts a museum in the
Memorial on behalf of the Trustees, to enable them to fulfil their
undertakings to Government, which obligations they have passed on
to the Society. It is felt that the Society is handicapped by the con-
stitution of the Board of Trustees, resulting in discontinuity of policy,
lack of understanding and interest in the welfare of the Museum, and
absence of strong backing in our endeavours to fulfil obligations.

Of necessity, the taking over of the Coryndon Memorial, as a
Museum, in 1930 meant the employment of a salaried stafi. To this
end, estimates of expenditure on this account were submitted to
Government, resulting in the grant of £700 for this purpose. At the
same time Government was made aware that the cost of the Botanical
Section, for a period of three years only, would be met from funds
kindly made by Mr. E. Carr. At the end of 1930 application was made
for the inclusion of a grant in the estimates for 1931. A special sub-
committee of Executive Council was appointed to scrutinise our
budget. The report of this committee contains the following: “ The
committee examined the expenditure for 1930 and came to the con-
clusion that the expenditure was reasonable.” “ The withdrawal of
the grant-in-aid for 1931 would, in view of that possibility, have a very
serious effect on the activities of the Society and on the development
or even continuance of the Museum.” “ The estimates (for 1931)
showing expenditure on staff amounting to £800 (over and above the
Carr special grant) was examined .... and was considered reason-
able.” “ The Committee is of the opinion that the payment ^of a
grant of £700 from Government funds is fully justified. . . “As

Government grant
Capital grant ...
Municipal grant
In addition we had E.
Carr special grant

Carr subsidy for
Botanical Section

225

to the value and importance of the work of the Society, and the
Museum, there can be no doubt. The Committee therefore recom-
mends that provision be made in 1931 for the payment of £700. (Sgd.)
Director of Education, Treasurer, and H. E. Schwartze. These find-
ings were endorsed by Legislative Council.

In 1930 the following staff was employed :

Curator, two personal assistants paid by Curator : a Botanist
and a Librarian.

1931-32 — Curator, one personal assistant paid by Curator :
Botanist and Librarian.

1933-34 — Curator, Librarian, and Botanist at 33% cut in
salaries.

1935 — Curator, part-time Librarian, Botanist for three
months only, all at reduced salaries.

1936 — Curator, part-time Librarian, at reduced salaries.

It is needless to say that the existing staff is totally inadequate,
and furthermore, it is not to be expected that staff can be maintained
unless there is some security of tenure of employment.

In this connection it is of interest to note the considered opinion
of the special Museums Commission representing the Carnegie Cor-
poration, Sir Henry Miers and Mr. Markham, M.P., in their report,
1932, which reads as follows: “ The time is almost ripe for the

appointment of a full-time Director and Keepers of Departments.”
” Kenya and Zanzibar each have an excellent public Museum in
which much valuable research and educational work is being done.”
This report was followed by a grant of £1,000 for equipment and
furnishings, in 1934, and an invitation to apply for further funds in
1936. It is important to note that Carnegie grants are conditional
that subscribing authorities would not reduce their annual support
as a result of these special grants.

Members doubtless saw the unfortunate reference to the Society
as published in the Majority Eeport of the Einance Committee, and
the subsequent debate in Legislative Council on January 7th as re-
ported in the East African Standard. Your committee feels that such
'affections on the conduct of the Society’s activities are entirely with-
out foundation and can be due solely to lack of knowledge of the
position on the part of Government. Such statements are calculated
to be detrimental to our good relations with other contributing bodies
and the Carnegie Corporation, overseas institutions, as well as
members of the Society outside Nairobi.

Your committee relies on the full support of members of this
Society in any steps which they may decide on, in combating these
published statements, based on misunderstandings. Your committee

226

feels that this lack of understanding may be due to changes in the
personnel of Government since 1929.

In the report of the meeting between representatives of the
Society and Government, regarding the grant for 1936, reference was
made to the amount of loan material on exhibition. From remarks
made, it would appear that Government does not realise that we took
over a large empty building, and loan material was necessary to make
a display; further, that in order to replace this material — and the
Society is only too anxious to do so — funds must be forthcoming to
employ collectors, meet travelling expenses, and cost of preparing the
material. Such funds can only be obtained from Government and/or
the Municipality. Such remarks are a direct argument in favour of
adequate funds being given, and cannot be used against the Society
as reflecting on their activities in the Museum. To replace the loan
material with new specimens, or to purchase it, would cost over
£5,000.

The fauna and flora of this country has been exploited mostly by
expeditions from overseas, most of them foreign, and nothing has
been done to assist local institutions; collections that exist have been
made and paid for by private individuals. There is the additional
danger that this material may be withdrawn.

With every year that is allowed to elapse, so will the cost of re-
placement increase.

Museum Progress.

The development of the Museum throughout the year has been
curtailed in certain directions, for example, the Botanical section;
nevertheless, considerable additions have been made to exhibited
material. As a result of the Carnegie Grant, seven additional stan-
dard metal show cases were installed and collections arranged therein.
Several new mammals were added, including a splendid leopard pre-
sented by the American Museum of New York; a bushbuck habitat
group was completed and over fifty new birds installed. Two new
mammal cases and one bird case were erected and exhibits arranged
therein and relabelled. One special exhibit of barbets and wood-
peckers was staged and a further exhibit put in hand. Additions were
made to the fish exhibits. The Ethnological exhibits have been re-
arranged and in this work Dr. Pinto Lima gave assistance. The entire
Anthropological and Archaeological material was re-arranged by Dr.
Leakey and much new material added. This section is one of the
most comprehensive and complete to be found in any museum
throughout the world.

Mr. Allan Turner again rendered valuable voluntary assistance
in preparing material for exhibition, more particularly in the bird
section.

227

Systematic work in the study rooms, on which material for
exhibition depends, has progressed in several directions. A start has
been made in certain economic exhibits including one dealing with
coffee pests. In this work Mr. J. MacDonald has given great
assistance.

Visitors.

The number of visitors to the Museum has been gratifying.
Several parties of native students, amongst them members of
Makerere and King’s School, Budo, have visited the institution. Six
hundred school children, European, Asiatic, and African, in twenty
parties, have been conducted round the exhibits, and parties of native
chiefs and retainers have been admitted free. All children under the
age of 15 are admitted free. Adult visitors numbered 2,200.

Finance: General.

We desire to place on record our thanks to the Empire Grants
Committee and the Carnegie Corporation of New York for their
generous grant of £1,000 for furnishings and exhibition cases; to
Government and Municipality for grants in aid; to Government and
the General Manager, Uganda Eailway, for sympathetic considera-
tion in connection with customs dues and railage on exhibition cases
purchased with the Carnegie grant.

The accounts of the Society have been under the charge of Mr.
Humphrey Slade, as Honorary Accountant, and to him we tender
our thanks and appreciation for these services. We also wish to
thank Mr. Murrell for again auditing the accounts.

A balance sheet is appended hereto. As heretofore, your com-
mittee has devoted the bulk of the monies derived from members’
subscriptions towards the cost of publishing the Journal.

The Journal is the most expensive outlay of Society’s funds ^ but
it is, however, the sole return many members obtain for their sub-
scription, and on this account is justified; furthermore, it is the link
between this Society and overseas institutions, and is the means of
obtaining valuable literature and publications, by exchange, which
we could not otherwise obtain. Your committee finds it increasingly
difficult to maintain the Journal on this slender income, and steps
will have to be taken to increase the vote. Suggestions on this point
will be welcome. We would again remind members that subscrip-
tions are due in January, and the early receipt of this money greatly
facilitates framing the budget.

Your committee has carefully scrutinised every item of expendi-
ture, and quarterly revisions have been made as required. As hitherto,
the salaries of staff have been met from Government and Municipal
grants.

228

EAST AFRICA AND UGANDA NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

t/3

W

lil

th

W

Ui

.£2

a

<0

U

Qi

fi

a

p

o

u

u

<

p

U

P4

«

h4

<

csi

u

a

T3

p

o

A

•P

fl

P

0

P

04

O lO
O -rH

O O O ^
O O t- CO

o oq_ co^

cO CD CD T— I

o

lO

CO

CM

(M

lO

05

<30

(N

o'

(N

: o o
. xo o

rH 00

(M

CO

CQ

Pm

I— I

o

P^

■+=

D

c3 -(.o

O § :■

S-i

rK CO

O. d
^ O
D c3 '*M
S CO

^ .2 O S

O ^ C/2 >

03

D

!-:» o
o

<4-1 02

s »

=0

o3

an K^i

OOOt>cqoOOcDOOrHOO-MH

OOOrHQO-^OOt-t-OOOCOTH

OOcDOOOiO<OCDCOO'ci^005<0
OOt^Cr-(Mt:-rHO<50cDcDrHrHOO
O<^00(M^ THCOrHt- '<ct^t^-

O rH

05

00

(N

o'

(M

<1

CO

m:)

02

BOTANICAL REVENUE.

EXPENDITUEE. EECEIPTS.

Botanist’s Salary (three months and Balancetransferred to General Capital A/c. 2,413 57

leave pay ... ... ... ... 2,333 33

Botanical Journal and expenses ... ... 51 15

t-

o

CO

cd

CO

o o o

O CO
O

O 05 t-

rH O

CC

I— I

o

pq

o3

t-

O

CO

r— I

d

m

H

u

CO

c3

o.

CO

<D

O

O ^

8 §

am.Q

.B S

b B

CO d

°l I

-g

O

(D ^

u d

M

O cs

warn

o o

O rH

05 rH
tH 05
CO CO

P

n

Pz;

Ph

X

Ph

c3

o.

H

• (O

. d

CD

o.

CD

<D

•H-l

CO

d

C6

O D

^ d

.2 ^

PPP:)

o

tH

tH

CO

m

8

o o o o o
o o o o o

O o lO G5 o o

CO tH 05 O rH
00 O HtH CO O t-

05 CO

(M

o

o

05

tH

(M

. CO

;....; ^

pp

pH

HH : : : :

^ ’ CO ' ' ’ 'S

alp

^ |i i : j §

c3 -g M C3

& .2 S §

O bc-g ^
rd o . d
^ "o ..2 .iS ^

^ d;S O O g

§ PP ^ o

D D O

00 rH pH PP 1-3

t-

CO

0

tr-

0

CO

10

CO

0

05

CO

t-

05

luO

0

tr-

t-

rH

rH

00^

io

0^

rH

d

cd'

tH

rH

(M

C5*

CO

rd

05

<D

d

• • d

• • <D

CO ^
f-i 05
CD Q3

.

- ^ ,—4

3 S

fl §

. O O
-O o

C3 CD

CD
-P

d5 -45
D

ft

fl S

! §

c3 ^

H

H

<D

=+-l

CO

§

O H=>

o

D

rd

05

WPccpq

c3

Ifi

cc

<y)

CA

CO

CJ

Q

<

H

a

u

o

u

or

<

u

O (M ^
O O CO

O O
O CO
0^00

o' o

00

cc
. <X)

• cc

• c3

o,

: o

• ^

O.^

v>i •'

W ''

o

•n

n3

O

CQ o
CZ2 d

M C3

o o o o
o o o o

O CO
(M ^

iC‘O10t— lOOOt^
t-b-CiiO-^COCOCO
QOiO'=tlxh*COOOTHO

CO

o

i-H ® ”■

O CC

§ §

.s

^ C3 ..

. . . C^

cS

> r— .

CO

^ O

S ® §

-d

O d
O o .

<D

—I d

’S lo

g-.g-S
o ^o,

-1l

_g-2 “

1(1

§ §

^ P-f

CO

O d
O

1 1 C o3

o o

o CO -+^

^ o d

< -i-m

-4-= ^

p CO d
® d cs

CO d
<1 § ^

B ^ s ®

o B ^

O rrt $ P

“ 1 s s

^ ti C3 c«

C6 02 CD dn

.1d ^ ^ 'p

■i § g J J

^ " a §

CO

CO

o

CM

OQ

02

^ O

P EH

bi

(U

B

<o

<u

Q

CO

H

U

K

u

<

<

ca

o

CO

>o

o

(N

(MCIQOOOOOOQOO

CO'^OOrHOOOlOOCOO

COrHXOcD^O'^OOQOOrH'^

CO'^GOcO’OO^iOOSrHOOcO

iOrH^051O0q_t-C5rH^O00'^(M

(N tH rH 00 T—i rH

O 00

o o

CM

C/2

EH.

C/2

C/2

<!

E> CO
rH CO

CD 00
O) ^
00 (M

gOCMOOOOOO

.2’CtHrHOO^OG^CM

1C JO Tt< O O

CM tH lO 00 Ci

CM O O OD

CO CO tH rH r-T

rH

O o o o O 1C
1C o o CM o (M t>

CQ
H
C3
(D :

^ •

cS

D g .

'2sU '■ '■

§ § a

f

^ C CQ <ij l3
c C <j ^
c/2 c/2 O

.2

sS

g^CS

Q

le O
> CO
^ CO

03

a

O o 00 o 00

rH O o 00 00
05 CO 00 ^ o

rH 05

8 0 o
o

O CO CO
O 1C rH
CM CO CO

SIC O

t> o
O o

O 1C (X)
0^t> 00
CO*'

23

c

O.

CQ

. CQ . ...

. -H> .:...; CD

. (D •...♦. CQ

0 CQ

•

CQ HO

b£) CO

<H CQ H .4^

.Jh -H ^ CQ
4-3 rj --c;

0) ^ J

S'” a ^

-fi — 3 IB S

a

“ 8 g

05 C
43> O

S'3

c3

O 443

O PQ

c

Is

o

CQ
H
CD

CQ 443

•• C C3
: o c

O ^

c

c3 o

£?®'S

c3 O O

>-SS

o o o

o 1C 1C

O 00 rH
CD rH
rH CD

c/2

pq

HH

EH

i-H

hP

I-H

PQ.

-ai

rd

D

. D

:,P^

23

J5D

O 1C
O CO
H 05
-D tH

00 1C 05

CD tH 1C

00^ 00 t-

05

1C

1C

1C

CM

CD

tH

CD

CQ

23

QQ

1C

1C

o

00

1C

CD

O tH

1C

tH

00

hH

rH CO

tH

IC

rH

CD

rH tH

o

CO

tH

tH

05 tH

tH

tH

1C

1C

CO

co^

05^

rH

cd"

aS

Cl

1C

00

CD

HH

1C

1C

(M

CO

CO

23

C/2

"d CQ .2
o ^

P4 O o

s|i

•2 §s.

f

-a go

5 5c

c/2 c/2 1-3

&D

(D

d

H

cS

o

g §’-^.2 :
g| &>.1

§ |a

k3 d g c

h|^ go

^O. <3

Q

H n-j

C

O,

o

: <3

CQ

443

<D
CQ
: CQ

•Hi

grt

o

oT cd"'
o o
d d
^ o3
"C 'g

PQ IpQ

•'S o .-J?

rd 5 ^

g<J g

O O

1C

CO

05

o -g

® g
® §
§H

.3 OJ

C3 d

PP S3

<D

►>*

o

^ A

^ d

<D ^
O P

s §

CQ h4>

d

443 03

Id

(D ^

ft

o

o

1C
rc5 rH

c d?

H

d

CQ

CO
..05
d rH

I-

^rH

1 ®

S3 22

CQ S

S3 S

.2 S

-Sft

(D

o

<D

D r2
d 03

"c3 ^
!>

00

d

<»

ss

o

•+4

4-4 ^

^Ph

s§

oO

H|CQ

pq ;<

fl ^

<3 ^
i-P

c/2 ^

wV*

rd

CD

c/2

rd

d

o3

I>^

<X)

.1—1

o

o

c/2

H

o

w

ft

ft

ft

ft

ft

ft

w

c3

H

d

4-4

c3

ft;

c3
rd
d
c3
CD

ft

rd

d

o3

c3

O

* r-i

<1 .
443 10

CQ .1d
c3 >

ft §

H

CD C
4-4 -443

«+4 <D
O O

d

H rd

rd

CD

C/2

O o3

rd

d CQ

443

c

CD

CQ

Or^

.S C/2 CO
05
O' rH
C O

D d *

■H cS

ft

C3

® ft

^ CD

d 23

C3 4-"

dcg

rd

H

CO

H

03

d

H

22

CD

ft

t>-3

«HI O
ft .&4

o ft;

EAST AFRICA AND UGANDA NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOCIETY :

The roLLOWiNG Back-numbers of the Journal are available ;

Journal No. 3

... Shgs. 20/.

Journal No. 25

Shgs. 5/-

„ „ 4

20/-

„ 26 ...

•• • 99

6/-

,, ,, 5

» 20/-

27 ...

...

6/-

>» >> 6

,, 20/-

99

„ 28 ...

... ,1

5/-

„ » 8 ...

» 10/-

99

„ 29 ...

... II

5/.

,, ,, 9

» 20/.

99

,, 30 ...

... II

10/-

„ » 10 ...

„ 20/.

99

„ 31/32 ...

7/50

„ „ 13

» 20/-

99

„ 33/34 ...

... II

7/50

„ „ 14 ...

» 20/-

99

,, 35 ...

... II

7/50

„ „ 15

» 10/-

99

,, 36 ...

... I,

7/50

„ „ 17 ...

„ 5/-

99

„ 37 ...

... 1,

7/50

,, ,, 18

» 5/.

99

„ 38/39 ...

... II

7/50

» 19 ...

» 4/.

99

„ 40/41 ...

... 1,

7/50

,, ,, 20

» 2/-

99

„ 42/43 ...

... II

7/50

„ » 21 ...

„ 4/.

99

„ 44 ...

... II

7/50

„ » 22 ...

» 5/.

99

„ 45/46 ...

... II

7/50

,, ,, 23

» 5/-

99

„ 47/48 ...

... ,1

7/50

„ ,, 24 ...

„ 5/-

MEMBERS OF THE SOCIETY ARE ENTITLED TO 20% DISCOUNT.

Members having any of the missing numbers in the above list and wishing to sell,
are requested to communicate with the Editors.

The following Separata are also available :

The Birds of Kenya & Uganda, Parts 1 — 9, Vol. I (van Someren) Shgs. 5/- each.

Parts 1 — 3, Vol. II (van Someren) Shgs. 5/- each.

Note : — The above are paged in sequence and suitable for binding in volumes.
(Fully illustrated.)

The Butterflies of Kenya and Uganda, Parts 1 — 10 (van Someren) Shgs. 5/- each.

Part 1, Vol. II.

Note : — The above are paged in sequence and suitable for binding in volumes

The following Reprints are available at

Notes on the marriage customs of the Kipsigis ...

Pest status of Coffee feeding insects

Fluvial Geology, etc

Mimicry, natural selection, etc.

Comparative series of skulls, etc

Religious beliefs of the Kipsigis ...

Nesting habits of some East Africa Birds

Notes on Charaxes Pythodorus

Masai social customs ...

Life histories of some East African Lept.

The Age of the Rift Valley

Marriage customs among the Masai

Annual Report, 1932

Luo marriage customs '

Cult of Mumbo

Bride-Price, Nandi

Bantu of Kavirondo

Kikuyu Land Tenure, etc

Geogi’aphical distribution of animals

The Organic Cell

Lumbwa Caves

Report on the Bajun Islands •

Captive mammals

Game disease ...-

Geographical distribution of butterflies

Notes on the birds of Jubaland

Masai Shields and Spears

Tribal Organisation of the Nandi

Notes on the Wasanye

Sedimentary Rocks

Cetoniinae

Fishing in Kavirondo Gulf

African Sign-writing

Origin of Kenya and Uganda Tribes

Fossorial Hymenoptera

History of the Nandi

Fluctuation of Lake Victoria

History of the Rift Valley

Lycaenidae

Chrysomelidae

Origin of the Masai

Nutrient deficiencies in Coffee

Virus diseases on plants

Geology of Usongo area

Supplement No. 3. Check list of the Reptilia from the
Africa (Loveridge)

,, • Migration of Birds (van Someren)

ShGS. 1/- EACH.

(Orchardson)

(le Pelley)

(Reck)

(Carpenter)

(Leakey)

(Orchardson)

(Mclnnes)

(Evans)

(Whitehouse)

(Jackson)

(H. L. Sikes)
(Storrs Fox)

(Shaw)

(Nyangweso)

(Huntingford)

(Owen)

(Barlow)

( Carpenter)
(Wynstone Waters)
(Hobley)

(Barton)

(Loveridge)

Percival)

(Carpenter)

(van Someren)
(Storrs Pox)
(Hemsted)
(Champion)
(Glenday)

(Gedye)

(Dobbs)

(Hobley)

(Bolton)

(Carpenter)

(Huntingford)

(Brooks)

(Gregory)

(van Someren)
(Gedye)

(Luck)

(Beckley)

(le Pelley)

(Grace Stockley)

British territories in East

Shgs. 3/- I

i

Shgs. 3/.

\

•'i

1

■/

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES